Home

Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2, Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN

1. TA a rr 307 1EA400 0440 nan a aaa a Ge si ke e e eee seg awr A S T e n z a a tendo O Press F1 to get Help 4 In HW Config double click on the F CPU The settings will open Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 cha Z 385 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system 5 Select the Cyclic Interrupts tab Cyclic Interrupts Diagnostics Clock Priority Execution e000 lo eoo o3 E 1000 op33 fo 50 oB3 11 200 op3s fz 100 6 This is where you set the cycle time for the OB 35 If the cycle time for OB 35 is set too high message frames may be missing and there may be a delay in evaluating the E STOP output of the F_FB_RNG_n Set the cycle time for OB 35 slower than the PROFINET IO time 7 Select the Protection Level group Protection level 1 Access protect for F CPU MV Can be bypassed with password 2 Write protection 3 Write read protection Password MRKMRERK IV CPU contains safety program 8 Assign a password for the safety program 9 Set the CPU contains safety program check box All the F blocks required for the safe operation of the F modules will only be compiled with this setting on compilation of the HW Co
2. 7 UTE 120 135 150 165 Technical specifications e 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system The following figure shows the transponder range depending on the angular displacement to the main count direction in the z direction AT e A MES Ws WZ i LZ H D is N N N SX NSS INS N nan NN nN W M M a i NSS le mi i i HHT Ss Minny nt WH tt Xt mi ijj 7 Tt LTT iy Sith GY YG il s h 4 120 a N S z R 135 j hil TAN CSI ORS CTT oes ZH 165 obile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 355 Technical specifications 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 356 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A A 1 ESD guideline What does ESD mean An electronic module is equipped with highly integrated electronic components Due to their design electronic components are highly sensitive to overvoltage and thus to the dischar
3. Charging status of the main battery Temperature of the main battery Button for refreshing the display Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 163 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings Procedure 6 7 6 Requirement ip Procedure Result 164 If you want to refresh the display press the Update button Selecting transponders This chapter applies to the transponder system Use the Transponder dialog to specify the channel i e frequency band that the HMI device uses to communicate with the transponder You opened the OP Properties dialog Transponder tab using the OP icon OP Properties Auto all channels au r O Select the WLAN channel for communication in the transponder system List of available WLAN channels Proceed as follows 1 Select the required WLAN channel from the list You can select the following Auto all channels Based on the frequency hopping method the WLAN is scanned for an unused frequency range in the 2 4 GHz band A free channel is selected automatically List of several frequency ranges in the 2 4 GHz band You can select a discrete frequency range from the list In this case you and not the HMI device specify the channel to be used 2 Confirm with OK Your entry is saved and the dialog is closed You have comple
4. Procedure 1 Touch the Effective range name operating element Enter the user name and password if the effective range name object has password protection The Effective range log off dialog box opens i 2 Confirm the next dialog Result The Effective range name object is displayed in white Rangename The HMI device must be logged off from the effective range LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE M PWR MCom ORNG EBAT Note If you have logged off from an effective range which is linked to an override switch the Effective range name object is shown in the following situation Rangename The HMI device was removed from the effective range without having the Override mode on the override switch being turned off Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 366 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 4 5 Activating override mode Requirement e The system has the safety system required for the override mode LED display MSAFE BPWR HCOM ORNG EBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Procedure 1 Enter the protection zone 2 You log the HMI device onto the effective range that belongs to the override switch 3 Activate the override switch Result e Override mode is active e The Effec
5. 10 4 2 Logging ONTO MACHING secerneren arei ni EEA REEE E 265 104 3 Logging off the Machine sesser en innin O EE E aE 10 5 Removing the AMI devices ccc srsiserieeevieieersiinirerrcei renren r En A EER 11 Operating a PrOjSCh kenepa ENEE NRE AEAEE AEEA LAEE EEEREN AER 11 1 Staring the PrOJSC ccie aeinn EREE E E ARARE STE RAE 11 2 Operator INPUL OPTIONS sssini annusare anien daaa aa a aiana aa TAa aaan ENESE ERa 11 3 Direct Koy Siruna e aa E os bitedy ath ensindededl a eaninedesinna 11 4 Setting the project lANQUAGE es seseisisserienrieiruinrriniieer auinen E i EENEN EA EEan Ea AEREE E 11 5 Operating the screen keyboard in the project essssesssrsssesrnesssnnearsnnesnennastenneennnnaaeenneenannaaena 11 6 DEVICE SPECIIIC GIS PIAYS lt i csczen esas cecsacnctzieccadecerseniadannadacd aiaiai ia aa i aaa 11 6 1 Showing the battery Charge 2c0 ccccceecccesneecccsneeceessneecessanseeeebaneeedebanaeecessnseedevanseedeaneeeebaunae 279 11 6 2 Displaying WLAN quality ee a aAA aAa NARAT AN 280 11 6 3 Display effective range name object 00 eee ee eeeene ee eeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeenaaes 3 11 6 4 Displaying the Effective range name RFID object 11 6 5 Display effective range quality ODjeCt oe eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeeaaes 11 6 6 Display Zone name objeti 2ccc cceceeciececediaeecectianeesesanayedue shaceses snseeues ali eeeevandeceeyslacesevsnaeceneanae 11 6 7 Dis
6. Zz ait RV TTT ORR TTT OO ZAN Ti TASS 165 J 150 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 352 rating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system 13 4 2 Radiation characteristic of the transponder The radiation characteristic relates to the antennas for the transponder system Antenna type Dual port patch antenna Polarization Vertical and horizontal Frequency range 2 4 GHz to 2 483 GHz Antenna gain in principle ray direction max Port 1 2 6 dBic Port 2 2 7 dBic Impedance 50 Q Full widths at half maximum horizontal at 2 45 GHz 93 Full widths at half maximum vertical at 2 45 GHz 90 Range of the transmitter based on angle The following figure shows the coordinate system applied to the transponder Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 353 Technical specifications 354 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system The figure below shows the range of the transmitter based on angle H if 7 i SS j If m a ae KZ EA oe i WU 7x ee iis W Ss eZ T a F S a SSS ONY 7 Tit iN
7. Transfer Start Control Panel Taskbar eel The BAT LED indicates that a main battery is present and charged The HMI device automatically switches to Transfer mode if the following two requirements are met No project is loaded on the device Atleast one data channel has been configured The following dialog appears Connecting to host Cancel 2 Press the Cancel button Result The transfer is canceled The Loader appears The HMI device is ready for operation when the loader displays one of the following dialogs e Transfer dialog e Testing enabling button dialog Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 103 Installing and wiring devices 4 9 Switching off the HMI device 4 9 Switching off the HMI device The following procedure applies to an HMI device on which there is no project The way the device is switched off therefore differs from that of an integrated HMI device Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Press the ON OFF button on the HMI device at least 4 seconds The HMI device switches off See also Switch off behavior Page 257 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 104 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 5 1 Overview The standard input unit on the HMI device is the touch screen All operator cont
8. Specific absorption rate SAR The following applies to specific absorption rate e Recommendation 1999 519 EC Exposure of the public to EMF e Limit values for Europe according to EN 50932 e Limit values for USA in accordance with FCC OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C 2 0 W kg within 10 g of tissue in accordance with ICNIRP guideline 1 6 W kg within 1 g of tissue in accordance with IEEE FCC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 55 Safety instructions and standards 2 8 Electromagnetic compatibility Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 56 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 1 Checklist Perform the following tasks for system planning Confirm each task by checking it off in the following list Task Additional information Check Check the ambient conditions at the Ambient conditions for operation Page 59 site Plan access routes to the plant Plan operator locations at the plant LAN properties Page 63 where WLAN will be needed Plan the WLAN System manual Basics on Setting up an Industrial Determine the installation locations Wireless LAN for the access points based on this http support automation siemens com WW view en Special programs are available for 9975764 planning the WLAN SINEMA E planni
9. 1 Press at least one of the enabling button to reach the Enable position You only have to activate one enabling button The controller receives the same signal regardless of whether one or both enabling buttons have been pressed NOTICE Enabling button can tilt If you do not press the center of the enabling button the enabling button may tilt The witching process a by this A discrepancy error may occur see section Page 252 Press the enabling button in the middle Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 113 Operator controls and displays 5 4 Safety related operator controls Switch settings The following figure shows the switching sequence for enable Neutral position 1 gt Enable 2 r Neutral position 1 Switch setting 1 2 3 EB left EB right EB left EB right EB Enabling button The following figure shows the switching sequence during panic usage Neutral position 1 gt Enable 2 m gt Panic 3 gt Neutral position 1 Switch setting 1 2 3 EB left EB right EB left EB right EB Enabling button If the operator presses the enabling button in the Panic switch position the Enable switch position will not be evaluated when leaving the panic setting A new enable can only be triggered by releasing the enabling button Note The HMI device analyzes the switch settings of
10. If you change the allocation of the memory malfunctions may occur Do not change the memory allocation in the Memory tab When using WinCC flexible options a change to the memory allocation can be required For additional information refer to the online help of WinCC flexible 6 7 14 Setting the location of the project There are various storage locations available for storing the compressed source file of your project The following describes how you can set the storage location Requirement m You have opened the Directories tab in the Transfer Settings dialog box using the FJ Transfer icon aE Transfer Settings Channel Directories Project File Flashisimatic Project Backup an storage Card MMC Simatic ej Wait sec Flash Simatic HmiR Tm exe E v Autostart application Path Directory where the project file is saved Directory where the compressed source file of your project is saved Storage location and initialization file of the HMI device for process operation NOTICE Project does not start If you change the entry in the Project File and Path text boxes the project may not open the next time the HMI device starts Do not change the entries in the Project File and Path text boxes Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 173 Configu
11. Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the configuration PC Configure the connection Close the dialog with OK In WinCC flexible select the command OS Update from the Projekt gt Transfer menu Under Image path select the HMI device image file filename img The HMI device image files are available under WinCC flexible Images in the WinCC flexible installation folder or on the WinCC flexible installation CD The output area provides you with information on the version of the HMI device image file once it has been successfully opened 8 Set Transfer mode on the HMI device 9 In WinCC flexible select Update OS to run the operating system update on the configuration PC 10 Follow the instructions in WinCC flexible Result During the operating system update a status view opens to indicate progress A message is displayed when the operating system update is successfully completed The updated operating system is now on the HMI device 230 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 5 3 Updating the operating system using ProSave Requirement e The HMI device is connected to a PC on which ProSave is installed e The data channel is configured on the HMI device Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Start ProSave from the Windows start
12. functionality on the computer 170000 S7 dialog alarms Number 170000 Effect causes S7 diagnostics events are not indicated because it is not possible to log on to the S7 diagnostics functions at this device The service is not supported Remedy 170001 The S7 diagnostics buffer cannot be viewed because communication with the PLC is shut down Set the PLC to online mode 170002 The S7 diagnostics buffer cannot be viewed because reading of the diagnostics buffer SSL was canceled with error Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 427 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 170003 An S7 diagnostics event cannot be visualized The system returns internal error 2 170004 An S7 diagnostics event cannot be visualized The system returns an internal error of error class 2 error number 3 170007 It is not possible to read the S7 diagnostics buffer SSL because this operation was canceled with an internal error of class 2 and error code 3 180000 Misc common alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 180000 A component OCxX received configuration data with Install a newer component a version ID which is not supported 180001 System overload because too many actions Several remedies are available running in parallel Not all the actions can be e
13. A 2 6 2 Communication errors with logged on HMI device Requirement e The HMI device is logged on to a machine Ee LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE MPWR BCOM BRNG BBAT CD Procedure 1 A communication error occurs The F CPU initiates a shutdown and stops the system The SAFE and RNG LEDs are off The operator is alerted that no safety related communication is available Result Communication is recovered within 60 seconds If the communication is recovered within 60 seconds the Acknowledgment of communication error dialog opens If the operator acknowledges the communication error the shutdown signal will be cancelled PROFIsafe communication is again possible The machine is free again for logon LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE M PWR HWCOM ORNG EBAT Result Communication is interrupted for more than 60 seconds If communication remains interrupted for more than 60 seconds the project will be closed The HMI device displays the Windows CE Desktop with the loader Wireless network communication is reestablished if you later return to the WLAN range with the HMI device Start the project again Acknowledge the communication error in the Acknowledgment of communication error dialog Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 375 Appendix A 2 Typical operati
14. Proof test interval A period after which a component must be set to a safe state Either the component is replaced by an unused component or full error free operation must be demonstrated Recipe A recipe is a configurable component of a project A recipe assembles variables in a fixed data structure The corresponding data structure can be filled with data in the configuration software or on an HMI device Using a recipe ensures that all assigned data is transferred to the PLC synchronously during the transfer of a data record Runtime You need the Runtime software to run a project you have created with WinCC flexible on a PC or HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 454 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Glossary Runtime project file A runtime project file is a file that is generated from the finished project file for a specific HMI device based on the configuration It can therefore only be run on a particular HMI device type The runtime project file is transferred to the corresponding HMI device and used there to operate and monitor a production process The file extension of a runtime project file is fwx Safe operating state Safety function An operating state of a visualization unit which achieves safety This is define by the absence of safety related failures It is defined by the acceptably low risk achieved with the protective measures taken against potential
15. Select a destination folder and a file name for the filename psb backup file Set Transfer mode on the HMI device Start the backup in ProSave with Start Backup Follow the instructions in ProSave oO WAN Oa FR ON A status view opens to indicate the progress of the operation The system outputs a message when the backup is completed Result The relevant data is now backed up on the configuration PC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 226 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 4 4 Requirement Procedure Result 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Restoring with WinCC flexible e No project is open on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible e The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC e You have assigned the data channel parameters on the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 In WinCC flexible select the Transfer settings command from the Project gt Transfer menu The Transfer settings dialog is displayed Select the type of HMI device Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the configuration PC Configure the connection Close the dialog with OK Select the Restore command in the menu Project gt Transfer in WinCC flexible Oona A OON The Restore Settings dialog is displayed 7 Select the filename psb backup file to be restored from the Open field You can see t
16. The value is rejected Remove the specified data recipe tag in the specified recipe from the project 290010 The storage location configured for the recipe is not permitted Possible causes Illegal characters write protection data carrier out of space or does not exist Check the configured storage location Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 439 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 290011 The record with the specified number does not Check the source for the number constant or tag exist value 290012 The recipe with the specified number does not Check the source for the number constant or tag exist value 290013 An attempt was made to save a record under a The following remedies are available record number which already exists e Check the source for the number constant or tag The action is not executed value e First delete the record e Change the Overwrite function parameter 290014 The file specified to be imported could not be Check found e The file name e Ensure that the file is in the specified directory 290020 Alarm reporting that the download of records from the HMI device to the PLC has started 290021 Alarm reporting that the download of records from the HMI device to the PLC was completed 290022 Alarm report
17. ccceccecceeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 303 WEIG S Alarmi WIC Wins Soc hecas coved cee caee A NE S 303 TEISI OVGWIGW oh esai aesan eer aa ee eee ion te a Ae eda eee 303 11 16 32 IDISPIAYING AlANNS sse saaa a eaa KSEE EA EEE EG aE 304 11 16 3 3 Display alarm WindOw ss isens ensanunau nainun Aaaa EE aE A aa a SEEE 306 11 16 4 Display infotexts for an Alar cece ces eeeeetecneeceeetecaeceeeeceecseeneensecaseeessesaeeseeieeniseeee 306 11 16 5 ACkNOWlEdge alarm scii ainainen iaaa aaiae asadi ioia anaiai a aiaiai 306 11166 Git Alar ecean a E EARE EE 3 TI Operating reces ianei ea a a i a aa ean 308 PTN OVSE Wisner ctl str a Zn ite Sa EAE del aint E E ducer 308 12 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Table of contents TEI2 Structure Of ANECIDE siisi eienaar cha gives i Mee Needed 308 TLT RECIPES Im INE PROj6Ct iusi ee ieee ee Gh Bie dec ies ene EE 310 11 174 Recipe GIS PIAS siilenvsseecdensactivesushagessdadebeds a E E A a A anea Eaa 312 11 17 5 Recipe Values in the HMI Device and the PLC qu ccc cee ceeceeenecnaeceenecnaeeaeeeeeesessaeeaeeneenes 314 11 17 6 Operating the recipe View ccccccceceesessceeceeeeeeeceeeaneeceeeeeeedeaaaeeeceeeeeeqeeaeaeeeeeeeeeesennnieeeeeeeetee 316 EIET OVGIVIGW oau aria e E E EEEE eae E E ae 316 11 17 6 2 Creating a recipe data record ize siteiei t cress eae nee eed erg er E
18. 2 I Inr ear 1536 KB work memory 0 025ms 1000 ee 2 instructions PROFINET connection S7 Communication loadable FBs FCs PROFINET x fch 4 3 Open the settings by double clicking the F CPU in HW Config Press F1 to get Help Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 396 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system The table below shows the most important settings Setting Explanation Cyclic Interrupts Diagnostics Clock This is where you set the cycle time for OB35 Note n If the cycle time for OB35 is set lower than the PBIO Priority Execution g update time the message frame may be lost and the evaluation of the E STOP output of F_FB_RNG_4 or F_FB_RNG_16 may be delayed 0832 E 1000 Set the cycle time of OB35 to a value higher than the obs fio 500 PNIO update time OB34 fn 200 0835 12 100 Fee bel Assign a password for the safety program 1 Access protect for F CPU Set the CPU contains safety program check box IV Can be bypassed with password This setting is required to generate all the necessary 2 Write protection F FBs for safe operation of the fail safe modules ik wine eed cece during compilation of HW Config by STEP 7 Password Enter again fever MV CPU contains safety program Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Inst
19. 398 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system The table below shows the most important settings Setting Explanation Properties mobile277fiwlanv2 Device name Here you assign a device name to the HMI General identification device which is unique in the local Ethernet network segment This name must match the name defined in the Control Panel of the HMI r Sin oc aoe device under PROFINET in the text box Device name Short description mobile27 7fiwlanv2 For more information refer to chapter Assigning parameters for communication between the HMI device and the controlle 200 Order No Firmware 84V6 645 0EC01 04 1 1 0 Family SIMATIC HMI Device name mobile27 7fiwlanv2 GSD file GSDML 2 2 Siemens HMliwlan 2 201 Change Release Number General Addresses PROFIsafe Inputs This is where you specify the start address of the Inputs inputs and the process image associated with this Start 256 Process image address area PII End 265 Outputs Here you specify the start address of the outputs and the process image associated with this Start a56 Process image address area PIQ End 263 zl Outputs F_Dest_Add PROFIsafe address of Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 This address must match the address on the HMI device General Addresses PROFIsafe Parameter name SIL3 F_WD_Time F
20. After successful backtransfer the project is opened on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible 8 4 3 Testing a project There are two options to test a project e Test the project on the configuring PC You can test a project at a configuring PC using a simulator You can find additional information in the WinCC flexible user manual or in the WinCC flexible online help e Offline testing of the project on the HMI device Offline testing means that communication between the HMI device and PLC connections which have been configured in WinCC flexible is down while the test is being carried out The PROFIsafe connection between the HMI device and PLC is also available in Offline mode e Online testing of the project on the HMI device Online testing means that the HMI device and PLC communicate with each other during testing Perform the tests starting with the Offline test followed by the Online test Note You should always test the project on the HMI device on which the project will be used Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 222 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Check the following e WLAN e Zone recognition if Zones have been configured e Check the hierarchy of the HMI images e Validate the representation of the HMI images e Check the input objects e Enter the tag values The test increases the certainty that the proj
21. EN Q E_Stop_Robot Interface_DB ER123_E_STOP E_STOP Q_DELAY ACK_NEC ACK_REQ ACK DIAG TIME_DEL ENO In network 3 the EMERGENCY STOP signal of the HMI device is monitored via FLESTOP1 from the F library of S7 Distributed Safety F LESTOP1 ensures that the plant is only able to restart following an EMERGENCY STOP after acknowledgment by the operator via the input ACK Note Also note the instructions for the FB 215 in the online help for the F FBs and in the manual SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety configuring and programming Chapter FB215 F_ESTOP1 Emergency STOP up to Stop Category 1 Network 4 network 5 and network 6 Global_Rampdown Interface_DB ER123_GLOB_RD Interface_DB ER123_LOC_RD Shutdown Interface_DB ER123_ SHUTDOWN In network 4 5 and 6 the signals for a global and a local rampdown and shutdown are processed further Depending on the structure of the plant a reaction upon occurrence of one of these safety states occurs That is why these networks are not described in detail Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 392 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system Network 7 A11 2 Interface _DB ER123_RNG_BUSY If the signal RNG_BUSY is set in the F_FB_RNG the signal lights are controlled through the output A11 2 Network 8 Interface_DB ER123_ENABLE A11
22. Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select Wizards gt Basic 0l 4a 4 lalx Country code Please choose your country code Country code GERMANY x Next gt gt Cancel 2 Select the country in which you are operating the HMI device from the Country code drop down list box The corresponding channel allocation and setting for power level is automatic NOTICE Country code The country setting is required for operation complying with the approvals Selecting a country that does not match the country in which the HMI device is operated may be punishable by law Select the country in which you are operating the HMI device from Country code The approvals for the HMI device are listed on the rear panel and in the product information for Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F http support automaton siemens com WWiview en 26268960 1 33300 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 151 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication 3 Press the Next button Another dialog is displayed Connect to any SSID check box If this box is checked the HMI device connects to the access point which provides the best possible data transfer and to which a connection is permitted based on the security settings specified under Security SSID text box Enter the name of
23. 192 Saving to external storage medium backup You can use this ee to o up the operating system applications and data from the interna ash memo HMI device to an NTT al storage medium See section ene information T ce HMI device Page 162 The following external storage media can be used e Memory card e USB memory stick e Storage medium with sufficient free capacity is inserted in the memory card slot See section Inserting a memory card Page 91 e Data that might be overwritten are saved e You have opened the Backup Restore dialog box using the Backup Restore icon Backup Restore All other application must be ended before starting lt BACKUP gt or lt RESTORE gt Backup to storage card BACKUP Restore from storage card RESTORE Proceed as follows 1 Click the BACKUP button The Select Storage Card dialog box is displayed The no storage card available message appears if there is no memory card in the HMI device or it is defective Insert a memory card or insert another one 2 Select the storage medium for backup from the Please select a Storage Card list box Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 13 Saving to external storage medium backup 3 Click the Start Backup button The HMI device checks the storage medium If the Th
24. 4 Use the Advanced button to open advanced settings for the sending of e mails via an SMTP server Advanced Email Settings A Authentication E Use the default of the project file Disable authentication O Use panel settings for authentication Login j Password Use secure connection _ Use the default of the project file Enable SSL Disable SSL Options for authentication on the SMTP server Encryption options Specify an option for authentication on the SMTP server Select the Use the default of the project file option if you want to use authentication data specified in the project If you use an SMTP server that does not require authentication select the Disable authentification option Select the Use panel settings for authentification option if you want to use the authentication data specified in the settings of the HMI device instead of those in the project Specify the encryption method Select the Use the default of the project file option if you want to use the encryption method specified in the project Select the Enable SSL option if you want to use SSL encryption Select the Disable SSL option if you do not want to use encryption 5 Apply the advanced settings with the OK button 6 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The e mail settings have been changed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 27
25. 80021 An attempt was made to delete a log which is still Wait until the current copying actions have been busy with a copy action Deletion has not been completed then restart the last action executed 80022 An attempt was made to use the system function In the project check StartSequenceLog to start a sequence log fora e if the StartSequenceLog system function was log which is not configured as a sequence log No properly configured sequence log file is created e if the tag parameters are properly provided with data on the HMI device 80023 An attempt was made to copy a log to itself In the project check The log is not copied e if the CopyLog system function was properly configured e if the tag parameters are properly provided with data on the HMI device 80024 The CopyLog system function does not allow Edit the CopyLog system function in the project if copying when the target log already contains data necessary Before you initiate the system function Mode parameter The log is not copied delete the destination log file 80025 You have canceled the copy operation Data written up to this point are retained The destination log file if configured is not deleted The cancellation is reported by an error entry RT_ERR at the end of the destination log 80026 This alarm is output after all logs are initialized Values are written to the logs from then on Prior to this no entries are written to the logs irr
26. Button for saving the screen keyboard settings Procedure Proceed as follows 1 If you want to change the size of the screen keyboard select the Show Resize Button check box The button is displayed in the screen keyboard you want to open 2 If you want to prevent the size of the screen keyboard from being changed clear the Show Resize Button check box The W button is removed from the screen keyboard you want to open 3 You can use the Open Input Panel button to open the screen keyboard 4 If you want to switch between the numeric and alphanumeric screen keyboard press the key Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 139 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel 5 If you want to change the position of the screen keyboard use the mouse pointer to select a free space between the keys Release the mouse pointer when the required position has been reached 6 If you want to increase or decrease the size of the keyboard screen place the mouse pointer over the W button 7 Change the size of the screen keyboard by dragging it with the mouse pointer 8 Release the mouse pointer when the required size has been reached 9 If you want to save the settings press Save 10 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The screen keyboard settings have been modified 6 4 5 2 Changing display brightness You can use this function
27. EMERGENCY STOP EMERGENCY STOP is an action that is intended to stop a process or motion associated with danger in accordance with EN 60204 1 appendix E An EMERGENCY STOP immediately stops all parts of the plant controlled by the fail safe controller via a safety program The EMERGENCY STOP button is always enabled when there is PROFIsafe communication between HMI device and fail safe controller i e when the HMI device is integrated in the PROFIsafe communication Global rampdown A global rampdown is a procedure for reaching a safe operating state of the system You have to define and program the reaction to PROFIsafe communication The machine oe has to eet bs procedure for setting the system to a sa operating e 04 1 define ble stop gories See chapter functions of the EMERGENCY STOP Button The global rampdown is independent of the area Page The global rampdown is triggered by the fail safe controller for example if an error occurs with an HMI device integrated in the PROFIsafe communication e The following shutdown response of the plant applies when the HMI device is logged onto a machine Local rampdown A global rampdown is a procedure for reaching a safe operating state of the plant unit You have to define and program the reaction to PROFIsafe communication The machine manufacturer has to specify the procedure for setting the system to a safe operating state EN 60204 1 defines possible stop categor
28. GA Function Signal Symbolic name Contact pressure mat 111 0 Contact_Mats o 4 Explanation Step on contact pressure mat Do not step on contact mat Key1 button configured E0 0 as direct key on the HMI device o 4 Button not pressed Button pressed 394 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system Function Signal Explanation Symbolic name Enabling button ENABLE 0 No enable F_FB_RNG_4 1 Enable Power ON OFF robot 011 0 0 EMERGENCY STOP triggered E_Stop_Robot 41 Normal operation of plant Actuator to robot 011 1 0 The robot is not operated with Key1 and the enabling buttons 1 The robot is operated with Key1 and the enabling buttons Signal lamp O 11 2 0 Robot is not in use the signal lamp is off 41 Robot is in use the signal lamp is on Flowchart The following flowchart shows the operation sequence in the example Operation in the protection zone not possible Log on to the machine Operation in the protection zone is possible Contact with pressure mat Forced logoff i Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 395 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag s
29. GUIdElNE scenerier rri ena n EE TEE EATE EA EAER Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 13 Table of contents A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault SCeNariOS cccccceeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeetteeteees 359 A 2 1 OV GIVIGW nienie iunis aap oe a e aan Att tis E Soa eben ete lees eto 359 A 2 2 Switch on the HMI deVICE cece aa E aaa ae aa aaah 360 A 2 3 Integrating the HMI device 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeeaeeeseeaaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeeeeaneeeeeaaas 361 A 2 4 Operating the transponder SYStOM ececeeceeeeeeeene ee etter ee esnia aN NENEA KEENAN 362 A 2 4 1 Detecting the effective range ccceecceeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeesesaeeeeesineeeeeeaas 362 A242 LOGGING onto a MACHING 2cics cece cede vnnces oe eeceee vance euvvancecevvaaceveuvanceuevvanceeuvvaneedevvaaceeevianeeeevvany 363 A 2 4 3 Exiting the effective range without log Off eee ceeeeeeeeeeenneeeee eater ee eaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 364 A 2 4 4 Logging off the M CHNING ce eececeee seen cece entree ee eaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 366 A 2 4 5 Activating override mode cccccccceseceeceteensecseeecaecseenecesecsaeeeeesecsasesasieesseessenesnsesiasesaeneenas 367 Ac2 4 6 Terminating override MOdesrsisi eai a ei E a Ea a EE cent 367 A 2 5 Operating RFID
30. Installed options Set Transfer mode on the HMI device Start the removal of the option in ProSave with the lt lt button O ON OA FBP O N gt 0 Follow the instructions in ProSave A status display appears indicating the progress of the removal Result The WinCC flexible option has now been removed from the HMI device 8 4 8 Transferring and transferring back license keys 8 4 8 1 Overview With the purchase of a WinCC flexible option you also buy a specific usage license with an associated license key Once you have installed an add on transfer a license key to the HMI device The license key unlocks the option for use The license key can then be transferred from the HMI device back to the storage location Note The license key can only be transferred using the Automation License Manager or WinCC flexible Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 240 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 8 2 Transfer license keys Requirement Procedure No WinCC flexible project is open on the configuration PC The HMI device is connected to the configuration PC A data channel is configured on the HMI device A storage medium with the license key is available Proceed as follows 1 2 Oo N OQ O Switch to Transfer mode on the HMI device When transferring using WinCC flexible Select the
31. Key ON OFF 1 Handwheel optional 1 50 pulses per rotation Key operated switch optional 1 3 switch settings Illuminated pushbutton optional 2 LED separately controllable Memory Application memory 6 MB Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 340 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications Interfaces Power supply 13 2 Specifications USB 1 x e USB host conforms to USB standard 1 1 supporting low speed and full speed USB devices e Maximum load 100 mA WLAN 1 x For PROFINET WLAN RJ45 1 x For PROFINET LAN Power supply through e Main battery e Charging station e Power supply unit Bridging time 50s Internal clock buffer time approx 4d Frequency ranges Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag WLAN e Frequency range Power max e Frequency range Power max 5180 MHz to 5835 MHz 17 dBm 2412 MHz to 2484 MHz 20 dBm Impedance 50 Q Radio link to transponder e Frequency range e Transmission angle e Power 2400 MHz to 2483 MHz Approx 83 1 50 dBm 0 7 mW EIRP 3 65 dBm 0 4 mW ERP Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 341 Technical specifications 13 2 Specifications Fail safe operation Note The following technical data is valid for a proof test interval of 10 years and an average repair time of
32. RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Index PLC on Mobile Panel 98 Printer Configuration PC Configuration graphic 99 Connecting Configuration phase Configure Screen keyboard hag Connecting Configuration PC 99 F_FB_MP F_FB_RNG n PLC 97 Printer Connector Configuration Installing 82 Contact person Control Panel Open Operating Password protection 130 Screen keyboard Convention Cookie Country code 151 CRC Creating Recipe data record 817 Users D Data channel Enabling 178 Locking Parameter assignment 178 Data flow 311 Data record list 313 Date Setting Synchronizing Date format Date time properties Default Gateway Degree of protection 62 Delay time Setting Delete Certificate 190 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Recipe data record 320 Users Detecting the effective range Application case 362 Determining Checksum DHCP Diagnostics HMI device 252 Internal error 2 Reading information Direct key Bit assignment Byte assignment 117 Configuring Evaluation Functional scope 29 Disabling Override mode SecureMode 133 Discrepancy error Enabling button askew Enabling button defective Display Alarm 303 Infotext 306 Technical specifications Displaying Charging status Displaying information about the HMI device h
33. S7_ACK_ERR Bool Communication errors may not be Must be specifically acknowledged automatically interconnected for This input is set to have the F CPU to plant acknowledge a communication error during ongoing PROFIsafe communication F_FB_MP only reacts to a rising edge MP_DATA Word User data of the fail safe process image PIl inputs Word 1 MP_DATA MP_RNG Word ID of the effective range in which the HMI is PII included Word 2 MP_RNG MP_STAT Word Data are exchanged with F_FB_RNG_n F_DB_STATES through this input and output via F_DB_STATES Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 Outputs of F_FB_MP Parameter Datatype Description Interconnection ACK_REI Bool Acknowledgement for reintegration F I O DB Automatic reintegration is controlled by means DBx0 2 ACK_REI of F I O DB signals at this output MP_DATA_Q_ Word User data of the fail safe process image PIO outputs Word 1 MP_DATA MP_RNG_Q Word The effective range ID is transmitted to the PIO HMI device through this output Word 2 MP_RNG DIAG Word Information about any occurring errors is You can evaluate the provided through this output for servicing DIAG output in your purposes program Bit 0 HMI device removed Bit 1 HMI device integrated Bit 2 Communication error on the HMI device Bit 3 Communicatio
34. The entry is made Note The system does not automatically switch between standard time and daylight saving time Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 159 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings 6 If you want to switch from winter to summer time select the Daylight savings time currently in effect check box When you press the Apply button the time is brought forward by one hour 7 If you want to switch from summer to winter time clear the Daylight savings time currently in effect check box When you press the Apply button the time is moved backwards by one hour 8 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The settings for the data and time of day have now been changed The HMI device must be restarted after changes in the following cases e You have changed the time zone setting e You have changed the Daylight savings time currently in effect check box setting See section Starting the HMI device again Page 144 Synchronizing the date and time with the PLC The date and time of the HMI device can be synchronized with the PLC if this has been configured in the project and the PLC program You can find additional information in the WinCC flexible system manual NOTICE Synchronizing the date and time If the data and time is not synchronized and time based reactions are triggered by the HMI
35. The function block must not set the ERROR bit in the response container 3 The function block must respond within the specified time timeout 4 Go online to the PLC 280004 The connection to the PLC is interrupted There Check the connection parameters in WinCC flexible is no data exchange at present Ensure that the cable is plugged in the PLC is operational the correct port is being used Restart the system if the system alarm persists Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 438 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix 290000 Recipe system alarms A 6 System alarms Number 290000 290001 Effect causes The recipe tag could not be read or written It is assigned the start value The alarm can be entered in the alarm buffer for up to four more failed tags if necessary After that alarm 290003 is output An attempt has been made to assign a value to a recipe tag which is outside the value range permitted for this type The alarm can be entered in the alarm buffer for up to four more failed tags if necessary After that alarm 290004 is output Remedy Check in the configuration that the address has been set up in the PLC Observe the value range for the tag type 290002 It is not possible to convert a value from a source format to a target format The alarm can be entered in the alarm buffer for up to four more failed recipe tags if necessary After that
36. The main battery is visible 3 Remove the main battery using the ribbon 4 Unscrew the six screws approximately 1 cm out of the connection bay cover The cover of the connection compartment is equipped with captive screws 5 Remove the connection bay cover Result The connection bay is open Anschlussstecker f r Leitung zu den Ladekontakten Kontakte f r den Hauptakku Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 89 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Procedure for closing the connection bay and battery compartment Result See also 90 CAUTION Degree of protection IP65 Ensure that the seals belonging to the connection bay cover and battery compartment cover are present during mounting After completing the connections check whether the covers are fitted on the USB interface and the terminal for the power supply unit Wiring to charging contacts If the line to the charging contacts is stuck this may result in functional problems When closing the connection bay cover be careful not to trap the wiring at the charging contacts Connection compartment If parts other than the main battery and memory card remain in the connection bay this may result in functional problems Only use the connection bay to insert the memory card and main battery Mounting hole threads The HMI device housing is made of
37. Transfer gt License Keys command in the Project gt Transfer menu The Automation License Manager is displayed For transfers using the Automation License Manager Start the Automation License Manager via the Windows Start menu Select the Connect HMI device command in the Edit gt Connect Target System menu The Connect Target System dialog is displayed Under Device type select the HMI device type Select the type of connection from the Connection box Configure the connection Confirm by clicking OK The connection to the HMI device is established The connected HMI device is displayed in the left window of the Automation License Manager Select the source drive in the left window The right window displays the available license keys 10 Drag and drop the selected license key from the right window to the HMI device in the left window The selected license keys are transferred to the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 241 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 8 3 Transfer license keys back Requirement No WinCC flexible project is open on the configuration PC The HMI device is connected to the configuration PC A data channel is configured on the HMI device The license key on a storage medium Proceed as follows Switch to Transfer mode on the H
38. alarm 290005 is output Check the value range or type of the tag 290003 This alarm is output when alarm number 290000 is triggered more than five times In this case no further separate alarms are generated Check in the configuration that the tag addresses have been set up in the PLC 290004 This alarm is output when alarm number 290001 is triggered more than five times In this case no further separate alarms are generated Observe the value range for the tag type 290005 This alarm is output when alarm number 290002 is triggered more than five times In this case no further separate alarms are generated Check the value range or type of the tag 290006 The threshold values configured for the tag have been violated by values entered Observe the configured or current threshold values of the tag 290007 There is a difference between the source and target structure of the recipe currently being processed The target structure contains an additional data recipe tag which is not available in the source structure The data recipe tag specified is assigned its start value Insert the specified data recipe tag in the source structure 290008 There is a difference between the source and target structure of the recipe currently being processed The source structure contains an additional data recipe tag which is not available in the target structure and therefore cannot be assigned
39. button 2 Select the storage medium with the backup from the Storage Card with Backup detected selection box The no storage card available message appears if there is no storage medium in the HMI device or it is defective 3 If the no storage card available message appears press the Cancel button Restoring is then aborted Insert a storage medium or another one Click the Refresh button The content of the selection box changes Select the storage medium with the backup from the Storage Card with Backup detected selection box 4 Click the Start Restore button Restoring is started 5 The data to be restored is checked The following messages are displayed in sequence during the check Starting Restore Checking data When the data has been checked the following message is displayed You are starting RESTORE now All files except files on storage cards and the registry will be erased Are you sure 6 If you do not want to permit that data are deleted from the HMI device abort the restore process by pressing the ESC button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 195 Configuring the HMI device 6 14 Restoring trom external storage medium Restore 7 Start to restore the data by selecting Yes The following messages are displayed in sequence during the restore Deleting files on fla
40. max 100 mA 2 USB DN 3 USB DP 4 GND RJ45 The figure below shows the pin assignment of the RJ45 interface 1 8 I 5 Assignment TD TD RD Not used Not used RD Not used ooINI DJAJA IV N gt Not used Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 343 Technical specifications 13 2 Specifications WLAN Operation of a WLAN interface in the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges The interface is compatible with the following standards e EEE 802 11a e IEEE 802 11h e JEEE 802 11b e IEEE 802 11g Note The specifications in the following two tables relate to the WLAN card in the HMI device antenna losses not taken into account Input power of the WLAN card WLAN standard Data transfer rate Input power IEEE 802 11a 54 Mbps 74 dBm IEEE 802 11h 48 Mbps 75 dBm 36 Mbps 80 dBm 24 Mbps 83 dBm 18 Mbps 86 dBm 12 Mbps 88 dBm 9 Mbps 89 dBm 6 Mbps 90 dBm IEEE 802 11g 54 Mbps 76 dBm 48 Mbps 77 dBm 36 Mbps 82 dBm 24 Mbps 85 dBm 18 Mbps 88 dBm 12 Mbps 91 dBm 9 Mbps 92 dBm 6 Mbps 93 dBm IEEE 802 11b 11 Mbps 90 dBm 5 5 Mbps 92 dBm 2 Mbps 94 dBm 1 Mbps 98 dBm Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 344 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 2 Specifications Output power of the WLAN card WLAN
41. once it has started Do you want to start the removal Confirm removal Press an enabling The removal starts in other word the user button until the has pressed the Yes button in the Start e Enable switch removal dialog z pzd position is reached Please confirm the removal with the enabling button Effective range logon Yes button The HMI device is located within an 6 No button effective range but it is not logged on The operator has activated the white 2 i i fm O Effective range name object to log on Do you want to logon to the following effective range Effective range lt lt EFFECTIVE RANGE NAME gt gt Please enter the effective range ID Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 405 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages 406 Dialog Reaction Situation Effective range logoff Yes button The HMI device is logged onto the No button effective range The operator has bad activated the Effective range name o object to log off tje Do you want to log off from the following effective range Effective range lt lt EFFECTIVE RANGE NAME gt gt Effective range logoff shutdown Yes button The HMI device is logged on to a No button machine gt D The operator has attempted to e Shut down the HMI device CO CO e Close the project with the corresponding operator control The Panel
42. synchronized Note Recipe tags can only be synchronized in the enhanced recipe view Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 320 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project Requirements Procedure Result 11 17 6 6 Introduction Requirement Procedure 11 17 Operating recipes e A screen with a recipe view is displayed Proceed as follows 1 If the recipe view contains several recipes Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record 2 Select the recipe data record you want to synchronize 3 Touch al The elements of the recipe data record are synchronized with the recipe tags If the values of the recipe view and the tag do not match the more current value is accepted Reading a recipe data record from the PLC In the current project the values which are also stored in the recipes in the HMI device can be changed directly in the plant This is the case for example if a valve was opened further directly at the plant than is stored in the recipe The values of the recipe data records saved in the HMI device possibly no longer match the values in the PLC To synchronize the recipe values read the values from the PLC and display them in the recipe view e A screen with a recipe view is displayed Proceed as follows 1 If the recipe view contains several recipes Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data r
43. 01 Appendix 110000 Offline function alarms A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 110000 The operating mode was changed Offline mode is now set 110001 The operating mode was changed Online mode is now set 110002 The operating mode was not changed Check the connection to the PLCs Check whether the address area for the area pointer 88 Coordination in the PLC is available 110003 The operating mode of the specified PLC was changed by the system function SetConnectionMode The operating mode is now offline 110004 The operating mode of the specified PLC has been changed by the system function SetConnectionMode The operating mode is now online 110005 An attempt was made to use the system function Switch the complete system to online mode then SetConnectionMode to switch the specified PLC to execute the system function again online mode although the entire system is in offline mode This changeover is not allowed The PLC remains in offline mode 110006 The content of the project version area pointer Check the following does not match the user version configured in WinCC flexible WinCC flexible Runtime is therefore closed e The project ID entered on the PLC e The project ID entered in WinCC flexible 120000 Trend alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 120000 The trend is not displayed because you configured Change
44. 1 Functionkey_F1 aa If you simultaneously presses the key F1 and the enabling button the robot is activated via the output A11 1 A 4 Application example RFID tag system A 4 1 Configuration and operation This application example shows one possible application with the safety features of the HMI device Note In this example the HMI device is logged onto a machine via an RFID tag within a protection zone The security system of the protection zone consists of a wire mesh fence with a door and a contact pressure mat A WARNING Read the documentation for S7 Distributed Safety An incorrectly configured or programmed system can result in death or serious injuries Observe the S7 Distributed a ooe bai and the ase sources a information e Programming and ope ee ttp suppor automatons siemens ComM iowlen 2209987 onfig ratin il tie mene Spee ae siemens eee re ee Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 393 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system Configuration example The following example configuration shows a robot cell which is secured by a wire mesh fence with a contact pressure mat OVOQOCHOHO PROFIsafe Access point Fail safe controller Robot Signal lamp F I O PROFINET IO device HMI device RFID tag Contact pressure mat The following signals are used TN Se
45. 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 443 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 320002 No diagnosable alarm message error Select a diagnostics alarm from the ZP_ALARM selected alarm screen The unit associated with the alarm message could not be selected 320003 No alarm message error exists for the Select the defective unit from the overview screen selected unit The detail view cannot visualize any networks 320004 The required signal states could not be read by Check the consistency between the configuration on the PLC The faulty addresses cannot be found the display unit and the PLC program 320005 The project contains ProAgent elements which In order to run the project install the optional are not installed ProAgent diagnostic functions ProAgent package cannot be performed 320006 You have attempted to execute a function Check the type of the selected unit which is not supported in the current constellation 320007 No error triggering addresses were found on Switch the detail screen to STL layout mode and the networks check the status of the addresses and exclusion ProAgent cannot indicate any faulty addresses addresses 320008 The diagnostic data stored in the configuration Transfer the project to the HMI device again are not synchronized with those in the PLC ProAgent can only indicate the diagnostic units 320009 The diagnostic data stored in the conf
46. 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception wich can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to wich the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter Professional Installation Notice To comply with FCC Part 15 rules in the United States the system must be professionally installed to ensure compliance with the Part 15 certification It is the responsibility of the operator and professional installer to ensure that only certified systems are deployed in the United States The use of the system in any other combination such as co located antennas transm
47. 187 HW Config HMI device display I O DB Identification 184 Illuminated pushbutton Bit assignment Operating Usage Illustration Importing Certificate Recipe data record Industry Portal Information For the HMI device Information security 78 Checklist Infotext Display 306 Displaying 279 Functional scope 29 Input F_FB_MP F_FB_RNG_n Input device Technical specifications Inserting Battery Installation EMC compatible 54 RFID tag 86 461 Index Transponder 8 Installation according to the instructions 43 Installing Connector 8 WinCC flexible option 218 238 239 insulation resistance 62 Integrating 3 Application case Interfaces 9 Technical paos Internal error Application case Diagnostics Internet E mail 1 Homepage Internet Explorer Internet ae General Privacy IP address Ethernet iPCF iPCF MC IWLAN K Key control Trend view Keyboard External 132 Key operated abe E Bit apon ment Usage Keyswitch Operating L Labeling Function keys Labeling strips 18 Attaching Dimensions fi Printing 1 Language a Functional scope oO 462 Layout Slider control 293 Sm rtClient view 299 LED display Charging station 4127 Main battery 97 Mobile Panel 107 LED function key Bit assignment 120 Evaluation License key 240 Transferring 2 218 241 Transferring back a 242 Limit
48. 3 Operating the Control Pamelisicc cccsecccecesecieceeeedeesdeeeccssececvesaceeeecaaeevescedeeedtedseeverceaeesencasuevercaedeenees 6 4 4 Using the screen keyboard in the Control Panel ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeaaees 6 4 5 Configuring OPELAtiON 0 0 eee ee ceeeee eee eeeeee ee tee eater eeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeenaeeeeseeaas 6 4 5 1 Configuring the screen keyboard 0 00 2 ceeceee cence ee enneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeeeaaas 139 6 4 5 2 Changing display brightness ce ceecceeeeenneeceeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 6 4 5 3 Setting the character repeat rate of the screen keyboard eeeecceeeeeneeeeeenneeeseeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 6 4 5 4 Setting the double clickiniicne nite ieee eee ae eee Adee ieee 6 4 5 5 Calibrating the touch screen 0 eee ceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 6 4 5 6 Starting the HMI device Again eeccceeeesneeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeseenaeeeeeeeeeseeeaas 6 5 Entering and deleting a PASSWOMG cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeeseeeaeeeeeeatees 6 6 WLAN communication 45 eeivect eed evekedd oil cents A a p ee oneal eda geaveteeeees 6 6 1 OVEIVIOW 2 hic iste teehee ttl erent oie eee eee ole bape ahd atiaeee 6 6 2 Assigning WLAN communication parameters 00 c cccceccceeeeeeeeeeeeenee
49. Adapting Offline testing Reuse Screen keyboard 276 Testing online 223 Transferring 218 219 Project file Compressed 2 Protected oe Protection against ingress of solid foreign bodies 62 Protection class HMI device Protection zone B7 73 Planning 75 Setting up 73 Protective foil 18 Protective measure Static electricity Protocol Released 25 Proxy server HMI device 188 Internet Explorer 431 PWR LED R Radiation High frequency 44 Radio interference 50 Emission Radio network Rampdown Expired backup time 95 Global Local Reading Diagnostic information 252 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Reading out Recipe data record 321 327 Rear view 1 Rechargeable battery Recipe screen Recipe view nga Synchronizing tags Transferrin Recipe list Operating Overview Recipe tag Offline 315 Online 315 Synchronizing 315 Recipe view 316 Editing 323 Extended 312 Menu items 324 Operating 316 Operator control 316 323 Simple 313 Recommissioning 219 248 Recycling Regional and lang id settings 168 Regional setting 1 Registered reer Registry information Backup 161 Remote control Closing 3 Forcing permission 301 Start 300 465 Index Remove 269 Removing 218 Password 1 WinCC flexible option 218 238 240 Replacement key set R
50. Check the network connection to the SMTP server and connection to the SMTP server no longer exists re establish it if necessary This system alarm is generated only at the first attempt All subsequent unsuccessful attempts to send an e mail will no longer generate a system alarm The event is regenerated when an e mail has been successfully sent in the meantime The central e mail component in WinCC flexible Runtime attempts in regular intervals 1 minute to establish the connection to the SMTP server and to send the remaining e mails 70034 Following a disruption the TCP IP connection to the SMTP server could be re established The queued e mails are then sent 70036 No SMTP server for sending e mails is configured Configure an SMTP server An attempt to connect to an SMTP server has In WinCC flexible Engineering System failed and it is not possible to send e mails using Device settings gt Device settings WinCC flexible Runtime generates the system In the Wind CE ti t alarm after the first attempt to send an e mail ue Sa TONS operating sysiem using Control Panel gt Internet Settings gt E mail gt SMTP Server 70037 An e mail cannot be sent for unknown reasons Check the e mail parameters recipient etc The contents of the e mail are lost 70038 The SMTP server has rejected sending or Check the domain of the recipient address or disable forwarding an e mail because the domain of the the authentication on the SMT
51. Data type Description Interconnection SHUTDOWN Bool Shutdown Output for evaluating whether a shutdown has been triggered ENABLE Bool This output passes on the control state of the Output for evaluating enabling button to the logged on HMI device in whether enabling the effective range buttons have been 0 enabling button not pressed or enabling triggered button in the Panic switch position 1 enabling button pressed F KEYS Word Reserved RNG_BUSY Bool This output passes on the state of the effective Output for evaluating range associated with a machine whether the effective 0 effective range free range is free or 1 effective range in use allocated In an RFID tag system this output is evaluated together with the signals of the security system in the form of an AND operation The result of the AND operation is wired to the OVERRIDE input of F_FB_RNG You can use this output to control a signal lamp that indicates whether or not the machine belonging to the effective range is in use DIAG Word This output indicates which of the HMI devices The DIAG output can with permission to log on in the effective range be evaluated in the are actually logged on user program Bit 0 1 panel logged on Bit 1 2 panel logged on Bit 2 3 panel logged on Bit 3 4 panel logged on With F_FB_RNG_16 Bit 4 5 panel logged on Bit 14 15 panel logged on Bit 15 16 panel logged on Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobi
52. E A a E ATE AEEA eel a aiaa i 13 2 DSPECHICAUONS oes tadvace A G tanoldentandayystaddaae Haale indie aaeduahtiadectndy 340 13 21 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN iccsccsssecticsetsitencseevenisedeeseaetietiraacsenaneessseasadieanieagialsastderasecnieareacedss Aa 13 22 Jnt rface description si i s cetcasceseeontasecsrnesanectstedpensenstdens sauces ahlausedeehsedhabtadectsttaucesteansastviedaned 343 13 2 3 Main rechargeable battery lt 2 cccsscctecizacedexed dacaccevasaavesivacadevesapedveuedvas A 13 24 Charging Stations sc ddedeevediceiesiniees eid eine v ened EEATT TEA 13 25 Transponder isisi a a aana fa E A daniel Rieter 13 2 6 RFID tagien eee E A aa V a E A Eaa 13 3 WLAN radiation characteristics of the HMI device sssesssesrssesrrssssrrssrrrrssrrrrssrrrrssrerrssrne 13 3 1 Radiation characteristic in the 2 4 GHz band eesseeeesesresseerrsseirrssrirrssttnrssttrnnntennnstennnnenn nnne 13 3 2 Radiation characteristic in the 5 GHz band s sssssssisirrssrsninnesnnninannnnnnnnannanin neinna in annann 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system ssesessssrresssrrsssrrrsstrrssrirrssrtnnnsrtnnsseen 13 4 1 Radiation characteristic of HMI device cee ceceeeeceeeceeeeeceeeaeeeceeeceeeesaaeeesaaeceeeeeseaeeeseaeeseneeeeaees 13 4 2 Radiation characteristic of the transponder cccccccceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseseeneeeeeeeettees A ADPONGIX siiin a aaa a aA a aa aa a Eea a aaa A 1 ESD
53. IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 189 Configuring the HMI device 6 12 Changing Internet settings Result 6 12 4 Requirement 190 3 Change to the Advanced tab Internet Options General Connection Privacy Advanced l E Use SSL 2 0 Use SSL 3 0 Use TLS 1 0 Warn if changing between secure and not secure mode 4 Activate the required encryption protocol 5 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The accepted cookies and the required encryption protocol are set Importing displaying and deleting certificates You can use this function to import display and delete certificates The certificates differ as follows e Certificates that you trust e Own certificates e Other certificates A digital certificate consists of structured data which confirms ownership and other properties of a public key Ask your network administrator about the certificates required for your application You have opened the Certificates dialog box with the Certificates icon Certificates 0K x Class 2 Public Primary Certification Authority Entrust net Certification Authority 2048 Entrust net Secure Server Certification Authorit Lists the certificates Equifax Secure Certificate Authority trusted by you GlobalSign Root CA x Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10
54. In residential areas 50 USB Keyboard 132 Mouse 132 Pin assignment 343 USB memory stick 19 USB Flashdrive Use With additional measures 59 User data Admin 290 Creating 291 Number of characters PLC_User 290 291 V Value table Trend view VBScript Functional scope 29 Vibration alarm Activate 166 W Weight WinCC flexible ES Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Index Configuration WinCC flexible Internet settings E mail WinCC flexible option 218 238 License key Windows CE taskbar Password protection 130 WINS Server Wireless approval WLAN Assigning connection parameters 4151 Configuring the connection Input power 3 Interface 344 Output power 345 Standards 344 WLAN quality 280 Z ZigBee devices 76 Zone Detect Determining 258 In the project 67 Planning 67 Quality 68 Setting up 67 Testing 247 Zone name 283 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 469 Index Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 470 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01
55. MPn_RNG Word ID of the effective range associated with the PII machine on which the HMI device is logged on Word 2 MP_RNG MPn_F_KEY Word Reserved MPn_STAT Word Data are exchanged with F_FB_MP through F_DB_STATES this input and output via F_LDB_STATES NOTICE Rule for RFID tag systems Connect the OVERRIDE input The OVERRIDE input should only be enabled as long as the assigned security systems are enabled Configure the following connections in the safety program to ensure this reaction e AND operation of the switch position of the RNG_BUSY output of F_LFB_RNG_n and the signals of the security system e The result of the AND operation with the OVERRIDE input of FLFB_RNG_n Outputs of FLFB_RNG_n Parameters Data type Description Interconnection E_STOP Bool EMERGENCY STOP Output for evaluating Evaluation of the EMERGENCY STOP button Whether an of all HMI devices connected to F_FB_RNG_n F T 0 At least one EMERGENCY STOP button 3S Peen triggered pressed 1 EMERGENCY STOP button not pressed GLOB_RD Bool Global rampdown Output for evaluating whether a global rampdown has been triggered LOC_RD Bool Local rampdown Output for evaluating whether a local rampdown has been triggered 214 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 Parameters
56. Operate alarm view and alarm window Forcing permission If several HMI devices have access to a HMI device only one HMI device has operating permission at any one time Two cases must be distinguished for this calculation e If another HMI device is already controlling the remote HMI device if configured accordingly you can force operating permission for the remote HMI device You are trying to operate the remote HMI device A dialog box opens Enter the required password for forcing remote operation You are now authorized to operate the remote HMI device e f another HMI device is accessing your HMI device via the Sm rtClient view you can force local operating permission for your HMI device Touch the screen of your HMI device five times consecutively You are given permission to operate your local HMI device Procedure ending remote control The steps depend on the project Refer to your plant documentation for additional information In general proceed as follows 1 Touch a button configured for this action 2 Exit the screen containing the Sm rtClient view 3 Touch an operating element operating position for a longer period of time This opens a menu 4 Select the Close menu command 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm window 11 16 1 Overview Alarms Alarms indicate events and states on the HMI device which have occurred in the system in the process or on the HMI device itself A status i
57. Operation 25 C to 80 C Storage transport 25 C to 80 C 13 3 WLAN radiation characteristics of the HMI device This section contains illustrations on the radiation characteristics of various antennas Note The radiation characteristics were determined under optimum conditions in a low reflection room in an antenna lab 13 3 1 Radiation characteristic in the 2 4 GHz band Antenna type Dual band WLAN antenna Polarization Vertical and horizontal Frequency range 2 4 GHz to 2 483 GHz Antenna gain max 3 dBi Impedance 50 Q Range of the transmitter based on angle The figure below shows the coordinate system applied to the HMI device elevation 180 elevation 0 Z Z J f azimuth 180 0 180 360 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 347 Technical specifications 13 3 WLAN radiation characteristics of the HMI device The figure below shows the range of the transmitter based on angle Range at 2 45 GHz dBi magnitude 270 270 elevation deg azimuth deg 13 3 2 Radiation characteristic in the 5 GHz band Antenna type Dual port patch antenna Polarization Vertical and horizontal Frequency range 5 0 GHz to 5 6 GHz Antenna gain max 5 dBi Impedance 50 Q Range of the transmitter based on angle The figure below shows the coordinate system
58. PLC The tab order is the configured order of the objects that are accessed by successively pressing the TAB key Defined memory location to which values can be written to and read from This can be done from the PLC or the HMI device Based on whether the tag is interconnected with the PLC or not we distinguish between external tags process tags and internal tags Transfer of a runtime project from the configuration PC to the HMI device A transponder is usually a wireless communication display or control device that logs incoming signals and automatically responds to them The term transponder is derived from transmitter and responder Transponders can be passive or active Wireless access point 456 A wireless access point is an electronic device that acts as an interface for wireless communication devices Terminal devices provide a wireless connection to the wireless access point via wireless adapter which in turn is connected by cable to an installed communication network Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Index Override mode Activate Disabling Audit ee A Absorption rate 55 Acceptance 243 Effective range F CPU 243 F I O 243 Plant 243 Safety program 244 Transponder 244 Accessories Accessory kit Accessory kit Charging station 20 Transponder 22 Acknowledge Alarm 3 Error alarm Activate Overrid
59. Tag 38 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 7 14 Rapid Roaming with iPCF and iPCF MC Stable PNIO communication requires that a WLAN client is available at all times in a radio cell with a signal strength gt 60 or gt 65 dBm This can be checked by switching the various segments on and off This does not mean that the client needs to change over at a signal strength lt 60 or lt 65 dBm Make sure that you provide access points with sufficient signal strength Limitations due to iPCF MC iPCF MC is an in house development of the Siemens AG that will only work with participants in which iPCF MC has been installed Operating principle of iPCF MC iPCF MC uses both radio interfaces of the access point differently One interface works as management interface and sends a beacon every five milliseconds The other interface transmits the user data The following requirements have to be met to use iPCF MC e All RR versions of the SCALANCE W 700 access points with at least two WLAN interfaces can be used as access point The HMI device and all SCALANCE W 700 RR versions are suitable for operation in client mode e You have to operate the management interface and the data interface in the same frequency range they also have to match in their radio coverage iPCF MC will not work if both radio interfaces are equipped with directional antenna the cover different areas e The management interfaces of all a
60. Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 441 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number 290061 Effect causes Alarm reporting that clearing of record memory was canceled due to an error Remedy 290062 The record number is above the maximum of 65536 This record cannot be created Select another number 290063 This occurs with the system function ExportDataRecords when the parameter Overwrite is set to No An attempt has been made to save a recipe under a file name which already exists The export is canceled Check the ExportDataRecords system function 290064 Alarm reporting that the deletion of records has started 290065 Alarm reporting that the deletion of records has successfully completed 290066 Confirmation request before deleting records 290068 Security request to confirm if all records in the recipe should be deleted 290069 Security request to confirm if all records in the recipe should be deleted 290070 The record specified is not in the import file Check the source of the record number or record name constant or tag value 290071 During the editing of record values a value was entered which exceeded the low limit of the recipe tag The entry is discarded Enter a value within the limits of the recipe tag 290072 When editing record values a value was entered which exceeds the high limit of the reci
61. WinCC flexible installation folder or on the WinCC flexible installation CD The output area provides you with information on the version of the HMI device image file once it has been successfully opened 8 Select Update OS on the PC to start the Reset to factory settings process 9 In the Control Panel of the HMI device open the OP Properties dialog and select the Device tab 10 Click on the Reboot button A query is opened 11 Click on the Prepare for Reset button 12 Follow the instructions in ProSave During the operating system update a status view opens to indicate progress A message is displayed when the operating system update is successfully completed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project There is now no project data on the HMI device The factory settings are restored Note If you can no longer open the Control Panel on the HMI device because the operating system is missing switch off the HMI device Then restore the factory settings and restart the HMI device If the HMI device does not start up switch it off and on again Note Calibrating the touch screen After the reset you may have to recalibrate the touch screen 8 4 7 Installing and removing software options 8 4 7 1 Overview With WinCC flexible options you can expand the fun
62. a safety program such as a program for robot control conforming to a robotics directive 3 13 Coexistence of the frequency bands Coexistence in the 2 4 GHz band The use of the HMI device does not affect the communication with other devices or only negligibly so This applies to the following communication networks e WLAN When adding a WLAN participant make sure that you observe the conditions described in the document Wireless LAN in a PROFINET IO Environment The conditions vary depending on the operating mage 63 the requirement for PNIO refresh times See NLAN properties Page 63 e Standard RFID system according to ISO 15693 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 75 Planning the use 3 13 Coexistence of the frequency bands e Communication protocols used in the 2 4 GHz band for the LAN in an office environment and for devices such as smoke detectors or barcode scanners i ey ees oad in As 2 r peta oe you will have to plan the wireless 0 anual ion h i ren einen siemens PERTTI TET Otherwise sufficient bandwidth for communications cannot be guaranteed Note The iPCF and iPCF MC systems cannot coexist in the 2 4 GHz band This rule is also valid for WLAN channels in the 4 9 GHz frequency range e ZigBee devices Coexistence with other communication networks Moreover coexistence is ensured for the following commu
63. and enter it in the Effective range field 4 Enter the ID of the transponder at which you are currently located in the Transponders box Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 245 Commissioning the plant 9 3 Transponder system 5 To verify the ID entered press the Test button When the HMI device receives the signal of the transponder specified that transponder is considered to be checked The transponder will be marked with a check mark in the list 6 Repeat steps 4 to 7 for all transponders of this effective range If you have successfully checked all transponders of an effective range that effective range will be indicated with a check mark in the list 7 Select the next effective range in the list 8 Repeat steps 4 to 7 for all transponders assigned to this effective range 9 Verify all other effective ranges 10 Once you have successfully verified all effective ranges press the Calculate button The HMI device calculates the checksum The checksum is displayed in the CRC field Effective ranges ransponders 8 qa 68 Effective range 4 CRC 2BF Test Transponders B Calculate exit Cancel Procedure at the configuration computer Proceed as follows 1 Open the project in WinCC flexible ES 2 Enter the checksum in the Effective ranges editor 3 Transfer the amended project to the HMI d
64. applied to the HMI device elevation 0 Z Z J f azimuth 180 0 180 360 elevation 180 The figures below show the range of the transmitter for the various frequencies in the 5 GHz band based on angle Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 348 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 3 WLAN radiation characteristics of the HMI device Range at 5 0 GHz cut in elevation 0 azimuth cut in azimuth 0 elevation magnitude dBi 270 270 elevation deg azimuth deg Range at 5 3 GHz cut in elevation 0 azimuth cut in azimuth 0 elevation magnitude dBi magnitude dBi 270 270 elevation deg azimuth deg Range at 5 6 GHz Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 349 Technical specifications 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system cut in elevation 0 azimuth T 7 120 0o Ha AEN 5 n n Z Z ate magnitude dBi 270 elevation deg cut in azimuth 0 elevation es v magnitude dBi 270 azimuth deg 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system This section contains illustrations on the radiation characteristics of various antennas Note The radiation characteristics were determined under optimum conditions in a low reflection room in an antenna
65. be no PROFIsafe connection Use the device name from the HW Config of STEP 7 The device name must be unique and satisfy the DNS conventions within the local network These include Restriction to 127 characters in total letters digits hyphen or point A name component within the device name e g a string between two points may not exceed 63 characters Special characters such as umlauts brackets underscores slashes spaces etc are not permitted The hyphen is the one exception The device name must not start or end with the character The device name must not take the form n n n n n 0 to 999 The device name must not start with the character string port xyz x y Z 0 to 9 3 Confirm your entries The dialog closes 4 Restart the HMI device see section Starting the HMI device again Page 144 PROFINET IO is enabled Setting the PROFIsafe address The PROFIsafe protocol is used to send safety message frames between the HMI device and the F CPU This means each station in the PROFIsafe communication must be assigned a unique PROFIsafe address At the start of the project the HMI device is automatically integrated into the safety program The SAFE LED lights up to indicate that integration is complete You can enter the PROFIsafe address at the following locations e Inthe HMI device Control Panel e Inthe WinCC flexible project Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLA
66. cannot be switched off You first have to log off from the effective range Do you want to logoff from the following effective range Effective range lt lt EFFECTIVE RANGE NAME gt gt Acknowledgment of OK button Communication was recovered after a communication error communication error The operator must confirm this state ca Causes 5 e The operator has briefly left the WLAN DI range and then returned e PROFIsafe communication was briefly A safe connection is possible interrupted again Please confirm the communication error Effective range exited without Yes button The operator has left the effective range logoff 5 seconds or with the logged on HMI device for more 5S o WARNING You have exited the following effective range without logging off Effective range lt lt EFFECTIVE RANGE NAME gt gt The enabling button is deactivated Do you want to log off from the effective range Return to the effective range within 25 seconds than 5 seconds Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages Dialog Reaction Situation Effective range exited without OK button The operator has left the effective range logoff 30 seconds with the logged on HMI device for more than 30 seconds You have left the effective range without permission A local shutdown was initiated
67. confusion between HMI devices with enabled and disabled EMERGENCY STOP buttons only one integrated HMI device should be freely accessible If an HMI device is not integrated and not in use store the HMI device in a location with protected access Handling the HMI device during operation CAUTION Shutdown or global rampdown may occur with an empty main rechargeable battery An integrated HMI device with an empty main rechargeable battery triggers a communication error This error results in the following reaction of the F CPU e When the HMI device is logged onto a machine shutdown e When the HMI device is not logged onto a machine global rampdown Check the charge of the main rechargeable battery at brief intervals using the BAT LED Note It is prohibited to leave the effective range without an HMI device while the HMI device is logged onto the effective range Log the HMI device off from the effective range or remove it from the HMI device Pay attention to the LED display of the HMI device see section LED display Page 107 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 255 Fail safe operation 10 2 Integrating the HMI device 10 2 Integrating the HMI device During fail safe operation the F CPU runs a safety program that must be integrated into the HMI device The HMI device and F CPU communicate via PROFI
68. contact with the yA icon Changing the display of the screen keyboard Key Function Switching between the numerical and alphanumerical keyboard Num Switching between the normal level and Shift level of the alphanumerical screen keyboard Switchover to special characters Alt Gr Switching from full display to reduced display Switching from reduced display to full display Closing of reduced display of the screen keyboard ltl L_ Entering data A ey Function Delete character left of cursor Delete character right of cursor Confirm input canic Cancel input Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 138 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Pane Opening the Windows CE taskbar You open the Windows CE taskbar with the key 6 4 5 Configuring operation 6 4 5 1 Configuring the screen keyboard You can use this function to change the layout and the position of the screen keyboard Requirement You have opened the Siemens HMI Input Panel Options dialog with the InputPanel icon Siemens HMI Input Panel Options OK 4 Position and Size AS show Resize button Currently closed Save current size and position Save a Check box for displaying the i button in the screen keyboard Button for displaying the screen keyboard
69. device malfunctions in the PLC may occur Synchronize the date and time if time based reactions are triggered in the PLC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 160 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 2 Requirement is Procedure Result 6 7 General settings Backing up registry information and temporary data You can install and remove your own programs on the HMI devices under Windows CE You need to back up the registry settings to flash memory after installation or removal You can also save the data in the memory buffer to flash memory You have opened the Persistent Storage tab in the OP Properties dialog using the OP icon OP Properties Display Device Firmware a Save actual registry settings to flash l I System will start with saved registry Save Registry mr settings next time a Save all files from temporary memory f l e g the Program files directory to Save Files iO flash The files will be restored during L dd system startup The Temp directory will not be saved B Automatically repair file system errors on storage cards at system startup and card insertion time E Backs up the current registry information to the flash memory The HMI device loads the saved registry information the next time it boots Button for saving registry in
70. e A color envelope can signalize a limit being exceeded or not reached Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 292 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 10 Gauge 11 10 Gauge The gauge is a dynamic display object The gauge displays numerical values in analog form by means of a pointer This enables an operator at the HMI device to see at a glance if the boiler pressure is in the normal range for example The layout of the gauge depends on the configuration e A trailing pointer can display the maximum value reached so far on the scale The trailing pointer is reset when the screen is reloaded e The label on the scale can show the measured variable for example boiler pressure and the physical unit for example bar 11 11 Operating the slider control The slider control can be used to monitor and change process values within a defined range The slider control can also be configured without a slider In this case you cannot enter a value The slider control is then only used for displaying values SIMATIC 100 nv O y a oubouliulonlonblnlinll Schieber zur Werteingabe A an 30 50 Wertanzeige mit aktuellem Wert The layout of the slider control depends on the configuration e The slider control can contain a label and a setting range e The current value can be displayed in the value display below the area of the slider control Mob
71. e Extended HMI functions 1 2 Scope of delivery The scope of delivery includes e 1 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN e 1 main rechargeable battery e 1 accessory kit e 1 data carrier with failsafe blocks for safety related projects including documents Additional documents may be included in the scope of delivery Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 15 Overview 7 3 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN 1 3 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN The Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN works wireless in battery mode or plugged into a charging station Front view The following figure shows a fully equipped Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Handwheel optional EMERGENCY STOP button LED display Membrane keyboard Display with touch screen Key ON OFF Covers for the labeling strips for the slot openings Illuminated pushbutton optional OOVOOHOHO Key operated switch optional Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 16 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 7 3 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Side view Fall protection for the EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling buttons positioned on both sides of the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Handle Rear view Nameplate Handle Battery compartment cover Connection compartment cover Contacts for charging station USB connection Connection for power supply Mobile Panel 277F I
72. enabling button remains machine with your HMI device or the deactivated logon is currently in progress e Another HMI device is already logged on to the machine e RFID tag is defective e RFID module in the HMI device is defective e No ID has been assigned to the RFID tag e The operator has entered an incorrect RFID tag ID for the logon e F_FB_RNG is missing in the STEP 7 configuration e F_FB_RNG is wired incorrectly in STEP 7 Enabling button discrepancy error Release both The HMI device detects a discrepancy at enabling buttons one of the two enabling buttons in switch position Acknowledgment or Panic Please release the enabling button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 411 Appendix A 6 System alarms A 6 System alarms Introduction System alarms on the HMI device provide information about internal states of the HMI device and PLC The following overview shows the causes of system alarms and how to eliminate the cause of error Some of the system alarms described in this section are relevant to individual HMI devices based on their range of features Note System alarms are only indicated if an alarm window was configured System alarms are output in the language currently set on your HMI device System alarm parameters System alarms may contain encrypted parameters which are relev
73. exist is not set 200001 Coordination is canceled because the write access Change the address or set the address in the PLC at an to the address configured in the PLC is not area which allows write access possible 200002 Coordination is not carried out at the moment Internal error because the address format of the area pointer does not match the internal storage format 200003 Coordination can be executed again because the last error state is eliminated return to normal operation 200004 The coordination may not be executed 200005 No more data is read or written Possible causes Ensure that the cable is plugged in and the PLC is e The cable is defective operational e The PLC does not respond is defective etc Restart the system if the system alarm persists e System overload Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 430 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix 210000 PLC job alarms A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 210000 Jobs are not processed because the address Change the address or set up the address in the configured in the PLC does not exist has not PLC been set up 210001 Jobs are not processed because read write Change the address or set up the address in the access to the address configured in the PLC is PLC in an area which allows read write access not possible 210002 Jobs are not execut
74. group The alarm events are stored in an internal buffer The size of this alarm buffer depends on the HMI device type Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm window Alarm report The configuration engineer can activate alarm reporting on the project In this case alarm events are output directly on the connected printer The configuration engineer can define whether each individual alarm is logged An alarm of this type is printed when the alarm events Incoming and Outgoing occur If you want to print alarms of the System alarm class you have to print the contents of the associated alarm buffer For this case the configuration engineer has to configure an operating element for printing the alarm buffer Alarm log Alarm events are stored in an alarm log provided this log file is configured The capacity of the log file is limited by the storage medium and system limits 11 16 2 Recognizing pending alarms You can recognize pending alarms that must be acknowledged by means of the alarm indicator The alarm indicator is a graphic symbol indicating pending alarms or alarms requiring acknowledgment depending on the configuration The configuration determines whether an alarm has to be acknowledged or not This is also defined by the alarm class which an alarm belongs to The following image shows an ala
75. in the warning message depending on the operating 4 situation X e Connection not yet completed The safe connection is not yet established after the project has been Nosate connection avilable started Wait until the connection has been established The dialog is closed Reason on completion e Connection not yet completed e A communication error occurred after e PROFIsafe address error the HMI device was successfully e Internal configuration error integrated Correct the cause of the e Communication error timeout minor described ay Reason e Communication error CRC e CPU in STOP e PROFIsafe CRC configuration error Should the Panel be switched off Start removal Yes button The Start removal dialog opens in the No button following cases a e The operator has pressed the pzd ON OFF button for more than 4 seconds e The operator has pressed the operator The removal cannot be interrupted control for closing the project once it has started Do you want to start the removal Confirm removal Press an enabling The removal starts in other word the user button until the has pressed the Yes button in the Start e Enable switch removal dialog pzd position is reached Please confirm the removal with the enabling button Effective range logon Yes button The HMI device is located directly in front 5 No button of an RFID tag but it is not logged on The operator has activated the
76. is configured the secure mode message is displayed on the desktop If the password is not entered only the Transfer and Start buttons are operable an find o on Secure Mode in the section Enabling and disabling 133 Page 133 NOTICE Keeping the password If the password is no longer available you are forced to update the operating system to regain access to the Control Panel and the Windows CE taskbar Backup password to protect it against loss Y an find additional information on updating 229 the operating system in the section Updating the operating system Page n Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Contiguring the HMI device Internet Explorer 6 1 Desktop and Loader Internet Explore for Windows CE is installed on the HMI device Fie _Eat view _Favontes J a gt JOS International gt Automation and Drives eutsch Francais Ita Automation and Drives Product Support Applications amp Tools Services Information For Service amp Support Support news gt B subscribe Corporate Foei ed i i Information Driver lownloa SIMATIC Flat Pane gt Measuring cycles gt Special Functions Axis pair collusion protection TES gt Special Functions Cycle Independent Path Synchronous Signal Output TES Self help Enter your specific product information below to quickly extract t
77. is imported from an external data medium as a CSV file and then displayed in the recipe view Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 329 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 10 Examples 11 17 10 1 Entering a recipe data record Introduction You would like to enter production data on the HMI device without interrupting the process in the plant For this reason the production data should not be transferred to the PLC Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Call the recipe view or a recipe screen 2 Select the desired recipe data record 3 Enter the values of the elements 4 Save the recipe data record The recipe data record is saved in the internal memory of the HMI device The following figure shows the data flow schematically Ree Recipe a ecipe n HMI device Recipe view O o o ecipe screen Controller Display recipe data record Save recipe data record Tags are synchronized Display and edit recipe tags in the recipe screen 0000 Tags are offline Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 330 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 18 Closing the project 11 17 10 2 Manual production sequence Introduction You request the production data of different workpieces from the PLC and display this data on
78. is running e If there is enough free space on the server 80046 The destination file could not be written while Check whether there is enough space on the server exporting the log and it you have permission to create the log file 80047 The log could not be read while exporting it Check whether the storage medium is correctly inserted 80049 The log could not be renamed while preparing to Check whether the storage medium is correctly export it inserted and if there is sufficient space on the medium The job can not be completed 80050 The log which shall be exported is not closed Make sure the CloseAllLogs system function is called The job can not be completed before using the ExportLog system function Change the configuration as required 80051 The log to be copied contains an invalid checksum Select a log with a valid checksum The selected log The log was not copied may have been manipulated 80052 The log cannot be read Check the log and the specified path 80053 The closed log cannot be read Open the log Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 421 Appendix A 6 System alarms 90000 FDA alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 90024 No operator actions can be logged due to lack of Make more space available by inserting an empty space on the storage medium for l
79. it again e A corrupt file e A defective installation e No free space for the Automation License Manager etc Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 434 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix 250000 S7 Force alarms A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 250000 The tag in the specified line in Status Force is Check the set address and then verify that the not updated because the address configured for address is set up in the PLC this tag is not available 250001 The tag in the specified line in Status Force is Check the set address not updated because the PLC type configured for this tag does not exist 250002 The tag in the specified line in Status Force is Check the set address not updated because it is not possible to map the PLC type in the tag type 250003 An attempt to connect to the PLC failed The Check the connection to the PLC Check that the tags are not updated PLC is switched on and is online 260000 Password system alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 260000 An unknown user or an unknown password has Log on to the system as a user with a valid been entered in the system password The current user is logged off from the system 260001 The logged in user does not have sufficient Log on to the system as a user with sufficient authorization to execute the protected functio
80. menu 2 Select the HMI device type in the General tab 3 Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the PC 4 Configure the connection 5 Select the OS Update tab 6 Under Image path select the HMI device image file filename img The HMI device image files are available under WinCC flexible Images in the WinCC flexible installation folder or on the WinCC flexible installation CD The output area provides you with information on the version of the HMI device image file once it has been successfully opened 7 Set Transfer mode on the HMI device 8 Select Update OS to run the operating system update on the PC 9 Follow the instructions in ProSave During the operating system update a status view opens to indicate progress A message is displayed when the operating system update is successfully completed Result The updated operating system is now on the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 231 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 6 Restoring factory settings 8 4 6 1 Overview You have to perform an operating system update with restore of the factory setting if the HMI device does not yet have an operating system or if the HMI device operating system is corrupt NOTICE Data loss The license keys on the HMI device will be deleted when resetting to factory settings Back up s
81. message frames to the F CPU Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 453 Glossary Project A project is the result of a configuration using an configuration software The project normally contains several HMI screens in which plant specific objects are embedded If it has been configured in WinCC flexible the project is saved in a project file with the file name extension hmi You need to distinguish between the project on the configuration PC and the runtime project on an HMI device A project on the configuration PC may have more languages than can be managed on the HMI device The project on the configuration PC can also be set up for different HMI devices Only the runtime project that has been generated for the respective HMI device can be transferred to it Project file File generated from the runtime project file for use on the HMI device The project file is usually not transferred and remains on the configuration PC The file name extension of a project file is hmi Project file compressed Compressed format of the project file The compressed project file can be transferred together with the runtime project file to the respective HMI device Backtransfer must be enabled on the configuration PC for this purpose The compressed project file is usually saved to an external storage medium The file extension of a compressed project file is pdz
82. months to 40 to 60 of its charge capacity e Exchanging the transponder batteries Replace the transponder batteries at least every 5 years The changing of batteries is cribed in section Setting the transponder ID and nserting the batterie Page 83 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 333 Service and maintenance 12 2 Spare parts and repairs Scope of maintenance See also 12 2 See also 334 The scope of maintenance includes e Cleaning the touch screen e Cleaning the membrane keypad Procedure maintenance CAUTION Damage possible Using compressed air or steam cleaners or aggressive solutions or scouring agents will damage the HMI device Use a cleaning cloth dampened with a cleaning agent to clean the equipment Only use water with a little liquid soap or a screen cleaning foam Proceed as follows 1 Switch off the HMI device 2 Spray the cleaning solution onto a cleaning cloth Do not spray directly onto the HMI device 3 Clean the HMI device When cleaning the display wipe inwards from the edge of screen Replacing and charging the main rechargeable battery Page 94 Replacing the main rechargeable battery Page 95 Spare parts and repairs If the unit needs to be repaired ship the HMI device to the Return Center in Furth The address is Siemens AG Industry Sector Returns Center Siemens
83. network is not possible Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 99 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Restoring the factory settings See also 4 7 8 To update the operating system and reset to factory settings you must connect the HMI device to the configuring PC via the RJ45 interface Only connect a configuration PC directly to the HMI device as long as it is 239 sect Additional information is available in the soing factory setting Page section Opening and closing the battery and terminal compartment Page 88 Connecting a printer A printer is connected to the HMI device through WLAN It is not possible to connect a printer to the HMI device s USB interface Information about pamer that were tested and approved with HMI devices can be found Multi Panels tp rer automation siemens comiWWiviewientt 1376409 ht Configuration graphic 100 The following figure illustrates the possible connections between the HMI device and a te a a a a Observe the documentation for the respective printer during connection PROFINET Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 9 See also 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Connecting a USB device You can connect th
84. of the criteria specified in the S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and Programming manual section Acceptance of a safety program e Download the entire safety program to the F CPU e Test all functions of the safety program For more information refer to the Acceptance test for the configuration of the F CPU and failsafe I O chapter in the S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and Programming manual 9 3 Transponder system 9 3 1 Accepting effective range For fail safe operation the project of the HMI device must precisely match the plant For this reason when first starting a project you must verify all effective ranges with all transponders The result of the verification is a CRC checksum that you must enter in the project Finally the verified project must then be transferred back to the HMI device Note Transponders that are assigned to a zone instead of an effective range are not considered in this verification Accepting effective range after changes If you replace a transponder or change its location or change an effective range in the plant the respective project must be adjusted and accepted again NOTICE Repeated acceptance of the plant The transponder installed in the plant may not be replaced or locally changed without performing an acceptance procedure If a replacement or change is made the plant needs to once again go through acceptance Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Pan
85. on and booted the display shows the desktop with the Loader F My Computer z Recycle Bin 7 i Internet Explorer 2 secure mode Desktop Loader Start menu Icon for screen keyboard Icon for displaying IP information about the WLAN LAN connection Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E 02766325 01 129 Configuring the HMI device 6 1 Desktop and Loader Loader The following figure shows the Loader Transfer Start Control Panel Taskbar Hele The buttons on the Loader have the following function e Transfer button This switches the HMI device to Transfer mode The transfer mode can only be activated when at least one data channel has been enabled for the transfer e Start button This starts the project on the HMI device When you do not perform any operation the project starts automatically based on the settings in the Control Panel after a delay time e Control Panel button This opens the Control Panel You can make a variety of settings in the Control Panel for example the settings for the transfer e Taskbar button This opens the taskbar and the Windows CE Start menu The Loader will reappear when the project is closed on the HMI device Password protection 130 You can protect the Control Panel and taskbar from unauthorized access If password protection
86. partner is switched on 140012 There is an initialization problem e g when Restart the HMI device WinCC flexible Runtime was closed in Task Manager Or Another application e g STEP7 with different bus parameters is active and the driver cannot be started with the new bus parameters transmission rate for example Or Run WinCC flexible Runtime then start your other applications Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 425 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 140013 The MPI cable is disconnected and thus there is Check the connections no power supply 140014 The configured bus address is in already in use by Edit the HMI device address in the PLC configuration another application 140015 Wrong transmission rate Correct the relevant parameters Or Faulty bus parameters e g HSA Or OP address gt HSA or Wrong interrupt vector interrupt does not arrive at the driver 140016 The hardware does not support the configured Change the interrupt number interrupt 140017 The set interrupt is in use by another driver Change the interrupt number 140018 The consistency check was disabled by Enable the consistency check with SIMOTION Scout SIMOTION Scout Only a corresponding note and once again download the project to the PLC appears 140019 SIMOTION Scout is downlo
87. plant Orange flavored drinks Grape flavored drinks Apple flavored drinks Cherry flavored drinks The drawers of the file cabinet are filled with suspension folders The suspension folders in the drawers represent records required for manufacturing various product variants Example Product variants of the flavor apple might be a soft drink a juice or nectar for example Drawer Suspension folder Suspension folder Suspension folder 0O Recipe Product variants of apple flavored drinks Recipe data record Apple drink Recipe data record Apple nectar Recipe data record Apple juice Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 309 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Elements In the figure showing the file cabinet each suspension folder contains the same number of sheets Each sheet in the suspension folder corresponds to an element of the recipe data record All the records of a recipe contain the same elements The records differ however in the value of the individual elements Example All drinks contain the same components water concentrate sugar and flavoring The records for soft drink fruit juice or nectar differ however in the quantity of sugar used in production 11 17 3 Recipes in the Project Overview If recipes are used in a project the following components interact 310 Recipe view recip
88. plastic Therefore the mounting hole threads cannot handle the same amount of stress as a comparable metallic housing If the screws are tightened more than 20 times there is risk of damage to the threads Do not exceed 0 4 to 0 5 Nm of torque when tightening the screws Proceed as follows 1 Place the connection bay cover on the connection bay Be careful with the wiring to the charging contacts 2 Tighten the 6 screws on the connection bay cover 3 Insert the main battery 4 Insert the battery compartment cover The fastener of the battery compartment cover must engage below the locking latch The connection bay and battery compartment of the HMI device are now closed ESD guideline Page 357 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device 4 7 3 Ports and reset button The following figure shows the interfaces and reset button of the HMI device Reset button RJ45 socket Cable connector for wiring to charging contacts USB interface Connection for power supply The USB socket and the connector for the power supply unit are shown as plugs All unsaved data will be lost when you press the reset button Press the reset button only when the HMI device is no longer working properly and no longer responds to input 4 7 4 Inserting a memory card The following can be sa
89. remote server This may occur as a result of network problems The attempt to connect failed Check whether e The bus cable is plugged in e There are network problems 230307 The connection to the remote server was shut down because e The remote server was shut down or e The user instructed the server to close all connections The connection is closed 230308 This alarm provides information on the connection status An attempt is made to connect 240000 Authorization alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 240000 WinCC flexible Runtime is operating in demo Install the authorization mode You have no authorization or your authorization is corrupted 240001 WinCC flexible Runtime is operating in demo Load an adequate authorization power pack mode Too many tags are configured for the installed version 240002 WinCC flexible Runtime is operating with a Restore the full authorization time limited emergency authorization 240004 Error while reading the emergency Restart WinCC flexible Runtime install the authorization authorization or repair the authorization see WinCC flexible Runtime is operating in demo Commissioning Instructions Software Protection mode 240005 The Automation License Manager has detected Reboot the HMI device or PC If this does not solve an internal system fault the problem remove the Automation License Possible causes Manager and install
90. remove the HMI device from the effective range of the RFID tag Enter the ID of the effective range in the text box The ID of the effective range is located on the label of the RFID tag Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operation 10 4 RFID tag system run in a fail safe manner 5 Confirm the entry with OK The dialog box closes NOTICE A message appears if the ID of the effective range is incorrect This dialog must be acknowledged Repeat the logon to the effective range with a valid ID The Confirmation of logon dialog is displayed with the following symbol 6 Confirm the logon to the RFID tag with the enabling button The RNG LED is lit The HMI device is logged on Result You are logged onto the machine and the machine can operate within the protection zone in fail safe mode The Effective range name RFID operator control is shown in green and labeled with the name of the effective range The following figure shows the Effective range name RFID object after logon to an effective range with the name Robot 1 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 267 Fail safe operation 10 4 RFID tag system run in a fail safe manner 10 4 3 Logging off the machine You do not need to stand directly in front of the RFID tag to l
91. restart Configuration ACK_REI MP_DATA_Q MP_RNG_Q DIAG ENO Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 209 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 Inputs of F_LFB_MP 210 Parameter Data type Description Interconnection QBAD Bool QBAD indicates if the F I O has been I O DB passivated DBx2 1 QBAD ACK_REQ Bool Acknowledgement required I O DB After a communication error the fail safe DBx2 2 ACK_REQ system sets QBAD 1 and ACK_REQ 0 ACK_REQ 1 indicates that the PROFIsafe message frames are being exchanged again S7_MP_RES Bool This input is set so that the F CPU resets the Must be specifically status of F_FB_MP to its original state in interconnected for other words plant e The HMI device has the status removed The security program e If arampdown or shutdown was set itis must ensure that after reset S7_MP_RES is set e If the HMI device was logged onto a automatic restart of machine the associated effective range _ the plant is not will be enabled once again possible The operator The input is only evaluated if Q_BAD 1 must ensure that he i executes a separate The S7_MP_RES input has to be set if the operator action to HMI device cannot return itself to a defined begin the restart state for example when a system error occurs or the main rechargeable battery is dead
92. set off against each other The absolute value of the increments is given The maximum or minimum value of increments entered until the overflow is reached depends on the type of tag assigned A complete handwheel revolution yields 50 pulses The rotary pulse encoder supplies a maximum of 200 pulses per second Example e The handwheel has a starting value of 120 increments e You rotate the wheel 10 increments forwards and 3 increments backwards This results in a new value of 127 increments 5 5 4 5 Controlling key operated switches via system functions Introduction The key operated switch is an optional operator control of the HMI device The key operated switch serves to lock functions in a running project which can be triggered by means of the HMI device Bit assignment The following table shows the bit assignment for the tag of the key operated switch Bit 1 Bit 0 Switch setting 0 0 Central position 0 1 Turned in clockwise direction up to stop 1 0 Turned counter clockwise up to stop Note If you use a tag of the Boolean type for the key operated switch the following assignment applies e Status 0 Central position of the key operated switch e Status 1 Key operated switch turned clockwise or counter clockwise to the stop 5 5 4 6 Controlling and evaluating illuminated mushroom pushbuttons via system functions Introduction The illuminated pushbuttons are optional operator controls of the HMI
93. tag SYStOM sect cececsvsccenetasedds dauateade vabadeee vubeddeeushecaeee viata ruhadagevykccanevaadaan tale 369 A 2 031 LOGGING ONtO a machiness asana Aa A E R 369 A 2 5 2 Leaving a protection zone without logging Off eesseseeseesieesesrreserrsseirrnntrnnsttnrnnttnnsseenrsnnn 370 A 2 9 3 Logging off the machiNGs sssaaa eeasteds via ssuavestseadeessaseeesteeedeesanseedesiecs 371 A 2 6 Faulty operating States iccccc iecsceecccecevissececesinace ces staeesevaneueces snd cecevinececevans ceeevansveuet anh cesevenseceevanse 372 A 2 6 1 Communication error for the integrated HMI device ecceecccccseceeceenecneeeeneetseeseeeeeeseenae 372 A 2 6 2 Communication errors with logged On HMI device 0 ceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 375 AZ 6 3 IIMGPNAL GION E E E vandanetensdensreedeestiasuasedgnetaeaareesserihos detesehedendt 376 A 2 7 Discrepancy error during agreement or PANiC ceeeeeceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeetenaeeeeeeaas 377 A271 The enabling buttons aSkew eic2cccte0e teeth ecvliewdeee nesses nes anii aE 377 A 2 7 2 The enabling button is defective 2 0 ccc cece cseene cre ceeeeceseceeceeesecsecseesecsaeesaseesnseeaseaseaeenas 378 A 2 8 Removing the AMI Ge vice cc c ci ncdacestenstecceanetsnednentecgstunties Canseatesqnesteedenstietsanedersineettadeasnaes 379 A 2 9 Switching off the HMI CeVICC cee ccc ce eene eects cree cseeeecnsecaaeeeeesecsaeeseesecsaeesaenese
94. temperature 20 to 60 C Humidity relative 5 to 85 Stress level 2 according to no condensation IEC 61131 2 Humidity absolute 1 to 25 g m Corresponds to an elevation of 1000 to 2 000 m Pollutant concentration SO2 lt 0 5 vpm relative humidity lt 60 no condensation Test 10 cm8 m3 10 days H2S lt 0 1 vpm relative humidity lt 60 no condensation Test 1 cm m3 10 days Ambient climatic conditions for the transponder The following table shows the permitted ambient climatic conditions for operation of the transponder Ambient conditions Permitted range Comment Operating temperature 0 to 50 C Storage transport temperature 20 to 60 C Humidity relative 5 to 85 Stress level 2 according to no condensation IEC 61131 2 Humidity absolute 1 to 25 g m Atmospheric pressure 1060 to 700 hPa Corresponds to an elevation of 1000 to 2 000 m Pollutant concentration SO2 lt 0 5 vpm Test 10 cm m3 10 days relative humidity lt 60 no condensation H2S lt 0 1 vpm relative humidity lt 60 no condensation Test 1 cm3 m3 10 days Ambient climatic conditions for the RDIF tag The following table shows the permitted ambient climatic conditions for operation of the RFID tag Ambient conditions Operating temperature Permitted range 25 to 80 C Comment Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN R
95. that supports encryption 70047 The SSL versions of the HMI device and SMTP Contact your network administrator or the operator of server may not be compatible the SMTP server 80000 Log alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 80001 The log specified is filled to the size defined in Store the file or table by executing a move or copy percent and must be stored elsewhere function 80002 A line is missing in the specified log 80003 The copying process for logging was not successful In this case it is advisable to check any subsequent system alarms too 80006 Since logging is not possible this causes a In the case of databases check whether the permanent loss of the functionality corresponding data source exists and start up the system again 80009 A copying action has been completed successfully 80010 Since the storage location was incorrectly entered Configure the storage location for the respective log in WinCC flexible this causes a permanent loss of again and restart the system when the full functionality the functionality is required 80012 Log entries are stored in a buffer If the values are Archive fewer values read to the buffer faster than they can be physically Or written using a hard disk for example Increase the logging cycle overloading may occur and recording is then stopped 80013 The overload status no longer applies Archi
96. the HMI device See section Inserting a memory card Page 91 e You have opened the Backup Restore dialog box using the Backup Restore icon Backup Restore All other application must be ended before starting lt BACKUP gt or RESTORE Backup to storage card me Restore from storage card RESTORE NOTICE Data loss All data on the HMI device will be deleted during a restore operation License keys will be deleted after query Back up the HMI device s data before restoring if required Memory card with data backup If several storage media with data backups are inserted the data cannot be restored Remove the storage medium with the data backups you do not need Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 714 Restoring trom external storage medium Restore Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Click the RESTORE button The Storage Card dialog box opens Storage Card Storage Card with Backup detected no storage card available Only one Storage Card containing Backup is allowed No Storage Card detected please insert Storage 2 Card and press lt Refresh gt Cancel Start Restore No memory card available Only one memory card with a backup is permitted No memory card detected Insert a memory card and press the Refresh
97. the limit range At a central position In a safe range In the limit range Distance The HMI device is located at a central position along the bold dashed line The effective range quality or zone quality object shows a value of 100 The display of the object changes dynamically whenever the HMI device is moved from this line towards or away from the transponder Once the HMI device is moved beyond the range shown a quality of 0 will be detected The pointer of the effective range quality or zone quality object is located in the red range Note The transponder system measures the distance with a tolerance of approximately 60 cm If the distance between the HMI device and a transponder is less than 60 cm the effective range or zone may occasionally not be detected This effect is independent of the effective range zone dimension you configured in WinCC flexible Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 68 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 6 Equipping a plant with tags 3 6 2 Equipping a plant with RFID tags Function of the RFID tag The HMI device uses the RFID tag to log onto a machine within a protected area Effective range of the RFID tag The radius of the effective range of an RFID tag MDS D100 is a maximum of 5 cm Transmission power 100 5 cm Distance Planning the number of RFID tags The following rules apply in a W
98. the network in this text box The network name must match the network name that is entered in the configuration of access points with which the HMI device communicates Note The HMI device allows the use of all characters except the percent sign for the SSID For reasons of compatibility do not use language specific characters such as German umlauts or special characters The character string for the SSID may not contain more than 32 characters Selection list Wireless mode Use the transfer procedure which is set in the configuration of access points with which the HMI device communicates 4 Press the Next button Another dialog is displayed Outdoor Client mode check box You can use the HMI device to operate in either indoor or outdoor mode In indoor mode all nationally approved channels and power levels for operation in a building are available In outdoor mode the selection of country specific channels and power levels for operation outdoors is restricted Select the Outdoor Client mode check box if you want to operate the HMI device outdoors 5 Press the Next button Another dialog is displayed 6 Press Finish The settings in the Basic Wizard are saved Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 152 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication 7 Select Wizards gt Security Security Settings Th
99. the next startup contact restored Customer Support delete Flash 270006 Project modified Alarms cannot be restored The project was generated and transferred new to from the persistent buffer the HMI device The error should no longer occur when the device starts again 270007 A configuration problem is preventing the Update the operating system and then transfer your restore a DLL is missing a directory is unknown etc project again to the HMI device 280000 DPHMI alarms Connection Number Effect causes Remedy 280000 Connection is up because the cause of the interruption has been eliminated 280001 No more data is read or written Possible Check whether causes e The cable is plugged in e The cable is defective e The PLC is OK e The PLC does not respond is defective e The correct port is used ele Restart the system if the system alarm persists e The wrong port is used for the connection e System overload 280002 The connection used requires a function block in the PLC The function block has responded Communication is now enabled 280003 The connection used requires a function block Check whether in the PLC e The cable is plugged in The function block has not responded e The PLC is OK e The correct port is used Restart the system if the system alarm persists Remedy depends on the error code 1 The function block must set the COM bit in the response container 2
100. the screen of the HMI device for inspection You want to correct the transferred production data in the recipe view or the recipe screen if necessary Procedure A scanner connected to the PLC reads the barcode of a workpiece The barcode names correspond to the names in the recipe data record Based on the barcode name the PLC can read the required recipe data record The recipe data record is displayed for inspection on the HMI device You can now edit and save the recipe data record Then transfer the edited recipe data record to the PLC again The following figure shows the data flow schematically Recipe 1 Recipe 2 Recipe 3 External memory medium The recipe data record is read from the PLC and written to the PLC again following changes Display and edit recipe tags in the recipe screen HMI device Displaying a recipe Recipe variable ol 6 Ss OO Recipe image Tags are synchronized O00 Recipe data records are saved in the recipe memory of the HMI device 11 18 Closing the project The procedure for closing the active project is identical to the procedure for removing the HMI device See also Removing the HMI device Page Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 331 Operating a project 11 18 Closing the project Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 332 Operating In
101. the two enabling buttons in the form of an OR gate The enabling button and membrane keyboard can be operated simultaneously See also Maintenance and care Page 333 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 114 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 5 Operator controls 5 5 Operator controls 5 5 1 Operating the handwheel The handwheel is an optional operator control The handwheel can be turned without a stop and does not have a zero position To facilitate operation the handwheel has a small recess Handwheel with recess SIEMENS SIMATIC MOBILE PANEL 5 5 2 Operating the key operated switch Introduction The key operated switch is an optional operator control The keyswitch is used to lock functions that you can trigger by means of the HMI device Key operated switch Operating the key operated switch The followinig figure shows the three switch positions of the key operated switch I O II l 0 I The key can be removed in the switch setting 0 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 115 Operator controls and displays 5 5 Operator controls 5 5 3 5 5 4 5 5 4 1 116 Remove the key after use If the HMI device falls down you can avoid damaging the key through this Note The key to the key operated switch is supplied together with the HMI
102. to change the brightness of the display Requirement if You have opened the Display tab in the OP Properties dialog using the OP icon OP Properties OK Persistent Storage Device Firmware 4 r Brightness uP DOWN j Procedure Proceed as follows 1 If you want to increase the brightness press the UP button The brightness changes in steps each time you press the key 2 If you want to decrease the brightness press the DOWN button 3 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The brightness of the display has been changed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 140 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel 6 4 5 3 Setting the character repeat rate of the screen keyboard You can use this function to set the character repeat and associated delay for the screen keyboard Requirement You have opened the Keyboard Properties dialog using the Keyboard icon iKeyboard Properties OK x _ Repeat O Repeat delay Long SN Repeat rate Slow Tap here and hold down a key to test l Check box for selecting the character repeat Slider control and buttons for the delay time before character repeat Slider control and buttons for the rate of the character repeat OOO Test box Procedure Proceed as follows 1 If you want to enable character repetition select the Enabl
103. trademarks of Siemens AG e HMI e SIMATIC e WinCC Style conventions Style Convention Scope Add screen e Terminology that appears in the user interface for example dialog names tabs buttons menu commands e Required input for example limits tag values e Path information File gt Edit Operational sequences for example menu commands shortcut menu commands lt F1 gt lt Alt P gt Keyboard operation Please observe notes labeled as follows Note A note contains important information about the product described in the manual and its use or a specific section of the manual to which you should pay particular attention Naming conventions Term Applies to Plant e System e Machining center e One or more machines Actuate e By means of the touch screen on the HMI device By operating a mouse on the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V1 Previous version of the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Range name Describes an effective range which is recognized by an HMI device Figures This manual contains illustrations of the described devices The illustrations can deviate from the particularities of the delivered device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Preface Technical Support T
104. vena epaseetsssecaesevsaseeensnetes 5 1 NW TWN QW ca n E cua eer E wave tvs hye eae E aesex en eee Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 8 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Table of contents 5 2 LED Gisplaysviientcieaie inne uae aaa eaa EA E a aa A aAa E AE a T TN i 107 5 3 Power MANAGEMENT o sesiiiiirieiiserruni r ari ei anen Ee nAi N ENAERE EENEN ETEEN ERAT EEE REEE 5 4 Safety related operator controls 110 5 4 1 EMERGENCY STOP bUUION mieliin aaiae i iaai AEE 5 4 2 Enabling DUHOM oa E S AE a ee dd ee 5 5 Operator ControlSet aia A aa ia a aE a EEE a aeaa 115 5 5 1 Operating the handwheal seassa a AA ANRA 5 5 2 Operating the key operated SWitch cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeenenaeeeeeeaas 5 5 3 Operating the illuminated push button ccccecececeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeecaaeaeceeeeesesenaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeees 5 5 4 Evaluating operator Comtrols ccc iissecieasedeessaccebes sete EENET EERE EE Dawl OVERVIGW asn n a E E tae enter edn mia eee 5 5 4 2 Evaluating operator controls as direct Keys 0 ccceceeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeiaeeeeeenaeeeeeaaes 5 5 4 3 Controlling the LEDs of the function keys via system functions ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeettteeeeetee 5 5 4 4 Controlling the handwheel via system FUNCTIONS 0 cece eeeeeeeeenteeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 5 5 4 5 Controlling key operated switches via
105. you use a memory card the HMI device will prompt you to format it All data is lost on the memory card during formatting Back up existing data if necessary before you use the memory card in the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Cancel the formatting procedure by pressing ESC 2 Remove the memory card from the slot 3 Back up data that are still needed 4 5 Format the memory card Insert the memory card into the slot Procedure for unplugging a memory card Proceed as follows 1 Pull the memory card out of the slot 2 Close the connection bay 3 Insert the main battery 4 5 Store the memory card in a safe place Close the HMI device s battery compartment Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 93 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device 4 7 5 Replacing and charging the main rechargeable battery 4 7 5 1 Safety instructions caution Handling rechargeable batteries There is a risk of fire and in extreme cases explosion in the following situations e Incorrect charging and discharging of the rechargeable battery e Reverse polarity e Short circuit Always charge the battery in the HMI device only or in the charging station that has been approved for the HMI device The following applies to lithium ion rechargeable batteries e Do not crush e Do not heat or burn e Do not s
106. zone 0 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 283 Operating a project 11 7 Project security 11 7 Project security 11 7 1 Overview Design of the security system The configuration engineer can protect the operation of a project by implementing a security system The security system is based on authorizations user groups and users If operator controls protected by a password are pressed the HMI device first requests that you log on A logon screen is displayed in which you enter your user name and password After logging on you can press the operator controls for which you have the necessary authorizations The logon dialog can be set up by the configuration engineer via an individual operator control Similarly an operator control can be configured for logoff After logging off objects with password protection can no longer be operated you need to log on again Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Central user administration using SIMATIC Logon Users user groups and authorizations can be stored on a central server If user administration cannot contact the server an error message is displayed If this is the case you can only log on locally More detailed information is available in your plant documentation The operation of SIMATIC Logon differs as follows e The simple user display is not supporte
107. 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 305 Operating a project 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm window Procedure change sorting in the expected alarm display Depending on the project you can change the sorting for messages on the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Touch the column overview that should be changed correspondingly The sorting of the messages is changed 11 16 3 3 Display alarm window The alarm window is independent of the process screen Depending on the configuration the alarm window opens automatically as soon as a new alarm is pending for acknowledgment The alarm window can be configured so that it only closes after all the alarms have been acknowledged The layout and the operation of the alarm window are the same as for the alarm view Refer to your plant documentation for additional information 11 16 4 Display infotexts for an alarm Introduction An alarm can be assigned an infotext Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Touch the desired alarm in the alarm view or the alarm window The alarm is selected 2 Touch the 2 button in the simple alarm view or ey in the extended alarm view A dialog with configured infotext is displayed 3 Press x The dialog box closes 11 16 5 Acknowledge alarm Introduction Depending on the project an alarm can be acknowledged with a function key or with a button in the alarm display or in the alarm window More detailed information is available in your plant do
108. 11 e 190100 to 190102 e 280000 to 280004 70000 200000 290000 e 70010 to 70044 e 200000 to 200005 e 290000 to 290008 e 290010 to 290014 e 290020 to 290027 e 290040 to 290042 e 290044 e 290050 to 290065 e 290070 to 290073 e 290075 80000 200100 300000 e 80001 to 80035 e 200100 to 200105 e 300000 e 80044 to 80050 e 300001 90000 210000 310000 e 90024 to 90026 e 210000 to 210006 e 310000 e 90029 to 90033 e 310001 e 90040 e 90041 e 90044 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 413 Appendix A 6 System alarms System alarms 110000 220000 600000 e 110000 to 110006 e 220000 to 220008 e 600000 120000 230000 620000 e 120000 to 120002 e 230000 e 620000 e 230002 e 200003 e 200005 130000 230100 e 130000 to 130012 e 230100 140000 230200 e 140000 to 140020 e 230200 to 230203 10000 Printer alarms Number Effect cause Remedy 10000 The print job could not be started or was canceled Check the printer settings cable connections and the due to an unknown error Faulty printer setup Or power supply No authorization is available for accessing the Set up the printer once again Obtain a network printer network printer authorization Power supply failure during data transfer If the error persists contact the Hotline 10001 No printer is installed or a default printer has not Install a printer and or select it as the defaul
109. 172 2 Read the effective range ID from the RFID tag 3 Enter the effective range ID 4 Click Yes The dialog closes The Confirmation of logon dialog is displayed with the following symbol A Vv 5 Confirm the logon to the RFID tag with the enabling button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 369 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Result e You have logged on the HMI device to the machine via the RFID tag e The Effective range name RFID operator control is shown in green and labeled with the name of the effective range The following figure shows the Effective range name RFID object after logon to an effective range with the name Robot 1 LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE MPWR WCOM BRNG BBAT CD A 2 5 2 Leaving a protection zone without logging off Requirement e A security system is installed for the protection zone for example a photoelectric sensor or a contact pressure mat e The HMI device has been logged on to a machine such as Robot 1 via an RFID tag cea LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE BMPWR ECOM WRNG EBAT CD Procedure 1 You leave the protection zone with the HMI device through the security system The HMI device initiates a local rampdown The Forced logoff dialog opens with the followin
110. 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device Procedure Result 6 12 Changing Internet settings Proceed as follows Select the type of certificate from the selection box Trusted Authorities for reliable certificates My Certificates for your own certificates Other Certificates for other certificates If you want to import a certificate press the Import button A dialog with information about the source opens Select the required source Close the dialog If you want to display the properties of the selected certificate press the View button The following dialog appears Properties OK Ea Certificate properties Friendly Name Flass 2 Public Primary Certi Details US VeriSign Inc Class 2 Public Primary Certifi Serial Number 4 If you want to delete a certificate first select it 5 Confirm by pressing the Remove button in the Certificates dialog Note The entry is deleted immediately and without further inquiry If you want to again use a deleted certificate you need to import it again from a storage medium Confirm your entries The dialog closes The number of saved certificates has changed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 191 Configuring the HMI device 6 13 Saving to external storage medium backup 6 13 Requirement K Procedure
111. 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 261 Fail safe operation 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode e fa protection zone is available instead of an effective range An existing safety system from your system for example a protective gate can be integrated into the safety system for the override mode e If parts should be operated with enabling buttons which are not in the wireless range of a transponder This cannot occur within a robot cell In this case a protection zone must be set up Awarninc Override mode If the override mode is used outside of a protection zone this may result in death Only use the Override mode in a protection zone which excludes access for unauthorized individuals Protection zone Plant Transponder Switch for activating Override mode override switch HMI device Access monitoring OOOOOHO Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 262 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operation 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode The switch for enabling the Override mode must be inside the protection zone and effective range Note The safety system from the protection zone must be integrated into the system so that the enabled mode Override is automatically disabled upon leaving the protection zone To reactivate the Override mode a
112. 325 01 165 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings 6 7 8 Activating vibration alarm Introduction You can activate a vibration alarm for the HMI device The vibration alarm will be triggered in the current project under the following circumstances e You leave the effective range with the HMI device without logging the HMI device off from the effective range e The charge status of the main battery is low e The signal strength in the WLAN drops below 60 Requirements You have opened the dialog OP Properties dialog box Vibration Alarm tab by touching the OP icon OP Properties Battery Memory Monitoring ov Vibration Alarm Enable virbration Alarm Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select the Enable Vibration Alarm check box 2 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The vibration alarm is activated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 166 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 9 Introduction Requirements Procedure 6 7 General settings Changing the printer properties The HMI device can print on local printers or network printers You can print hardcopies and reports on a network printer Line printing of alarms is not possible on a network printer The list of current seta ca ae ee for HMI devices can be found on the Internet On You have opened the Printer Prope
113. 6325 01 373 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Result 2 No return to the WLAN range e The project will be closed immediately if you confirm the Confirm removal dialog within 60 seconds e The active project will be closed automatically if you do not confirm the Confirm removal dialog within 60 seconds e The Windows CE desktop with the loader is shown on the display LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE MPWR LICOM ORNG EBAT Wireless network communication is reestablished if you later return to the WLAN range with the HMI device Start the project again Acknowledge the communication error in the Acknowledgment of communication error dialog with the following symbol The Global rampdown signal is cancelled when you acknowledge the communication error Test the enabling buttons when the Test Enabling Button dialog is shown with the following symbol wv The HMI device is integrated again Note Users can react to a fault on the HMI device by resetting the associated F_FB_MP to the original state using input S7_MP_RES This action sets the relevant HMI device to the removed state and the global rampdown signal is canceled Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 374 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios
114. 6325 01 Planning the use 3 2 Ambient conditions for transportation and storage 3 2 Ambient conditions for transportation and storage The permissible ambient conditions of this HMI device exceed requirements in accordance with IEC 61131 2 The following specifications apply to devices that are shipped and stored in the original packaging e The climatic conditions are compliant with IEC 60721 3 2 Class 2K4 e The mechanical conditions are compliant with IEC 60721 3 2 Class 2M2 The following table shows the permitted ambient conditions for the HMI device charging station and power supply Type of condition Permitted range Drop test in transport package lt 1m Temperature 20 to 60 C Atmospheric pressure 1140 hPa to 660 hPa corresponds to an elevation of 1000 to 3500 m Humidity relative Applies to HMI device 10 to 90 without condensation Applies to charging station and transponder 35 to 85 without condensation Sinusoidal vibration in accordance with 5 Hz to 9 Hz 3 5 mm IEC 60068 2 6 9 Hz to 500 Hz 9 8 m s2 Shock in accordance with IEC 60068 2 29 250 m s2 6 ms 1000 shocks NOTICE Equipment failure Moisture in the form of condensation on or in the device is formed e When transporting a device at low temperatures e Under extreme temperature variations Moisture and condensation lead to malfunction Bring the device to room temperature before operating Condens
115. 7F IWLAN RFID Tag 186 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 12 6 12 1 Requirement 9 Procedure 6 12 Changing Internet settings Changing Internet settings Changing general settings You can use this function to set the homepage and search engine page for an Internet connection via the Internet Explorer Ask your network administrator for the required information You have opened the General tab in the Internet Options dialog box using the Internet Options icon Internet Options General Connection Privacy Advanced Start Page Inttp www siemens com automation Search Page http ihaw siemens com automation service User Agent requires browser restart Default Windows CE x Cache Size in KB 512 Clear Cache Clear History Proceed as follows 1 Enter the homepage for the Internet browser in the Start Page text box 2 Enter the address of the default search engine in the Search Page text box 3 Enter the display format of the Internet pages in the User Agent text box The following display formats can be selected Default Windows CE Same as Pocket PC Same as Windows XP Note The Default Windows CE display format is optimized for Internet pages on a HMI device with the Windows CE operating system Default Windows CE is therefore the most suitable 4 Enter the required am
116. 7F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Task Additional information Check Examine the application environment with a spectrum analyzer and via WLAN measurement programs for possible radio interference f you detect sources of interference specify the appropriate remedial measures Log the results Only operate the communication network in the System manual Basics on Setting infrastructure mode up an Industrial Wireless LAN http support automation siemens om WW view en 9975764 Isolate the automation networks from all other Operating Instructions SCALANCE networks Use routers and firewalls or VPNs at X 400 points where connections to these networks are http support automation siemens needed Limit the communication between the om WW view en 19625216 networks to the absolute minimum required Operating Instructions SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client http support automation siemens om WW view en 21719299 Prevent unauthorized participation in the SCALANCE W 700 Configuration wireless communication using authentication Manual mechanisms http support automation siemens om WWillisapi dll aktprim 0 amp lang en amp referer 2fWW 2f amp func csl b csinfo amp siteid csius amp groupid 400 0002 amp extranet standard amp viewreg W amp nodeid0 10806097 amp objaction HMI device Task Additional information Check Use a password to protect the Control Panel S
117. A function key with local function assignment is screen specific and is therefore only effective within the active screen The function assigned locally to a function key can vary from screen to screen The function key of a screen can be assigned one function only either a global or local one The configuration engineer can assign function keys in such a way so that you can operate an operating element with a function key This includes for example the alarm view trend view recipe view or status PLC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 291 Operating a project 11 9 Bar Multi key operation Unwanted actions may be triggered if the operator unintentionally actuates a key combination caution Unintentional actions In Online mode simultaneous operation of more than two keys may cause unintentional actions in the plant Do not press more than two keys simultaneously 11 9 Bar The bar is a dynamic display object The bar displays a value from the PLC as a rectangular area A bar eases the recognition of e Distance of the current value from the configured limit value e A set point value has been reached The bar can display values such as fill levels or batch counts 100 60 30 0 The layout of the bar depends on the configuration e The bar may feature a scale of values e Aconfigured limit can be marked through a line
118. All LEDs are on MSAFE BPWR ECOM WRNG EBAT e EMERGENCY STOP button Icon Meaning Pressing the EMERGENCY STOP button triggers an EMERGENCY STOP Pressing the EMERGENCY STOP has no effect e Enabling button Icon Meaning The operator can release movements of the assigned machine with the enabling buttons Pressing the enabling buttons has no effect DO Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 359 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 2 Switch on the HMI device Requirement e The HMI device is switched off e The rechargeable battery is fully charged LED display O SAFE OT PWR LICOM ORNG OBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Procedure 1 Switch on the HMI device using the ON OFF button Communication via WLAN starts up While the WLAN connection is being established the COM LED flashes Result e WLAN communication is established e The HMI device displays the Windows CE Desktop with the Loader LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE M PWR HWCOM ORNG EBAT Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 360 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 3 Integrating the HMI device Requireme
119. C testing The values of the EMC test for the HMI device conform to the following standards Standard Title Version EN 61000 6 2 EMC Part 6 2 Generic standards Immunity for 01 05 2006 industrial environments EN 61000 6 4 EMC Part 6 4 Generic standards Emission 01 11 2007 standard for industrial environments DIN EN 50360 Product standard to demonstrate the compliance of 01 05 2002 mobile phones with the basic restrictions related to human safety in electromagnetic fields 300 MHz to 3 GHz DIN EN 50371 Generic standard to demonstrate compliance of low 01 11 2002 power electronic and electrical apparatus with the basic restrictions related to human exposure to electromagnetic fields 10 MHz to 300 GHz DIN EN 61131 2 Programmable Logic Controllers Part 2 Equipment 01 01 2009 requirements and testing DIN EN 300440 1 Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum 01 08 2009 matters DIN EN 301893 Broadband Radio Access Networks BRAN 01 05 2009 EN 50385 Product standard to demonstrate the compliance of 01 05 2003 radio base stations and fixed terminal stations for wireless telecommunication systems EN 300328 Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum 01 03 2009 matters EN 300330 Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum 01 08 2006 matters ERM EN 301489 1 Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum 01 01 2010 matters ERM EN 301489 3 Electr
120. CPU The HMI device is not logged onto a machine Proceed as follows 1 2 Close all open dialogs Close the project using the operator control designed for this purpose or press the ON OFF button for more than 4 seconds The Start removal dialog is displayed with the following symbol Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 269 Fail safe operation 10 5 Removing the HMI device 3 Use the Yes button to confirm the removal The Confirm removal dialog opens with the following symbol X v 4 Press an enabling button within 60 seconds NOTICE Global rampdown A global rampdown will occur if you do not confirm the Confirm removal dialog within 60 seconds with the enabling button Press an enabling button within 60 seconds The Confirm removal dialog closes The SAFE LED on the HMI device goes out PROFIsafe communication is terminated The HMI device has been successfully removed from the safety program of the F CPU The project is closed If you have pressed the ON OFF button during step 1 the HMI device switches off See also erms for fail safe operation Page 40 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 270 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 1 1 11 1 Starting the project In the following chapters the opera
121. Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Procedure resetting to factory settings Proceed as follows 1 On the configuration PC select the Transfer settings command from the Project gt Transfer menu in WinCC flexible The Transfer settings dialog opens Select devices for transfer Device_1 Operator Panel Settings for Device_1 Transfer to Flash RAM v Delta transfer n Off fool art mama 192 168 110 C Enable back transfer Overwrite password list V Overwrite recipe data records 2 Select the type of HMI device and Ethernet Wireless at the Mode entry 3 Enter an IP address NOTICE Possible address conflicts with incorrect IP address Do not use a dynamic IP configuration for Reset to factory settings Specify a unique IP address in which the configuration PC is located The HMI device will be assigned to the specified address for the duration of the update process If the HMI device has already been used with WinCC flexible or ProSave you can use the existing IP address for Reset to factory settings Reserved IP addresses The following IP addresses are reserved for internal communication with the WLAN module e 169 254 2 253 e 169 254 2 254 Do not use these reserved IP addresses 4 Confirm your entries 5 In WinCC flexible select the command Update OS in the Project gt Transfer menu 6 Activate the Reset t
122. Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The computer name for the HMI device is now set Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 181 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation 6 11 3 Requirement Procedure 182 Specifying the IP address and name server You can use this function to make the settings for addressing the HMI device in the local network Ask your network administrator for the required information You have opened the following display using the Network amp Dial Up Connections icon TA WLAN Proceed as follows 1 Press the WLAN icon The WLAN Settings dialog is displayed WLAN Settings OK Name Servers Ethernet Parameters An IP address can be Obtain an IP address via DHCP automatically assigned to this computer If your network Specify an IP address does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network IP Address 192 168 0 2 administrator for an address Subnet Mask and then type it in the space provided Default Gateway ea ge 2 If you need automatic address assignment select the Obtain an IP address via DHCP radio button If you need manual address assignment select the Specify an IP address radio button NOTICE IP address must be unique An address conflict will occur if more than one device is assigned th
123. D Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 2 2 Starting manual transfer You can manually switch the HMI device to Transfer mode as follows Requirement Procedure With a configured operator control during ongoing operation In the Loader of the HMI device The project you want to transfer is open on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC The data channel is configured on the HMI device The HMI device is in Transfer mode Proceed as follows 1 O a A OON On the configuration PC select the Transfer settings command in the Project gt Transfer menu in WinCC flexible The Select devices for transfer dialog is displayed Select the HMI device in the left area of the dialog Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the configuration PC Configure the connection Set the transfer parameters in the right area of the dialog If you wish to transfer the compressed project file together with the executable project to the HMI device select the Enable backtransfer check box Start transfer in WinCC flexible with Transfer The configuration PC checks the connection to the HMI device The project is transferred to the HMI device If the connection is not available or is defective an error message is displayed on the configuration PC When the
124. Distributed Safety add on During fail safe operation the F CPU runs a safety program that must be integrated into the HMI device The HMI device and F CPU communicate via PROFINET IO PROFIsafe as of V2 0 is required for safety related communication The HMI device has the following safety features e Detects the signal states of the EMERGENCY STOP button and enabling button e Transmitting safety message frames that contain signal status data to the F CPU Safety program and fail safe blocks For fail safe operation of the HMI device create a safety program in STEP 7 using the SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety add on package To ensure availability of the safety functions integrate the fail safe function blocks from the MP277F_IWLAN library into the safety program If you do not use the fail safe blocks the HMI device cannot be integrated into the safety program of the fail safe controller The project on the HMI device will not start The F FBs are available on the data medium supplied with the HMI device Additional information See also 7 3 4 You can find additional information on Aa A with S7 Distributed Safety in the Programming and operation man ed ety Co figuring and Programming http support automation siemens a O WNI eni 209087 as well as in the online help for S7 Distributed Safety Technical Support http support automation siemens com WW view en 4000024 Checklist for EMERGENCY STOP configurat
125. F OFF switched off and then press it for at least 4 seconds Safety related operator controls EMERGENCY STOP button The EMERGENCY STOP button is designed with 2 channels and enables an EMERGENCY STOP of the plant unit with which safety related communication is taking place The asia at a button satisfies the requirements spe D 6094 ional oop in the section EET arm acom mane muar SIEMENS Fall protection SIMATIC MOBILE PANEL Safety functions of the 5 5 1997 EMERGENCY STOP button Due to its profiled design the emergency stop button is easily accessible A collared enclosure serves as protection if the device falls Thus if the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN should fall down the emergency stop button will not be activated However the emergency stop button is extensively protected against damage Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 4 Safety related operator controls Due to its position the EMERGENCY STOP button is equally accessible for both left handed and right handed persons Storing a non integrated HMI device A WARNING Non functional emergency stop button The EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton is disabled if the HMI device is not integrated into the safety program of the F CPU To avoid confusion between HMI devices with enabled and disabled EMERGENCY STOP buttons only one integrat
126. F CPU To avoid confusion between HMI devices with enabled and disabled EMERGENCY STOP buttons only one integrated HMI device should be freely accessible If an HMI device is not integrated and not in use store the HMI device in a location with protected access Category 0 or 1 Stop If a Category 0 or 1 stop circuit is implemented the stop function must be effective regardless of the operating mode A Category 0 stop must have precedence Release of the EMERGENCY STOP button must not cause a hazardous situation see also EN 60204 1 Section 9 2 5 3 The stop function is not to be used as a replacement for safety equipment Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 51 Safety instructions and standards 2 7 Safety functions of the enabling mechanism 2 7 Special mode Note The EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton is evaluated if the HMI device is integrated into the safety program of the F CPU The EMERGENCY STOP button can be triggered unintentionally in the following situations e If the HMI device falls down e When opening one of the coverings on the rear of the HMI device Safety functions of the enabling mechanism In a numerically controlled system the Special mode operating mode requires an enabling mechanism The enabling mechanism is comprised of two enabling buttons mounted on both sides of the HMI device During special mode safet
127. F IWLAN RFID Tag 136 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel Display methods for the screen keyboard You can change the type of display for the screen keyboard and move the position on the screen e Numerical screen keyboard The alphanumerical screen keyboard has the following levels Normal level Shift level The shift level includes uppercase letters Special character level Note The character button between and appears only when followed by a space If the character is followed by a letter then the result will be an accent such as a e Reduced screen keyboard Procedure for moving the screen keyboard Proceed as follows 1 Touch the icon E 2 Without lifting your finger move the screen keyboard on the touch screen 3 When the desired position is reached release the icon l Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 137 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel Procedure for adjusting the size of the screen keyboard Note The icon only appears on the screen keyboard if in the Siemens HMI InputPanel dialog you have selected the Show Resize button check box Proceed as follows 1 Touch the icon F 2 To adjust the size of the screen keyboard maintain contact 3 When the size you want is reached release
128. FID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 4 Insulation resistance protection class and degree of protection 3 4 Insulation resistance protection class and degree of protection insulation resistance Insulation resistance is demonstrated in the type test with the following test voltages in accordance with IEC 61131 2 Circuits with a nominal voltage of Ue to Test voltage other circuits or ground lt 50V 500 VDC Protection class of the HMI device HMI device Protection class according to IEC 60417 DB HS Front and rear panel Protection class III Degree of protection of the HMI device NOTICE Degree of protection IP65 for HMI device When enclosure openings or the connection compartment are not closed the HMI device does not meet the specified degree of protection Ensure that the enclosure is closed as specified by the regulations Device Degree of protection in accordance with IEC 60529 HMI device front and rear panel IP65 Charging station IP65 Transponder IP65 RFID tag IP65 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 62 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 5 See also 3 6 3 6 1 3 6 1 1 3 5 WLAN properties WLAN properties Adhere to the installation PE when nih the WLAN You can find more additional 1p an Industrial Wireless LAN
129. FID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 183 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation 6 11 4 Specifying the logon data Use this function to enter the information for logging on to the local network Ask your network administrator for the required information Requirement 9a You have opened the Network ID dialog box using the Network ID icon Identification Windows CE uses this User name information to gain access to network resources Enter the Password user name password and domain provided by your Domain network administrator Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Enter your user name in the User name text box 2 Enter your password in the Password text box 3 In the Domain input field enter the name of your assigned domain 4 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The logon data has now been set Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 184 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation 6 11 5 Configuring e mail You can use this function to set the SMTP server sender name and e mail account for e mail service Ask your network administrator for the required information Requirement os You have opened the Email tab in the WinCC flexible Internet Settings dialog using the WinCC Internet Settings icon WinCC flexible I
130. F_Dest_Add 200 F_WD_Time 500 C8 9 Enter the PROFIsafe address of the HMI device in F_Dest_Adad This address must match the address on the HMI device 10 Enter the monitoring time for the fail safe O device in F_WD_Time ms A currently valid safety message frame must be exchanged between the F CPU and HMI device within the monitoring time This guarantees that failures and errors are recognized Corresponding reactions must be activated which keep the fail safe plant in a safe operating state or lead to a safe operating mode Select the monitoring time so that delayed safety messages are tolerated by the communication In the case of an error for example upon disruption of the communication connection the error reaction function must still react quickly enough 388 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system A 3 3 Safety program S7 Distributed Safety Functionality The safety program of the F CPU takes care of the following e The override mode is started when the HMI device is logged on at the effective range and there is a positive edge on the override switch e When the HMI device is logged on at the effective range in which the override switch is located the signal lamp comes on e The override mode is terminated if either the override switch is activated again or if the operato
131. Generate the alarms at a slower rate polling executed some are rejected e Initiate scripts and functions at greater intervals If the alarm appears more frequently Restart the HMI device 180002 The screen keyboard could not be activated Install WinCC flexible Runtime again Possible causes TouchInputPC exe was not registered due to a faulty Setup 190000 Tag alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 190000 It is possible that the tag is not updated 190001 The tag is updated after the cause of the last error state has been eliminated return to normal operation 190002 The tag is not updated because communication Select the system function SetOnline to go online with the PLC is down 190004 The tag is not updated because the configured tag Check the configuration address does not exist 190005 The tag is not updated because the configured Check the configuration PLC type does not exist for this tag 190006 The tag is not updated because it is not possible to Check the configuration map the PLC type in the data type of the tag 190007 The tag value is not modified because the Set online mode or reconnect to the PLC connection to the PLC is interrupted or the tag is offline Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 428 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect cause
132. I device in STEP 7 in the event of an error The diagnostic function also passes the Communication error message if at all possible for the safety related component The communication between the HMI device as an input and output device and the F CPU and IO controller is disrupted This situation can be caused for example by an incorrect PROFIsafe address or the lack of a wireless network Reading diagnostics information 252 Open the module diagnostics in STEP 7 to determine the cause of the error For additional information refer to the online help for STEP 7 You also have the option of reading the diagnostic information using SFB 52 or SFB 54 in the standard user program For additional information refer to the System and Standard Functions reference manual Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning the plant 9 5 Diagnostics Diagnostic information for internal errors All LEDs of the LED display go out when an internal error of the HMI device causes a failure When a project is running on the HMI device the following occurs e The project is closed e The following error code message is displayed on the HMI device A severe problem has occurred Date 2010 04 30 09 18 ErrorCode 000 0008 00006 01506 Please report this error code to your technical support http www siemens de automation support request Procedure Proceed as fo
133. IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 219 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Transfer Backtransfer See also 220 When the configuration phase is completed transfer the runtime project from the configuration PC to the HMI device You can start the Transfer mode manually on the HMI device e When the HMI device starts up You start the Transfer mode with the appropriate button in the loader e During ongoing operation Start the Transfer mode manually with a configured operator control The transferred project is written directly to the internal flash memory of the HMI device You have the option to transfer the compressed project file together with the runtime project to the HMI device If necessary the compressed project file can be transferred back to the configuration PC and edited The HMI device must be equipped with an external memory to which the compressed project file can be saved NOTICE Compressed project file and runtime project If you only transfer the runtime project there is the risk that the runtime project will not be identical to an existing compressed project file WinCC flexible does not check if the two are identical Therefore always transfer the compressed project file together with the runtime project Operating modes Page 217 Available data channels Page Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFI
134. Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 Interconnecting FBs The F blocks must be interconnected to each other and with the process image of the HMI device The following figure is a schematic representation of the interconnection of F FBs among one another and to the PII and PIQ MP_DATA_Q MP_DATA MP_RNG_Q MP_RNG MP_STAT F_DB_STATES MP1_INT_STATUS B MP126_INT_STATUS MP_RNG MP_RNG MP_F_KEY F_FB_RNG_n MP1_RNG MP1_STAT Example of an application When using the F_LFB_RNG_n consider the application examples Page Page B93 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 207 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 Creating an I O DB An F I O DB is automatically generated in HW Config for every F I O A WARNING EMERGENCY STOP button If you change the parameters for the output PASS_ON 0 then the EMERGENCY STOP will not be evaluated Keep the parameter for the output PASS_ON 0 in F I O DB of the HMI device Access to and working with the F I O DB are described in detail in the manual SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and Programming F I O Access section 7 3 6 F_FB_MP This description applies to version 1 0 of F_FB_MP Note Insert the FC176 F_BO_W and FC177 F_W_BO blocks into your safety program because t
135. MI device When transferring back using WinCC flexible Select the License Keys command in the Project gt Transfer menu The Automation License Manager is displayed When transferring back using the Automation License Manager Start the Automation License Manager via the Windows Start menu Select the Connect HMI device command in the Edit gt Connect Target System menu The Connect Target System dialog is displayed Under Device type select the HMI device type Select the type of connection from the Connection box Configure the connection Confirm by clicking OK The connection to the HMI device is established The connected HMI device is displayed in the left window of the Automation License Manager Select the HMI device in the left window The right window displays the available license keys 10 Drag and drop the selected license key from the right window to the drive in the left Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 242 window The selected license keys will be transferred back to the storage location Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning the plant Q 9 1 Overview The acceptance of the plant involves the following e Safety related project e Safety program e RFID tags with effective ranges 9 2 Acceptance of the plant All of the relevant application specific standards and the procedu
136. MI device and the transponder Shutdown possible If the HMI device is in a state where it is constantly ready for operation the main rechargeable battery will lose its charge A discharged main rechargeable battery causes communication failure The F CPU initiates a shutdown Observe the LED display on the HMI device in particular the RNG and BAT LEDs Note Never leave the effective range without the HMI device as long as the HMI device is logged on in the effective range If you do not need the HMI device e Log the HMI device off from the effective range e Turn off the HMI device or place it in the charging station Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 259 Fail safe operation 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode Requirements e The HMI device is integrated and the SAFE LED is illuminated e The Effective range name operating element is displayed Rangename Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Touch the Effective range name operating element The Effective range logon dialog opens with the following symbol e I 2 Enter the ID of the effective range 3 Enter the ID of the effective range 4 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result e Ifthe ID entered matches the ID configured for the effective range the HMI device is logged onto the effective range e No other HMI devic
137. N RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 9 Setting the PROFIsafe address Loading the PROFIsafe address NOTICE Unique PROFIsafe address required If a PROFIsafe address is not unique you may experience malfunctions Assign a PROFIsafe address to the HMI device that is unique within the corresponding local network segment Integration in PROFlsafe communication is not possible The following PROFIsafe addresses must match to ensure that the HMI device can be integrated in PROFIsafe communication e The PROFIsafe address set in HW Config by STEP 7 e The PROFIsafe address set in the PROFIsafe dialog The PROFIsafe address that the HMI device loads depends on the configuration in the Control Panel e A valid PROFIsafe address is entered in the Control Panel The HMI device then loads the registered PROFIsafe address The PROFIsafe address of a project is not loaded e The invalid PROFIsafe address 65535 is entered in the Control Panel The HMI device loads the PROFIsafe address set in the project Note The default PROFIsafe address for the HMI device is 65535 Requirement amp You have opened the PROFIsafe dialog using the PROFIsafe icon Address Procedure Proceed as follows 1 If you want the HMI device to load the PROFIsafe address of the Control Panel enter a value from 1 to 65534 in the Address text box 2 If you want t
138. Note that leaving the WLAN area will cause the PROFINET IO device to fail and therefore result in a PLC stop Determine suitable programming measures in the PLC in order to prevent a PLC stop Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Direct key immediately effective If you trigger an operator control with direct key functionality in an active project the corresponding function is always executed regardless of the screen display at the time Exception Function keys are inactive while a safety related message is displayed Avoid pressing a direct key unintentionally Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 274 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 4 Setting the project language Note A direct key is active under the condition that one of the following two operating modes is set e HMI device in Online mode e The HMI device is in Offline mode The following objects can be configured as a direct key e Button e Function keys e Screen number e Handwheel e lluminated pushbutton e Keyswitch Additional information is available in the WinCC flexible Communication system manual 11 4 Setting the project language The HMI device supports multilingual projects You must have configured a corresponding operator control which lets you change the language setting on the HMI device during runtime The project always sta
139. P server if possible recipient is unknown to the server or because the SMTP authentication is currently not used in SMTP server requires authentication WinCC flexible Runtime The contents of the e mail are lost 70039 The syntax of the e mail address is incorrect or Check the e mail address of the recipient contains illegal characters The contents of the e mail are discarded 70040 The syntax of the e mail address is incorrect or contains illegal characters 70041 The import of the user management was aborted Check your user management or transfer it again to due to an error the panel Nothing was imported Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 418 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 70042 The range of values of the tag was exceeded while Check and correct the calculation executing the system function The system function was not calculated 70043 The range of values of the tag was exceeded while Check and correct the calculation executing the system function The system function was not calculated 70044 An error occurred while sending the e mails The e Check the SMTP settings and the error message in the mails were not sent system alarm 70045 Cannot load a file required for encrypting the e Update the operating system and Runtime mail 70046 The server does not support encryption Select an SMTP server
140. PCF MC Ol 2 o sa x Restart WLAN to apply changes mobilePanel 277F a wizards HE system H Interfaces iPCF MC enabled O H Security ENS I Features Strong AES CCM o B ipce encryption a eae Background scan interval k E Refresh Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 156 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication 2 Make the following settings Select the iPCF MC enabled check box Select the Strong AES CCM check box if you want to use Strong AES CCM encryption The AES CCM encryption method is only possible in iPCF mode Make sure that a 128 bit WEP key is defined with the Security gt Keys menu command After you have selected the Strong AES CCM encryption check box the display changes to 128 bit AES in the Security gt Keys menu command The device uses AES CCM Enter a value for Background scan interval This parameter determines the time between two background scans of the HMI device Data is entered in iPCF cycles If you select two for example then the client performs a background scan only at every second iPCF cycle A small value for the background scan interval is the basis for fast roaming However high throughput cannot be achieved with this setting A high value should be selected for higher data throughput NOTICE Access point in iPCF MC mode If th
141. PN DP PROFINET IO controller Ez Fail safe devices Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN PROFINET IO Device Note Simultaneous safety related communication with two F CPUs is not possible PROFIsafe supports safety related communication with one F CPU Ranges in a transponder system In a plant for fail safe operation with transponder log ons there are the following ranges e WLAN IWLAN for communication between an F CPU and an HMI device e Transponder with effective range for logon to a machine e Transmission and reception range of an HMI device for logging onto a machine Fail safe controller and HMI device communicate over the radio cell of the access point The access point serves as a gateway between the wireless and wired network The WLAN or IWLAN in the plant is provided by at least one access point Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview Transponder 7 12 Ranges in a transponder system The figure below shows an example of the various areas PROFIsafe SCALANCE W access point WLAN IWLAN radio cell of the access point Fail safe controller Signal lamp Effective range Plant Zone Wireless range of the HMI device green range Charging station WLAN of the HMI device blue lines HMI device BSOO OLODOOHOOHO Transponders are used to set up effective ranges and zones in the system The wireless range of the transponde
142. Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Charging station Mouse External 132 Multi key epraton 272 202 Multimedia card N Name server Network ID 184 Network operation Computer name Network parameters Setting Network amp Dial Up Connections 182 Notice of ane 7 ie Number format 1 Number of hat ecto For password 285 For user 2 For user view 2 O Object Battery 2 Effective ae RFID name Effective range name 281 quality 282 280 Offline Operating mode Recipe ta Testing Online Operating mode Recipe ta Testing OP properties Battery 163 Device 145 1 Firmware Memory monitoring 165 Persistent storage Touch Transponder 164 Operating Control Panel wo 463 Index EMERGENCY STOP button 51 Feedback 273 Handwheel 115 HMI device Illuminated pushbutton 116 Key operated switch 115 Recipe view 316 Slider control 294 Switches With external keyboard With external mouse Operating mode Changing 218 Offline 217 Online 218 Transfer 103 Operating rds Bd Standards Operating state Safe 40 Operating system Parameter assignment 130 Updating 218 229 Updating using ProSave Updating with WinCC flexible Operation Fail safe 40 Operation feedback Operator control Recipe view 316 Simple recipe view Optical feedback Option Installing Installing with ProSave Installing with Wi
143. Pee 317 11 17 6 3 Editing a recipe data reCOrd ec ceccccesccceessecseeeeceeceeeseesecsaeeseesecsaecseescsecsaseeeesessaesaeeseenes 319 11 17 6 4 Deleting a recipe data reCOId cece ce ceseeceeeeceteceeeeeeeeeseeeaeesecsaecseeecaeeaaeeeeesecsaseaseneenes 320 ieS SYNCHVONIZING TAGS ece candace shah ncdesiyanad cxsanpdeussdasddvsiaagcdetivacadesthedexsusaeiuvarecdersal 320 11 17 6 6 Reading a recipe data record from the PLC ecceccccccseceeceenecreecseenecnseesaeeeeeseesaeeseeneenas 321 11 17 6 7 Transferring a recipe data record to the PLO eee cccccesecsecte cree eects cnaecaaeneeeseesaeeseeneenas 322 11 17 7 Using the simple recipe view ececceeecccecceceeeeeceeeaeee cece ee sececaaeeeceeeeeeeneaaaeeeeeeeeesenneaeeeeeeeeteeed 323 VATE fel OVGIVIGW E E inedat veedentans sanedateamentihey see A A E 323 11 17 7 2 Creating a recipe data record 0 0 ccccceccccecesecseeeeceeceeeeeesecseeeseesecsaecseenecaeesaseesesassaseaseaeenas 325 1117 73 Editing a recipe data record siise aidaa ar aai dar aiad disi ad 325 11 17 7 4 Deleting a recipe data fecofd issscieruridoseria erisia aana EA E 326 11 17 7 5 Reading a recipe data record from the PLC s nsnssnsrssnsnssnstnninntnntntinnnnnnan tntan ntanna nennen 327 11 17 7 6 Transferring a recipe data record to the PLO eee cccecssecseenecneecseenecnsecseeeeeesecsaeeeeeneenes 327 11 17 8 Exporting a recipe data reCord ecceccececcccceeeeeeeeece
144. Plan the WLAN for a maximum of four HMI devices When adding a WLAN participant make sure that you observe the conditions described in the document Wireless LAN in a PROFINET IO Environment The conditions vary eae on pee mode and the oe for PNIO refresh times See AN N IO Environment fe Seat Goan siemens com WWiview en 31938420 NOTICE Communication interference possible Communication interference cannot be excluded if you do not check the local wireless conditions prior to start up Check your local wireless conditions prior to start up When planning the wireless channels mode 802 112 is preferable Ad hoc network An ad hoc network cannot be used in conjunction with the HMI device oexistence of the frequency bands Page 75 Equipping a plant with tags Within a project the transponder and RFID tags are labeled as tags Equipping a plant with transponders Dividing plant into effective ranges Effective ranges within a plant can be configured After logging on to an effective range the affiliated machine can be operated in fail safe mode Within an effective range an unobstructed view from the operator is required for the system Note If fail safe operation is not required you can operate the HMI device without having an effective range set up in the system Transponders in the system are then unnecessary Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating In
145. Please confirm logging off from the effective range Low battery alarm OK button The remaining charge of the main Battery charge is less than 20 rechargeable battery is less than 20 percent An additional system alarm is output after the charge of the main rechargeable battery has dropped to less than 6 Testing transponders Diverse A project has been started on the HMI This dialog contains no coherent text Users are informed that they are in a mode for testing the transponders The user muss test all transponders in all effective ranges device that does not contain an up to date CRC checksum for the effective ranges The effective ranges and transponders need to be tested using the dialog Test enabling button J Both enabling buttons must be tested to ensure they are operational Fully press both enabling buttons until the panic position is reached Press both enabling buttons until the Panic switch position is reached The operator has started the project Perform a function test for the enabling button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 407 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages Dialog Error during effective range logon gt 4 iv The enabling button remains deactivated Error during effective range logon Reaction OK button Situation An error occurred during logon o
146. Proceed as follows 1 Activate the override switch Override mode is deactivated The HMI device is logged on in the effective range 10 4 RFID tag system run in a fail safe manner 10 4 1 Switch off behavior The shutdown reaction of the plant will vary according to cause and effect Shutdown behavior The shutdown behavior described in the next sections will only be triggered in the system if the F CPU has been programmed accordingly Program the F CPU accordingly The following types of shutdown may occur depending on the operating state of the plant e EMERGENCY STOP e Global rampdown e Local rampdown e Shutdown The following table shows the shutdown reaction depending on the operating state and the cause Cause of the shutdown Operating state of the HMI device EMERGENCY Communication Leaving the STOP button error protection zone pressed Removed E E Integrated Logged HMI device in the EMERGENCY Shutdown on to protection zone STOP effective HMI device outside Local rampdown range the protection zone HMI device is EMERGENCY Shutdown outside the STOP protection zone Not logged on to effective EMERGENCY _ Global rampdown range STOP See also erms for fail safe operation Page 40 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 264 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operation 10 4 RFID tag system run in a fail safe manner 10 4 2 Logging onto a machine The following figure sho
147. R123_LOC_RD MP3_RNG Interface_DB SHUTDOWN R123 SHUTDOWN MP3_F_KEY Interface_DB MP4_DATA ENABLE ER123 ENABLE MP4_RNG F_KEYS MP4_F_KEY F_DB_STATES Interface_DB MP_100_ Status MP1_STAT RNG_BUSY ER123_RNG_BUSY Mee Al Interface_DB DIAG R123 FB_DIAG MP3_STAT MP4_STAT The activation of the override mode is controlled in this network OVERRIDE is set as soon as the operator has logged the HMI device on to the machine via the RFID tag RNG_BUSY OVERRIDE is reset by a negative edge on the contact pressure mat in other words 111 0 0 This is the case when the operator leaves the protection zone At the same time F_FB_RNG monitors the signals EMERGENCY STOP Global rampdown Local rampdown and Shutdown They are scanned in networks 3 to 6 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system 3 Network 3 DB5 F_ESTOP1 Q E_Stop_Robot Interface_DB ER123_E_STOP Q_DELAY ACK_REQ DIAG ENO In network 3 the EMERGENCY STOP signal of the HMI device is monitored via F_ESTOP 1 from the F library of S7 Distributed Safety FLESTOP1 ensures that the plant is only able to restart following an EMERGENCY STOP after acknowledgment by the operator via the input ACK Note Read also the information on FB215 in the online help for F FBs and in the man
148. RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 325 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Requirement Procedure Result 11 17 7 4 Introduction Requirement Procedure Result 326 e A screen with a simple recipe view is displayed Proceed as follows oa fF WON Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record Open the data record list Select the recipe data record you want to change Open the element list Change the values of the records as required Save your changes with the menu command Save The recipe data record is saved The edited recipe data record has now been saved in the selected recipe Deleting a recipe data record You can delete all the data records which are not required A screen with a simple recipe view is displayed Proceed as follows ak wo ON Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record Open the data record list Select the data record you want to delete Open the menu Select the menu command Delete The data record is deleted Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 7 5 Introduction Requirement Procedure Result 11 17 7 6 Introduction Requirement 11 17 Operating recipes Reading a recipe data record from the PLC The values of recipe elements are exchanged
149. RGENCY STOP button effective e The HMI device must be operated in the charging station or with the main rechargeable battery e A project is running on the HMI device e The HMI device is integrated into the safety program of the F CPU If these prerequisites are satisfied the following applies e The SAFE LED on the HMI device is lit e The EMERGENCY STOP button of the HMI device is enabled As soon as the PROFIsafe communication between the HMI device and controller is established within the WLAN range the EMERGENCY STOP button on the HMI device becomes active The EMERGENCY STOP button is enabled within the WLAN regardless of whether or not the HMI device is logged onto a machine A WARNING EMERGENCY STOP button not available The EMERGENCY STOP button on the HMI device may not used as a replacement for a permanently wired EMERGENCY STOP or EMERGENCY OFF on the machine Install stationary EMERGENCY STOP buttons that will be available at all times on the configured system EMERGENCY STOP button not enabled If a communication error triggers a global rampdown the EMERGENCY STOP button will no longer be available on the affected HMI device You have the option of interconnecting the Global Rampdown signal so that an EMERGENCY STOP is triggered EMERGENCY STOP button out of service when HMI device is removed The EMERGENCY STOP pushbutton is disabled if the HMI device is not integrated into the safety program of the
150. ROFINET as an Ethernet based automation standard from PROFIBUS International defines a vendor independent communications and engineering model PROFINET IO controller Device used to address the connected IO devices This means the IO controller exchanges input and output signals with assigned field devices The IO controller is often a PLC PROFINET IO device A distributed field device that is assigned to one of the IO controllers e g remote IO valve terminals frequency converters switches PROFINET IO As part of PROFINET PROFINET IO is a communication solution that is used to implement modular distributed applications PROFINET IO allows you to create automation solutions of the type with which you are familiar from PROFIBUS PROFINET IO is implemented by the PROFINET standard for automation devices on the one hand and on the other hand by the STEP 7 engineering software This means that you have the same application view in STEP 7 regardless of whether you configure PROFINET or PROFIBUS devices Programming your user program is essentially the same for PROFINET IO and PROFIBUS DP if you use the extended blocks and system status lists for PROFINET IO PROFIsafe A fail safe bus profile from PROFINET for communication between the safety program and the F I O in a fail safe system PROFIsafe address Every F I O has a PROFIsafe address The F I O uses this address to receive safety message frames from the F CPU or send safety
151. SIEMENS SIMATIC HMI HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions Order number 6AV6691 1DQ01 2AB1 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 2M JO UV oo lt z 30 oO a Q e 2 fe os is 8 Qa 5 an e S c O EA O 5 D Q 5 Q f gt iS N Installing and wiring devices Operator controls and displays Q1 related configuration O O 7 O le le D le 3 3 D 3 3 amp O O O O a 5 5 p g Q Q oO i I gt D je pel C a fo 2 lt O D Co N O Fail safe operation O pel D 5 o a J eo o V O 0 2 ep O lt O 9 fa aQ 3 D r o S ie gt O 4 gt oO fo Q 3 gt O v o e fo Q O 0 E O 3 a Appendix gt oO e 4 gt lt ie gt O gt wow gt Legal information Warning notice system This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety as well as to prevent damage to property The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not t
152. Safety Defining F run time groups section Generate the safety program S7 Distributed Safety section Compiling the safety program Test the safety program e Online help for the F FBs Download the safety program to the F CPU Testing and acceptance testing of the safety program S7 Distributed Safety Safety program acceptance test section Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 7 3 5 Using F FBs You must integrate the following F blocks into your safety program e An F_FB_MP F block for each HMI device The assigned HMI device is monitored by this F FB e One F_FB_RNG_4 or F_FB_RNG_16 for each machine The assigned effective range for this machine is managed by this F FB Whether F_FB_RNG_4 or F_FB_RNG_16 is required depends on the maximum number of HMI devices that are to be logged onto a machine F_FB_RNG 4 For a maximum of 4 HMI devices F_FB_RNG_16 For a maximum of 16 HMI devices NOTICE Logon of HMI devices to the F FB Only HMI devices with the same tag system i e for transponder system or RFID tag system can be logged on to an F_LFB_RNG_n Consider this information in the safety program An F_DB_STATES with the WORD data type of a comparable address area in an existing F DB Using this F DB data are exchanged betwe
153. Scan 2 object to log on 1 sen Do you want to logon to the following effective range Effective range lt lt EFFECTIVE RANGE NAME gt gt Please enter the effective range ID Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 409 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages 410 Dialog Effective range logoff je Do you want to log off from the following effective range Effective range lt lt EFFECTIVE RANGE NAME gt gt Reaction Situation Yes button The HMI device is logged on to a No button machine The operator has activated the Effective range name RFID object to log off Effective range logoff shutdown Cx Cx The Panel cannot be switched off You first have to log off from the effective range Do you want to logoff from the following effective range Effective range lt lt EFFECTIVE RANGE NAME gt gt Yes button The HMI device is logged on toa No button machine The operator has attempted to e Shut down the HMI device e Close the project with the corresponding operator control Acknowledgment of communication error c4 o WV OK button Communication was recovered after a communication error The operator must confirm this state Causes e The operator has briefly left the WLAN range and then returned e PROFIsafe communication was briefly A safe connect
154. Switch state T1 T2 Not pressed 0 0 Pressed 1 1 e Bit coding of illuminated pushbutton LEDs Switching state LED T1 T2 Off 0 0 On permanently 1 1 e Bit coding of the handwheel A setpoint is not specified for the handwheel After start up of the HMI device the bytes n 4 to n 5 are set to zero Turning the handwheel triggers positive or negative pulses depending on the direction of rotation The number of positive pulses are stored in bits 10 to 17 The number of negative pulses are stored in bits DO to D7 The values are entered in binary format where bit 0 is the lowest and bit 7 is the highest valued bit A complete handwheel revolution yields 50 pulses Every pulse of the handwheel is added to byte n 4 or n 5 depending on the direction of rotation There are no negative values When the possible value range is exceeded there is an overflow If a value of 255 is increased by one pulse a value of 0 results Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 5 Operator controls Example for the bit assignment of the handwheel The following table includes an example for rotation direction determination The pulses are stored in bytes n 4 and n 5 and are measured during the points in time t4 to t4 The numbers in the following table represent a byte in the PLC Evaluati
155. TES MP_100_Status A 3 Example of application for transponder system DB101 F_FB_RNG_4 EN RNG_ID OVERRIDE MP1_DATA MP1_RNG MP1_F_KEY Interface_DB MP2_DATA E_STOP ER123_E_ STOP MP2_RNG Interface_DB GLOB_RD ER123_GLOB_RD MP2_F_KEY Interface_DB MP3_DATA LOC_RD ER123_LOC_RD MP3_RNG Interface_DB SHUTDOWN ER123_SHUTDOWN MP3_F_KEY Interface_DB MP4_DATA ENABLE ER123_ENABLE MP4_RNG F_KEYS MP4_F_KEY Interface_DB MP1_STAT RNG_BUSY ER123_RNG_BUSY MP2_STAT Interface_DB DIAG ER123_FB_DIAG MP3_STAT MP4_STAT ENO The activation of the override mode is controlled in this network e SR_Override is set if the override switch is switched on i e 111 0 1 e SR_Override is reset by a negative edge on the safety shut off mat i e 111 1 0 This is the case if the operator leaves the protection zone without terminating the override mode Only when the SR_Override is set and the override switch is set to on is the override mode activated with the F_LFB_RNG At the same time F_FB_RNG monitors the signals EMERGENCY STOP Global rampdown Local rampdown and Shutdown They are scanned in networks 3 to 6 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 391 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system Network 3 DB5 F_ESTOP1
156. WLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 ASE02766325 01 17 Overview 1 4 Accessory kit 1 4 Accessory kit The accessory kit contains e 1 cover cap with rubber seal e 1 screw for fixing the cover cap e 1 label for cover caps Additional documents may be enclosed with the accessory kit 1 5 Accessories 18 Ne a C O an k ttp mall automation siemens http mall automation siemens com be ordered from the Internet at Industry Mall Labeling strips Labeling strips serve for the project oriented labeling of function keys on the HMI device Stickers for the cover caps can also be supplied in addition to the labeling strips The cover caps cover the slot openings for the labeling strips Order number 6AV6671 5BF00 0AX0 Replacement key set The replacement key set contains two keys for the key switch Order number 6AV6574 1AG04 4AA0 Main battery The main rechargeable battery supplies power to the HMI device Order number 6AV6671 5CLO0 0AX0 Protective foil The protective foil prevents the touch screen from becoming scratched or soiled Order number 6AV6671 5BC00 0AX0 Service package for the HMI device Order number 6AV6671 5CA00 0AX2 The service pack includes Cover caps Battery compartment cover Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 1 6 Equipment for HMI device and
157. While saving it was detected that a record with Overwrite the record or cancel the action the specified number already exists Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 440 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number 290032 Effect causes While exporting records it was detected that a file with the specified name already exists Remedy Overwrite the file or cancel the process 290033 Confirmation request before deleting records 290040 A record error with error code 1 that cannot be described in more detail occurred The action is canceled It is possible that the record was not installed correctly on the PLC Check the storage location the record the Data record area pointer and if necessary the connection to the PLC Restart the action after a short time If the error persists contact Customer Support Forward the relevant error code to Customer Support 290041 A record or file cannot be saved because the storage location is full Delete files no longer required 290042 An attempt was made to execute several recipe actions simultaneously The last action was not executed Trigger the action again after waiting a short period 290043 Confirmation request before storing records 290044 The data store for the recipe has been destroyed and is deleted 290050 Alarm reporting that the export
158. Zone label and Zone quality are present Procedure Check the following parameters e Are the configured zone limits operating as planned e Do the moving parts influence the communication between the transponder HMI device Investigate all positions of moving parts e Is WLAN available throughout the entire zone Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 247 Commissioning the plant 9 4 RFID tag system 9 4 RFID tag system 9 4 1 Commissioning an RFID tag Commissioning If you have transferred a project with configured effective ranges and RFID tags to the HMI device and start the HMI device for the first time the HMI device goes into commissioning mode In the commissioning mode you assign a unique ID to each RFID tag in the plant Once IDs are assigned to all RFID tags you can determine the CRC checksum which must be entered in the project Finally the verified project must then be transferred back to the HMI device Recommissioning Requirements 248 If the mapping between effective ranges and RFID tag changes in the project you need to commission the RFID tags again NOTICE Repeated acceptance of the plant The RFID tags installed in the plant may not be replaced or locally changed without performing an acceptance procedure If a replacement or change is made the plant needs to once again go through acceptance as described in
159. _Block_ID 0 tect F F F_Par_Version 1 Monitoring time in the fail safe IO device F_Source_Add 2000 F Dest Add 500 cg A currently valid safety message frame must be F_WD_Time 500 exchanged between the F CPU and HMI device within the monitoring time This ensures that failures and errors are detected and appropriate responses are triggered to keep the fail safe system in a safe state or transfer it to a safe state The monitoring time selected must be long enough that message frame delays will be tolerated by the communication system but also that the fault reaction function responds quickly enough in the event of a fault e g interruption in the communication connection Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 399 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system A 4 3 Safety program S7 Distributed Safety In the safety program of the S7 CPU the operation sequence of the application example is implemented by the following programming Safety program 400 Once the HMI device is logged on to a machine the signal lamp and the Override mode are enabled In the protection zone the operator can operate the robot with the Key1 button and the enabling button If the operator leaves the protection zone over the contact pressure mat the safety program responds as follows The signal lamp goes out Override mode is deactiv
160. _lO module The following dialog is displayed Properties mobile27 7fiwlany2 General Identification mobile2 7fiwlanv2 Mobile Panel 277F WLAN V2 PROFIs Emergency Stop Button Handwheel K Short description Order No Firmware 6AV6 645 0EC01 04 1 41 0 Family SIMATIC HMI Device name mobile27 7fiwlanv2 GSD file GSDML V2 2 Siemens HMliwlan 2 201 Change Release Number Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 387 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system 4 Enter a device name for the HMI device The device name must be unambiguous in the Ethernet subnet This name must match the name defined in the Control Panel of the HMI device under PROFINET in the text box Device name max 240 characters 5 Change to the Addresses tab The following dialog appears General Addresses PROFIsafe Inputs Start End Outputs Start 256 End 263 Process image Process image 6 Here define the starting addresses of the inputs and the process image to which this address area belongs 7 Here define the starting addresses of the outputs and the process image to which this address area belongs 8 Change to the PROFIsafe tab The following dialog appears General Addresses PROFIsafe Parameter name SIL3 F_Block_ID 0 F_Par_Version 1 F_Source_Add 2000
161. a risk assessment and correspond to a Category 0 or 1 Stop A WARNING Injury or material damage Enabling buttons should only be used when the following applies for the person activating the enabling button e The person can see the danger zone e The person is capable of recognizing personal injury hazards in good time e The person is capable of taking immediate measures to avoid danger The only person allowed to remain in the danger zone is the person who is activating the enabling button Commands for unsafe conditions are not permitted to be issued with one enabling button alone To accomplish this a secondary conscious start command using a button on the HMI device is required NOTICE Risk from improper use An enabling button can be fixed without permission To avoid the risk of unauthorized fixation fully press both enabling buttons each time the project starts Release the enabling buttons Note The enabling button only has an effect when the HMI device is logged onto a machine and the RNG LED on the HMI device is lit Risk analysis of the plant Page 50 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 53 Safety instructions and standards 2 8 Electromagnetic compatibility 2 8 Electromagnetic compatibility The HMI device charging station transponder and power adapter are also compliant with requiremen
162. a screen alarm or IO field Operating element PLC PLC job Process image Component of a project used to enter values and trigger functions A operator control is a button for example A PLC is a general term for devices and systems with which the HMI device communicates for example SIMATIC S7 A PLC job triggers a function for the PLC at the HMI device The process image is a memory area in the controller which the HMI device and controller access together At the beginning of the cyclic control program the signal states of the inputs of the HMI device are transferred to the controller via the process input images PII At the end of the cyclic program the process image of the outputs PIQ is transferred as a signal state to the HMI device Process visualization 452 Visualization of technical processes by means of text and graphic elements Configured plant screens allow operator intervention in active production processes by means of the input and output of data Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Glossary PROFINET Within the framework of Totally Integrated Automation PROFINET represents an enhancement of the following bus systems e PROFIBUS DP as well established fieldbus e Industrial Ethernet as the communication bus on the device level The experience gained from both systems has been and continues to be integrated in PROFINET P
163. adavenmeeney tha aeueteeuscudiuunysuatenbenad tied peveee neues 91 4 7 5 Replacing and charging the main rechargeable battery ce eceseeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 94 4 fA Safety INSUMUIGHONS eina e ra EA EE Ea Ea sE e AERE EEE REE EREDE E 94 4 7 5 2 Replacing the main rechargeable battery 0 0 00 ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneaeeeseeaeeeeeeatees 95 4 7 5 3 Charging the main rechargeable battery cceccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeeees 96 4 7 5 4 Displaying the battery Charge Status ec eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneaeeeeeeeaeeseeaeees 97 4 7 6 C nnecting the PLC ss 2s ecleusies nanni rr e A Shanes eu ie Al aes 97 4 7 7 Connecting the Configuration PC senasis anani aa a EAA ARA 98 4 7 8 Connecting a Printe ereissrcseerieeiisendaiidnini en ennnnk ned ina NANE ENEEK KE eee nese ee EAEE NEEE EARE 0 4 7 9 Connecting a USB GeviCe 2 3 secciycpaievinneceexcenssaeeeessecnesta nance cueectesanesanceseveiasssananitesneanelaneeecenenie 4 7 10 Connecting the power supply UNit 2 cee ee cecceee cece eeeeceeeeeceeeeeseceeaaeaeeeeeeesecnaaeeeeeeeeeseesnnaeeeees 4 8 Switching on and testing the HMI deVICE eceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneee ee taeeeeesaeeeeetaeeeeetiaeeeeee 102 4 9 Switching off the HM devio essione aA Aaa S 104 5 Operator controls and displays sesswisccicciiecsceedees co eies deeabeeneice nana dedeseened snes ddceddenseveds
164. ading a new project to Wait until the end of the reconfiguration the PLC Connection to the PLC is canceled 140020 The version in the PLC and that of the project The following remedies are available FWX file do not match Download the current version to the PLC using Connection to the PLC is canceled SIMOTION Scout Regenerate the project using WinCC flexible ES close WinCC flexible Runtime and restart with a new configuration 150000 Connection alarms chnAS511 Connection Number Effect causes Remedy 150000 No more data is read or written Possible causes Ensure that the cable is plugged in the PLC is e The cable is defective operational the correct port is being used e The PLC does not respond is defective etc Restart the system if the system alarm persists e The wrong port is used for the connection e System overload 150001 Connection is up because the cause of the interruption has been eliminated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 426 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms 160000 Connection alarms IVar WinLC OPC Connection Number Effect causes Remedy 160000 No more data is read or written Possible causes Ensure that the cable is plugged in the PLC is e The cable is defective operational the correct port is being used e The PLC does not respond is defective etc Restart the syste
165. afety Wireless approval The Certificates of Broadcasting and Communication Equipment are listed on the label attached to the rear panel of the HMI device and in the product information for Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag on the Internet at iip enon aeeaietan siemens comiWWiview en 26268960 133300 Note that only the CBCE certifcates specified on the label of the HMI device are legally binding Requesting certificates A copy of the certificates and associated reports is available upon request from the following address Siemens AG Industry Sector I IA AS RD ST PO Box 1963 92209 Amberg Germany 2 3 Standards on operating safety The HMI device meets the following standards for use in a plant Standard Title Version EN 954 1 Safety of machinery 15 06 1997 Safety related parts of control systems General principles for design EN 12417 Machine Tools Safety Machining Centres 01 07 2009 EN 60950 Information Technology Equipment 01 11 2006 General Requirements UL 60950 1 Safety of Information Technology Equipment 27 03 2007 CAN CSA 22 2 Safety of Information Technology Equipment 27 03 2007 No 60950 1 2nd Edition Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 47 Safety instructions and standards 2 3 Standards on operating safety EM
166. aken A WARNING indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken CAUTION with a safety alert symbol indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken CAUTION without a safety alert symbol indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken NOTICE indicates that an unintended result or situation can occur if the corresponding information is not taken into account If more than one degree of danger is present the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage Qualified Personnel The product system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation for the specific task in particular its warning notices and safety instructions Qualified personnel are those who based on their training and experience are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products systems Proper use of Siemens products Trademarks Note the following WARNING Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation If products and components from other m
167. anel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 70 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 8 Planning the installation location of transponders Maintaining clearances The following clearance is required around the charging station 6AV6 671 5CE00 OAX1 460 A ape eet te aN yeast Peel wipe ee pene tees aceite eee PS yf Pes AA 295 1 All dimensions in mm See also Ambient conditions for operation Page 59 3 8 Planning the installation location of transponders Procedure Proceed as follows 1 In the system plan determine which system ranges should be operated with the enabling buttons You need an effective range for each of these system areas 2 Specify the spatial expansion of the individual effective ranges The operator must be located within the limits of the respective effective range in order to operate the corresponding plant unit with the enabling buttons Comply with the rules for the definition of an effective range Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 71 Planning the use 3 9 Planning an installation location for RFID tags 3 If needed plan for more than one transponder for an effective range Make sure that the effective range can be seen and is free of danger 4 Determine A name and a plant unique ID for each transponder from the value range 1 to 65 534 A name and a plant uni
168. ant to troubleshooting because they provide a reference to the source code of the runtime software These parameters are output after the text Error code Displaying the System alarms editor 412 You can find the text content of the system alarm in WinCC flexible The System alarms editor is not displayed by default in WinCC flexible 1 Enable the System alarms editor under Options gt Setting gt Workbench gt Settings for Project Window with Display all entries 2 Select the System alarms editor under Alarms in the project view The system alarms are sorted numerically in the System alarms editor Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Configuring events for system alarms You can configure the Incoming event for the following system alarm in the System alarms editor System alarms 10000 150000 230300 e 10000 to 10006 e 150000 e 230300 to 230308 e 150001 20000 160000 240000 e 20000 to 20015 e 160000 e 240000 to 240005 e 160001 e 160010 to 160014 30000 170000 250000 e 30010 to 20012 e 170000 to 170004 e 250000 to 250003 e 170007 40000 180000 260000 e 40010 e 180000 to 180002 e 260000 to 260009 e 40011 e 260012 to 260014 e 260028 e 260030 e 260033 to 260045 50000 190000 270000 e 50000 e 190000 to 190002 e 270000 to 270003 e 50001 e 190004 to 190013 60000 190100 280000 e 60010 to 600
169. anufacturers are used these must be recommended or approved by Siemens Proper transport storage installation assembly commissioning operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems The permissible ambient conditions must be adhered to The information in the relevant documentation must be observed All names identified by are registered trademarks of the Siemens AG The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner Disclaimer of Liability We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described Since variance cannot be precluded entirely we cannot guarantee full consistency However the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions Siemens AG order number 6AV6 691 1DQ01 2AB1 Copyright Siemens AG 2010 Industry Sector 10 2010 Technical data subject to change Postfach 48 48 90026 N RNBERG GERMANY Preface Purpose of the operating instructions These operating instructions provide information for manuals derived from the requirements for mechanical engineering documentation according to DIN EN 62079 This information relates to the place of use transport storage mounting use and maintenance These operating instruct
170. approximately 8 hours Acknowledgement time 40 ms Response time with no fault max 25 ms Discrepancy time e EMERGENCY STOP e 500 ms e Enabling button position Enable e 2s e Enabling button position Panic e 1s Distance between transponder HMI device minimum 0 6m Distance between transponder HMI device maximum 8m Distance between RFID tag HMI device maximum 5 cm e n accordance with IEC 61508 Hardware architecture Redundant 1002 Request rate High demand mode High demand 8 60 x 10 11 1 h PFH probability of a dangerous failure per hour Maximum Safety Level Achievable SIL3 Useful life 10 years e In accordance with DIN EN ISO 13849 1 Diagnostics coverage 99 Performance level e Safety category 4 e In accordance with EN 954 1 Safety category 4 F blocks for the safety program F_FB_MP 1 per Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN maximum 126 F_FB_RNG_4 1 per effective range for which up to 4 HMI devices have logon permission F_FB_RNG_16 1 per effective range for which up to 16 HMI devices have logon permission DB_STATES 1 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 2 Specifications 13 2 2 Interface description USB The figure below shows the pin assignment of the USB interface Pin Assignment 1 5 VDC out
171. are interconnected via WLAN RNG Gree Effective range Protection range Lights up If the HMI device is logged onto the effective range or protection zone The RNG LED goes dark if a communication error occurs after the HMI device has been logged on to a machine Off If the HMI device from a machine is logged off Refer to the plant documentation for additional information on the meaning of the LEDs Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 107 Operator controls and displays 5 2 LED display 108 The BAT LED signals the following states based on the type of power supply Power supply Rechargeable battery operation HMI device on BAT LED Rechargeable battery operation HMI device off Power supply unit HMI device on Power supply unit HMI device off Charging station a I M C0000 Note the following e An error event always has priority If an error occurs the BAT LED signals according to column Maximum charge Possible faults Short circuit discharge current gt 8 0 A Overload discharge current gt 4 0 A Overload charge current gt 2 8 A Charging error cell voltage gt 4 3 V Charging error cell voltage lt 3 0 V Charge at lt 6 of charge capacity Charge at 2 6 of the charge capacity Rechargeable ba
172. arms Display System functions System information Displaying System properties Device name General 172 Memory T Tag Functional scope 27 Task planner Functional scope 29 TCP IP address Technical specifications Display 340 Fail safe operation HMI device 340 Input device 340 Interfaces 341 Main bH r al battery Memory 3 Power supply 841 Weight 3 Technical support Technical Support Temperature Rechargeable battery 163 Temporary files Backup 161 467 Index Test Mechanical HMI device 60 Testing Effective range Text list Functional scope Time Setting Synchronizing Time format Time zone Setting 159 Calibrating Trademark Training center Transfer Cancel 103 Manual 2 Transfer settings Directories 173 174 Transfer Settings Channel 178 Transferring License key 218 Project 218 219 Recipe data record 322 Detect 258 Inserting the battery 85 Installation 83 Main dimensions 338 Rotary coding switch 84 Setting ID Transponder arrangement Planning Transponder assignment Planning 67 Transport damage Trend view 296 Buttons 295 Key control 296 Touch operation 296 Trends Functional scope 29 Limit violation 295 468 U UL approval 45 Unintentional action p73 Updating Operating system With ProSave With WinCC flexible Updating the operating system Usage In industry 50
173. art WLAN The restart of the WLAN interface is performed Note The Restore Factory Defaults and Restart WLAN button resets all parameters of the WLAN interface to their factory state The WLAN interface is then restarted 15 Press the Exit button Web Based Management will be closed Result The WLAN connection was configured A WLAN connection can be set up successfully if the configuration of the access points and wireless HMI device is consistent The MAC address of the HMI device is entered in the access point at the Information gt WLAN gt Client List menu command Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 155 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication 6 6 3 Assigning iPCF MC parameters In the following step you are shown how to assign the iPCF MC parameters for Rapid Roaming in the I Features menu of Web Based Management iPCF was developed to achieve fast handover times when moving between radio cells However iPCF achieves optimum performance only with RCoax cables The iPCF MC procedure enables short handover times even when mobile clients numerous cells or a large number of channels are in use Note iPCF and iPCF MC are incompatible and cannot be used simultaneously for an HMI device Requirement You are logged on to the Authorization dialog Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select l Features gt i
174. ated The HMI device is logged off the machine After an EMERGENCY STOP the plant only restarts when the operator performs an acknowledgment Reactions specific to a plant are initiated when a rampdown or shutdown occurs The safety program is structured as follows F Call FB 1 FC 1 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix Symbolic names A 4 Application example RFID tag system The following symbolic names are used in the networks of the sample programs Symbolic name F00256_Mobile277Failsafe_IO Meaning Fail safe I O DB of HMI device MP1_FB_S7_MP_RE Input that is set when a reset of the HMI device is initiated from the F CPU MP1_FB_S7_ACK_ERR Input that is set when a communication error is acknowledged at the F CPU MP1_F_DATA_PIlI Word 1 of the PII of the HMI device MP1_F_RANGE_PII Word 2 of the PII of the HMI device MP1_F_DATA_PIQ Word 1 of the PIQ of the HMI device MP1_F_RANGE_PIQ Word 2 of the PIQ of the HMI device Interface_DB F DB for the data transfer of user data F_DB_States F DB for the transfer of data between the F_FB_MP of the HMI device and the F_LFB_RNG_n of the effective range F CALL FC 1 F CALL FC1 is the F run time group and is called from the cyclic interrupt OB OB35 F CALL FC1 calls the F program block in this ca
175. atic discharge Fail safe function block Ground High Frequency Human Machine Interface International Electronic Commission Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Interface Internet Protocol Industrial Point Coordination Function Management Channel Industrial Wireless Local Area Network Local Area Network Light Emitting Diode Media Access Control Metal Oxide Semiconductor Multipoint Interface SIMATIC S7 Microsoft Mean Time Between Failures Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 447 Abbreviations n c OP PC PG PELV PPI RAM RJ45 RTS RxD SAR SD Card SELV SIL SP PLC SSID STN Sub D TAB TCP IP TFT TIA TKIP TLS TxD UL USB WAP WEP WLAN WINS WPA 448 Not connected Operator Panel Personal Computer Programming device Protective Extra Low Voltage Point to Point Interface SIMATIC S7 Random Access Memory Registered Jack Type 45 Request to send Receive Data Specific absorption rate Security Digital Card Safety Extra Low Voltage Safety Integrity Level Service Pack Programmable Logic Controller Service set identifier Super Twisted Nematic Subminiature D Tabulator Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol Thin Film Transistor Totally Integrated Automation Temporal Key Integrity Protocol Transport Layer Security Transmit Data Underwriter s Laboratory Universal Serial Bus Wireless A
176. ating the Reduced brightness operating state only takes effect if the setting in it is shorter than the time specified in the project for the Reduced brightness mode The value 0 in the Control Panel means An activation period specified in the project for the Reduced brightness mode will be applied If no activation period is specified in the project for the Reduced brightness mode then reduction of the backlighting will be disabled With external power supply backlighting will be dimmed after two minutes Enter a time in minutes when the screen saver will be activated The minimum to maximum time is 5 minutes to 71582 minutes Entering 0 disables the screen saver Select the type of screen saver Use the Standard option to enable the Windows CE default screen saver Use the Blank Screen option to enable an empty screen as the screen saver Confirm your entries The dialog closes The screen saver and the reduced backlighting for the HMI device is set You need to restart the HMI device after you have reset the screen saver The selection of the screen saver takes effect following a restart Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 171 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings 6 7 12 Requirement 6 7 13 Requirement 172 Displaying general system properties Use this function to displa
177. ation When condensation is on the device do not expose the HMI device to direct radiation from a heater If condensation has developed wait approximately 4 hours until the HMI device has dried completely before switching it on The following points must be adhered to in order to ensure a fault free and safe operation of the HMI device e Proper transportation and storage e Proper installation and mounting e Careful operation and maintenance The warranty for the HMI device will be deemed void if these stipulations are not heeded Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 58 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 3 Ambient conditions for operation 3 3 Ambient conditions for operation Mechanical and climatic ambient conditions The HMI device is designed for use in a location protected from the effects of the weather The ambient conditions meet the requirements for DIN IEC 60721 3 3 e Mechanical requirements according to class 3M3 e Climatic requirements according to class 3K3 Use with additional protective measures You may only use the HMI device at the following locations with additional measures e In locations with a high degree of ionizing radiation e n locations with difficult operating conditions for example due to Corrosive vapors gases oils or chemicals Electrical or magnetic fields of high intensity e In systems that require special monitor
178. ation error The HMI device was successfully removed from the safety program of the F CPU This ends PROFIsafe communication The HMI device has no influence on the outputs of F_FB_RNG_n e Integrated without communication error The F_FB_RNG_n reacts as follows The operator can log onto a machine with the HMI device if no other HMI device is logged onto this machine The E_STOP output will be set by pressing the EMERGENCY STOP button The ENABLE output of the F_FB_RNG_n is set according to the state of the enabling button if the HMI device is logged onto a machine The RNG_BUSY output of the F_LFB_RNG_n is set to 1 if the HMI device is logged onto a machine The OVERRIDE input must be set for an RFID logon within five seconds after the confirmation of logon for the logon to be successfully completed on a machine When the HMI device is logged onto a machine it can be logged off the machine Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 212 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 e Removed with communication error PROFIsafe communication with the HMI device was interrupted without explanation The following outputs are set in FLFB_RNG_n GLOB_RD if the HMI device was not logged onto a machine SHUTDOWN if the HMI device was logged onto a machine The corresponding signal is reset following acknowledgment of the commu
179. ault values depending on the configuration 4 Touch wj 5 Enter a name for the data record The data record is saved under the new name If the recipe data record already exists a dialog is opened In this dialog specify whether the existing data record is to be overwritten Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 317 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Result The created recipe data record is saved to the selected recipe Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 318 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 6 3 Editing a recipe data record Introduction Edit the values of the recipe data records and save them in a recipe view Synchronization with the PLC If you want to display the current recipe values from the PLC in the recipe view you first have to read the current values from the PLC with Pi The values changed in the recipe view only become effective when the amended data record is transferred to the PLC by means of the ain button Requirements A screen with a recipe view is displayed Proceed as follows Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 Result If the recipe view contains several recipes Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record Select the recipe data record you want to change Change the data record as
180. beling strip is 0 13 mm Paper should not be used as labeling strips Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 6 Labeling the function keys Labeling strip dimensions Procedure Labeling strip on right 2x 45 All dimensions in mm Labeling strip on left 2x 45 Labeling strip at bottom 2 x 45 6 The following steps apply for the initial attaching of labeling strips Proceed as follows 1 Lay the HMI device on its reverse side 2 Remove the label from the cover caps Label Cover caps 3 Unscrew both cover caps 4 Pull the labeling strips out of the guides Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 123 Operator controls and displays 5 7 Holding operating and setting down the HMI device 5 7 5 Inscribe the labeling strips in accordance with the system Wait for the printed labeling strips to dry before you insert them 6 Push the labeling strips into the guides 7 Screw both cover caps back on Screwed on cover caps with inserted rubber seals satisfy degree of protection IP65 You can order the cover caps see chapter TEE Page 18 8 Place the label on to the cover caps Note Should the exchange of labeling strips become necessary these can be reordered from your Siemens repr
181. ber 300000 Effect causes Faulty configuration of process monitoring e g using PDiag or S7 Graph More alarms are queued than specified in the specifications of the CPU No further ALARM_S alarms can be managed by the PLC and reported to the HMI devices Remedy Change the PLC configuration 300001 ALARM_S is not registered on this PLC Select a controller that supports the ALARM_S service 310000 Report system alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 310000 An attempt is being made to print too many Wait until the previous active log was printed reports in parallel Repeat the print job if necessary Only one log file can be output to the printer at a given time the print job is therefore rejected 310001 An error occurred on triggering the printer The Evaluate the additional system alarms related to this report is either not printed or printed with errors alarm Repeat the print job if necessary 320000 Alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 320000 The movements have already been indicated Deselect the movements on the other display units by another device and select the motion control screen on the required The movements can no longer be controlled display unit 320001 The network is too complex View the network in STL The faulty addresses cannot be indicated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions
182. bile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Buttons Functions amp The values of the recipe view are synchronized with the associated recipe tags The values changed during editing are written to the associated recipe tags Subsequently all the values of the tags are read out and updated in the table n The recipe values from the PLC are displayed in the recipe view a The values of the set recipe data record displayed in the recipe view are transferred to the PLC Operating the recipe screen You operate the recipes in a recipe screen with the operator controls provided by the configuration engineer More detailed information is available in your plant documentation 11 17 6 2 Creating a recipe data record Introduction You create a new recipe data record by modifying an existing record You then save the modified data record under a new name Requirements e A screen with a recipe view is displayed Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select the recipe for which you want to create a new recipe data record 2 Touch a A new recipe data record with the next available number is created If you change the new data record number to an existing data record number the existing data record is overwritten 3 Enter values for the elements of the data record The elements of the recipe data record can be assigned def
183. bile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 72 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 10 Planning the installation location of signal lamps 3 10 Planning the installation location of signal lamps You will need a signal lamp for a machine operated in fail safe mode with the enabling button The signal lamp notifies the operator that he she has logged on to the machine Plan a clearly visible installation location for the signal lamp that is assigned to a machine 3 11 Protection zone for the Override mode The following security systems are required e A limited and secured protection range The protection zone must be fully visible to the operating personnel A hazardous location must be visible from every point of the protection zone e Within the effective range a switch independent of the HMI device must be installed After logging on to a HMI device on the effective range the operator must press the switch in order to enable the override mode You can find a configuration example in the chapter Activating and deactivating Page 261 You must also plan security systems in order to avoid a misuse or faulty use of the HMI device The additional security systems must have a safety category that is commensurate with the plant requirements The following security systems are suitable e Grate with protective door If you use a grating with a protective door you have to prote
184. ble Runtime is running on the because server and if the HTTP channel is supported e WinCC flexible Runtime is not running on the server or e The HTTP channel is not supported 503 Service unavailable Other errors can only occur if the Webserver does not support the HTTP channel The language of the alarm text depends on the Webserver Data is not exchanged 230301 An internal error has occurred An English text explains the error in more detail This may be caused by insufficient memory OCX does not work 230302 The name of the remote server cannot be Check the configured server address resolved Check whether the DNS service is available on the The attempt to connect failed network 230303 The remote server is not running on the Check the configured server address addressed computer Check whether the remote server is running on the Wrong server address target computer The attempt to connect failed 230304 The remote server on the addressed computer Use a compatible remote server is incompatible with VNCOCX The attempt to connect failed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 433 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number 230305 Effect causes The authentication has failed because the password is incorrect The attempt to connect failed Remedy Configure the correct password 230306 Error in the connection to the
185. blic collection site and anywhere batteries or rechargeables of similar type are sold You can also send batteries and rechargeables to the following address Siemens AG Industry Sector Returns Center Siemensstr 2 90766 Furth Germany Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 5 Preface Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 6 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Table of contents PLOTACGE sisaria ierra ao a aaia aa a ar aaa cadets cob dvesuck vicadecayidadetepast osbabidavesdevsuelivin dees aaa NE a AIEE a Eiaa 1 OVEN VIG W sepadan aaea a aE tec hate coces Std ca fotdsa bac tevivieed idee een ee en apis ene EAEE ERE 1 1 Product OVERVICW ccc caccntzacads deces acsitdzae asa cecaivelas dics dacaccedenadsgennadacdedades dxandadtegsvantcsdebhadsacevaledsenenanseaaieds 1 2 SCOPE OF delivery erossa naa ceeatt aes E nee ddues ipcteneka ee outs pecan aeedeene Bectestt need tee penta 1 3 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN ccc cceeecceeeceeeeceeceeeeeceaeeecaaeeeeaeeseeeeecaeeesaaeeseaeeseaeeeseaeeeseaeeeeaseseaees 1 4 PACCESSONY KIL shies E A E A E E E NT 1 5 PNCCOSSOMES iar ce Sse easiest eae aaaea iaaiaee edea eaa a da akaa aaa aara aia a AFE a aiaa EEEa 1 6 Equipment for HMI device and plant ccccccceceeeeeceececeee cece eeceacaeceeeeeeesecaacaeeeeeeeseseesinaeeneees 1 6 1 Charging Station sesiooni casas cceansnnss
186. button e The HMI device is integrated and logged onto a machine LED display EMERGENCY STOP button O SAFE M PWR ECOM WRNG EBAT Enabling button CD A 2 7 2 The enabling button is defective Requirement e The HMI device is integrated and logged onto a machine e An enabling button is defective and not pressed Distinguish between the two scenarios Scenario 1 One channel of the enabling button is opened permanently Scenario 2 One channel of the enabling button is closed permanently Discrepancy is detected in this situation The Discrepancy error enabling button dialog is displayed with the following symbol LED display EMERGENCY STOP button HSAFE M PWR ECOM WRNG EBAT Enabling button CoD Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 378 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Procedure 1 Press the enabling button 2 Press the enabling button to the switch setting panic Result Scenario 1 e The enabled state is not activated The Discrepancy error enabling button dialog opens with the following symbol when the discrepancy time expires The dialog stays open until the enabling button is released This step cancels the discrepancy A discrepancy error is displayed again when the operator presses the enabling button once again e The dev
187. can deviate from the standard More detailed information is available in your plant documentation Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 273 Operating a project 11 3 Direct keys The type of optical operation feedback depends on the operator control e Buttons The HMI device outputs different views of the Pressed and Unpressea states provided the configuration engineer has configured a 3D effect Pressed state Not pressed state The configuration engineer determines the appearance of a marked field for example line width and color for the focus e Invisible button By default invisible buttons are not displayed as pressed when they are touched No optical operation feedback is provided in this case The configuration engineer may however configure invisible buttons so that their outline appears as lines when touched This outline remains visible until you select another operating element e 1 0 field When you select an I O field the content of the I O field is displayed against a colored background With touch operation a screen keyboard is displayed for the entering of values 11 3 Direct keys A direct key on the HMI device is a direct way to set a bit in the I O area of the controller A direct key enables an operation with a fast response time Fast response time is essential for example for jogging mode NOTICE Leaving the WLAN
188. ccess Point Wired Equivalent Privacy Wireless Local Area Network Windows Internet Naming Service Wi Fi Protected Access Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Glossary Transfer mode Transfer is an operating mode of the HMI device in which an executable project is transferred from the configuration PC to an HMI device Access point See Wireless access point Ad hoc network An ad hoc network in information technology refers to a wireless network between two or more mobile devices for which no fixed infrastructure is necessary This technique is used with Bluetooth for example to spontaneously link mobile phones Ad hoc mode is also possible for WLAN Alarm logging Output of user specific alarms to a printer in parallel to their output to the HMI device screen Alarm acknowledging an Acknowledgment of an alarm confirms that it has been noted Alarm coming in Moment at which an alarm is triggered by the PLC or HMI device Alarm going out Moment at which the initiation of an alarm is reset by the PLC Alarm user specific An alarm is configurable object A user specific alarm designates a certain operating status of the plant connected to the HMI device via the PLC Automation system An automation system is a controller of the SIMATIC S7 series such as a SIMATIC S7 300 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag O
189. ccess on the removed HMI device is possible e WinCC flexible Sm rtAccess The Sm rtAccess software option allows you to set up communication between different HMI systems e WinCC flexible Audit The Audit software option enhances the functionality of the HMI device with operator input logging in an audit trail and electronic signature e ProAgent The WinCC flexible ProAgent option extends the functionality of the HMI device with specific and high speed diagnostics of process errors Supported WinCC flexible objects The following tables contain the maximum number of objects you can use with the HMI device in a project Note The maximum number of multiple objects used simultaneously can affect the performance of the active WinCC flexible project Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 1 10 Supported WinCC flexible objects Alarms Object Specification HMI device Alarm Number of discrete alarms 4 000 Number of analog alarms 200 Length of the alarm text 80 characters Maximum number of tags in an alarm 8 LEDs Alarm line Alarm window Alarm view Acknowledge error alarms individually Yes Acknowledge several error alarms 16 alarm groups simultaneously group acknowledgment of alarm groups Edit alarm Yes Alarm indicator Y
190. ccess points that a client is to access must use the same channel A client will only scan this one channel to find all available access points e You cannot use the transmission method to IEEE 802 11h for the management interface 802 11h can be used for the data interface Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 39 Overview 7 15 Terms for fail safe operation 1 15 Terms for fail safe operation Fail safe automation system A fail safe automation system is required in a plant with high safety requirements In an EMERGENCY STOP the fail safe automation system brings the plant to a safe operating state regardless of the situation Shutdown of the plant therefore does not pose a danger to people or the plant Fail safe operation The HMI device registers signals from the EMERGENCY STOP button and the enabling button during fail safe operation The controller and the HMI device communicate with each other via PROFIsafe Configuration of the safety functions in STEP 7 with the SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety add on package can achieve fail safe operation according to SIL 3 or Performance Level e and Category 4 for the HMI device Integration and removal e Integrating Integration means to establish safety related communication between the HMI device and the fail safe controller via PROFIsafe The EMERGENCY STOP button is enabled in integrated operating mode
191. ces of the type SCALANCE W78x 2RR and firmware V4 3 The HMI device supports operation with the following access points Designation Number of Antenna iPCF MC Order number WLAN Rapid roaming interfaces SCALANCE 1 External No 6GK5 784 1AA30 2AA0 W784 1 6GK5 784 1AA30 2AB0 1 SCALANCE 1 Internal No 6GK5 786 1BA60 2AA0 W786 1PRO 6GK5 786 1BA60 2AB0 1 SCALANCE 2 Internal Yes 6GK5 786 2BA60 6AA0 W786 2RR 6GK5 786 2BA60 6AB0 1 SCALANCE 1 External No 6GK5 788 1AA60 2AA0 W788 1PRO 6GK5 788 1AA60 2AB0 1 SCALANCE 2 External Yes 6GK5 788 2AA60 6AA0 W788 2RR 6GK5 788 2AA60 6AB0 1 SCALANCE 1 Internal No 6GK5 786 1BA60 2AA0 W786 1PRO 6GK5 786 1BA60 2AB0 1 SCALANCE 2 Internal Yes 6GK5 786 2BA60 6AA0 W786 2RR 6GK5 786 2BA60 6AB0 1 SCALANCE 2 External Yes 6GK5 786 2AA60 6AA0 W786 2RR 6GK5 786 2AA60 6AB0 1 1 US version Read the relevant documentation Aq N products are available in the Internet at Industry Mall ditional access points and http mall automation siemens com Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 24 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 1 7 Compatibility of equipment 1 7 Compatibility of equipment The following devices are compatible with all versions of the Mobile Panel 227F IWLAN e Charging station e Main battery e Power supply unit The following applies for the transponder e Transponder for the Mobile Pane
192. ck whether access has been made to the correct file Edit the file attributes if necessary 130006 Access to file failed The operation is canceled Check for example if e The correct file is being accessed e The file exists e Another action is preventing simultaneous access to the file 130007 The network connection is interrupted Check the network connection and eliminate the cause Records cannot be saved or read over the network of error connection 130008 The storage card is not available Insert the storage card The specified data records cannot be saved to read from the storage card 130009 The specified folder does not exist on the storage Insert the storage card card Any files saved to this directory are not backed up when you switch off the HMI device 130010 The maximum nesting depth can be exhausted Check the configuration when for example a value change in a script results in the call of another script and the second script in turn has a value change that results in the call of yet a further script etc The configured functionality is not supported 130013 The storage card is not available Insert the storage card The specified data records cannot be saved to read from the storage card 140000 Connection alarms chns7 Connection device Number Effect causes Remedy 140000 An online connection to the PLC is established 140001 The online connection to the PLC was shut dow
193. ct against access to the protection zone using a further protective measure e g a light barrier or a foot grating This enables you to leave the protective door open as an escape route during operation of the plant in override mode e Light barrier e Foot grating safety shutdown mat e Additional plant typical security measures 3 12 Planning protection zones in the RFID tag system At least one protected area must be set up in an RFID tag system The protection zone is a plant area in which a plant component is operated in fail safe mode Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 73 Planning the use 3 12 Planning protection zones in the RFID tag system The protection zone requires low barrier access for the operator to the plant section that is located within the protection zone The HMI device must be logged onto a machine within the protection zone in order to operate the machine after integration in the fail safe mode with the enabling button Note You can also operate the HMI device outside a protection zone without logging onto a machine However operation in the fail safe mode with the enabling button is then not possible The following figure shows a plant with a protection zone PROFIsafe Protection zone limit Plant section in the protection zone RFID tag with effective range Relationship between protection zone and RFID
194. ct on the HMI device Data of the project will not be transferred Note In Offline mode the EMERGENCY STOP button is active when the following requirements are met e The HMI device is in the wireless network e The HMI device is integrated in the safety program of the CPU Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 217 Commissioning a project 8 3 Available data channels Online operating mode In this mode the HMI device and PLC communicate You can operate the plant on the HMI device according to your system configuration Transfer mode In this mode you can transfer a project from the configuration PC to the HMI device or backup and restore HMI device data for example Changing the operating mode The configuration engineer must have configured an appropriate operator control to allow a change of the operating mode on the HMI device during ongoing operation More detailed information is available in your plant documentation 8 3 Available data channels The following table shows the possible routes for data communication between the HMI device and configuration PC The Ethernet data channel is used for communication via WLAN and LAN RJ45 Type Data channel HMI device Backup USB Yes Ethernet Yes Restoring USB Yes Ethernet Yes Updating the operating system USB Yes Ethernet Yes Updati
195. cted can print in color and you wish it to do so select the Color check box 8 If you use the Brother HL 2700 printer model enable the CMY check box In this way you can increase the color quality when printing 9 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The settings for the printer have now been changed Regional and language settings Information such as the date time and decimal points are displayed differently in different countries You can adapt the display format to meet the requirements of various regions The country specific settings apply to the current project If the project language is changed the country specific settings are also changed You have opened the Regional Settings tab in the Regional and Language Settings dialog box using the Regional Settings icon Regional and Language Settings Many programs have different J international settings Regional adjustments in date time currency and numbers conventions for displaying and _ sorting data can be achieved in PS changing those international Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device Procedure Result 6 7 11 6 7 General settings Proceed as follows 1 Select the region from the selection box 2 Navigate to the Number Currency Time and Date tabs one after the other 3 Set the requi
196. cted to the power supply unit Procedure for removing the battery from the charging compartment Proceed as follows 1 Pull up the locking latch on the charging compartment cover The cover can now be opened 2 Remove the main battery using the ribbon 3 Test the charge state of the LED display of the main battery 4 Close the charging compartment Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 126 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 8 2 5 8 Using the charging station LED displays on the charging station The LED display consists of three LEDs SIMATIC MOBILE PANEL The LEDs have the following meaning LED Color State Meaning BAT 1 Green red Off No main battery in charging bay 1 Flashes green Main battery is being charged in charging bay 1 Lit green Main battery is being charged up to 95 in charging bay 1 Flashes red Overcurrent overvoltage or overtemperature at the main battery in charging bay 1 POWER Green red Off No voltage at the charging bay Flashes green An HMI device is docked in the charging station and has charging contact Lit green Charging station is on rated power range Lit red Low voltage at the charging station BAT 2 Green red Off No main battery in charging bay 2 Flashes green Main battery is being charged in charging bay 2 Lit green Main battery is being charged up
197. ctional scope of the HMI device This chapter describes the installation and deinstallation of WinCC flexible options Note In order to use a WinCC flexible option a license key may be required The license key unlocks the option for use 8 4 7 2 Installing with WinCC flexible Requirement e No project is open on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible e The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC e The data channel is configured on the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 237 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Procedure Result 8 4 7 3 Requirement Procedure 238 Proceed as follows 1 oO ON DOA KRW DN Select the Communication settings command in the Project gt Transfer menu in WinCC flexible The Communication Settings dialog is displayed Select the type of HMI device Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the configuration PC Configure the connection Close the dialog with OK Select the Options command in the Project gt Transfer menu in WinCC flexible Select the desired option under Available options Set Transfer mode on the HMI device Start the installation of the option in WinCC flexible on the configuration PC with the gt gt button 10 Follow the instructions in WinCC flexible A status dis
198. ctions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 149 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication 3 After initial logon as Admin change the password for the administrator under System gt Passwords Oli i2i o aa x mobilePanel 277F HE Wizards EHA System Current admin password E Restart ai User password jeocce HE Interfaces irmation eccee HE Security User password confirm HE T Features An ian Admin password leceee Admin password confirmation eeeee Refresh The password may consist of up to 31 characters The ASCII code 0x20 to 0x7e is used for creating passwords The following characters are supported Numbers 0 to 9 Letters abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ The special characters amp lt gt _ The space character 4 Apply the settings with the Set Value button Result You can set the WLAN parameters using the wizards and the iPCF MC parameters for Rapid Roaming in the Features menu of Web Based Management Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 150 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication 6 6 2 Assigning WLAN communication parameters In the following steps you are shown how to assign the parameters for WLAN communication between the HMI device and access point Requirement You are logged on to the Authorization dialog
199. cumentation Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 306 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm window Requirement e The alarm to be acknowledged is displayed in the alarm window or the alarm view Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Touch the desired alarm in the alarm view or the alarm window The alarm is selected 2 Touch the button in the simple alarm view or Ed in the extended alarm view Result The alarm was acknowledged If the alarm belongs to an alarm group all the alarms of the associated group were acknowledged 11 16 6 Edit alarm Introduction The configuration engineer can assign additional functions to each alarm These functions are executed when the alarm is processed Note When you edit an unacknowledged alarm it is acknowledged automatically Requirements e The alarm to be edited is displayed in the alarm window or the alarm view Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Touch the desired alarm in the alarm view or the alarm window The alarm is selected 2 Touch the al button in the simple alarm view or G in the extended alarm view The system executes the additional functions of the alarm Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 307 Operating a project 11 17 Operati
200. d e Users cannot be deleted e You cannot change your logout time e When changing the password you must enter it twice for security reasons e The domain name is also indicated in the User field User groups and authorizations Project specific user groups are created by the configuration engineer The Administrators and PLC User groups are included in all projects by default User groups are assigned authorizations Authorization required for an operation is specifically defined for each individual object and function in the project Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 284 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 7 Project security Users and passwords Each user is assigned to exactly one user group The following persons are allowed to create users and assign them passwords e The configuration engineer during configuration e The administrator on the HMI device e A user with user management authorization on the HMI device Irrespective of the user group each user is allowed to change his own password Logoff times A logoff time is specified in the system for each user If the time between any two user actions such as entering a value or changing screens exceeds this logoff time the user is automatically logged off The user must then log on again to continue to operate objects assigned password protection Backup and restore Note Backup and restore is n
201. d the function was assigned an invalid value or type parameter If a tag is used as a parameter check its in the parameter value 30012 A system function could not be executed because Check the parameter value and tag type of the invalid the function was assigned an invalid value or type parameter If a tag is used as a parameter check its in the parameter value 40000 Linear scaling alarms Number 40010 Effect causes The system function could not be executed since the parameters could not be converted to a common tag type Remedy Check the parameter types in the configuration 40011 The system function could not be executed since the parameters could not be converted to a common tag type Check the parameter types in the configuration Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 415 Appendix A 6 System alarms 50000 Data server alarms Number 50000 Effect causes The HMI device is receiving data faster than it is capable of processing Therefore no further data is accepted until all current data have been processed Data exchange then resumes Remedy 50001 Data exchange has been resumed 60000 Win32 function alarms Number 60000 Effect causes This alarm is generated by the DisplaySystemAlarms function The text to be displayed is transferred to t
202. d list of the selected recipe opens e Data record list Menu item New Functions A new recipe data record is created for the selected recipe If a start value is configured it is shown in the text box Delete The selected record is deleted Save as The selected record is saved under a different name irrespective of the simple recipe view A dialog box opens in which the name is entered Rename The selected data record is renamed A dialog box opens in which the name is entered e Element list Menu item Save Functions The selected record is saved To PLC The displayed values of the selected data record are transferred from the HMI device to the PLC From PLC The recipe values from the PLC are displayed on the HMI device in the recipe view Save as The selected data record is saved under a new name A dialog box opens in which the name is entered Operating Menus Touch the desired menu command The command is executed Operating the recipe screen You operate the recipes in a recipe screen with the operator controls provided by the configuration engineer Refer to your plant documentation for additional information 324 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 7 2 Introduction Requirement Procedure Result 11 17 7 3 I
203. d oieee aa e cea usn cane A E Eapen E E Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 14 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 1 1 1 Product overview Expanded possible fields of application with Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN The Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN is used as a HMI device in fail safe automation systems A fail safe automation system is required in systems with increased safety requirements With the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN the system can be operated in the fail safe mode with EMERGENCY STOP button and enabling button without disrupting lines The HMI device communicates with an F CPU via WLAN Equipment variants of the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN are available for operation with transponder and RFID tag systems With Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag the logging on to the machine occurs through an RFID Tag Once it has been logged on the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN can be used for safe operation of a system The outstanding characteristics of the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN are short commissioning times large user memory high performance and optimized functionality for projects based on WinCC flexible and WinCC flexible V11 The Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN has the following features e Safety related operator controls EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button e Wireless operation with IWLAN interface via PROFINET Battery operation e High Color 7 5 TFT Display e 18 function keys with LED
204. device Page 181 Displaying memory distribution Page 172 z Programming the data channel Page bf etting the location of the project Page 173 etting the delay time for the project Page 174 onfiguring e mail Page 185 TA Assigning WLAN communication parameters Page 151 ET Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 IWLAN RFID Tag 135 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel 6 4 3 Operating the Control Panel You operate the Control Panel with the touch screen of the HMI device or a USB mouse Requirement The current project is closed The loader appears Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Open the Control Panel 2 Execute the function by double clicking on the icon The corresponding dialog is displayed 3 Open a tab The content of the dialog changes 4 Press the required operator control 5 Use the button to confirm your entries The entry is applied To cancel the entry press the X button The dialog closes 6 Press x The Control Panel closes The loader appears 6 4 4 Using the screen keyboard in the Control Panel If you do not use an external keyboard use the screen keyboard to enter numeric and alphanumeric characters As soon as you touch a text box a numeric or alphanumeric screen keyboard is displayed depending on the type of the text box Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277
205. device The PLC can be directly communicated with the integrated LED Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 121 Operator controls and displays 5 6 Labeling the function keys An LED can transmit the following light signals e Off e Flashing slowly e Flashing quickly e On In the expiring project the light signals can signalize to the operator that the illuminated pushbutton should be pressed Bit assignment 5 6 Introduction The following table shows the bit assignment for the state variables Bit 0 0 Status of the illuminated pushbutton Not pressed 1 Pressed The following table shows the bit assignment for the LED variables Bit n 1 Bit n Light signal 0 0 Off 0 1 Flashing quickly 1 0 Flashing slowly 1 1 ON continuous Labeling the function keys You can label the function keys as required for your project Use labeling strips to do so Note Do not write on the keyboard to label the function keys Printing labeling strips WinCC flexible comes with a range of labeling strip templates You will find further information regarding the location of the templates in the WinCC flexible Online Help 122 Any printable and writable foil can be used as labeling strips Use transparent foil so that the LEDs of the function keys can be seen The permitted thickness of the la
206. device The key does not have an HMI device dependent coding This means that the key can be used on any HMI device Operating the illuminated push button The function of the illuminated pushbutton is defined in the current project Refer to the plant documentation for additional information on the function Evaluating operator controls Overview The following information can be transferred between the HMI device and the PLC Direction pulses of the handwheel Switching state of the function keys Key operated switch state Switching state of the illuminated pushbutton Switching state of the function keys and illuminated pushbutton LEDs There are two ways of transmitting information Direct keys System functions of WinCC flexible Note The following sections are intended for the configuration engineer Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 5 Operator controls 5 5 4 2 Evaluating operator controls as direct keys You can configure the operator controls of the HMI device as direct keys The switching state of the following operator controls are available directly in the IO area of the PLC e Direction pulses of the handwheel e The switching state of the function keys e The switching state of the key operated switch e The switching state of the illuminated pushbuttons Byte assignment The followin
207. dialog closes The parameters for the LAN connection have been made Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 12 Changing Internet settings 6 12 3 Changing privacy settings Cookies contain information sent by a Web server to a browser The cookie is sent back when the Web server is accessed at a later time This step involves sending stored information for subsequent access Data can be sent encrypted for greater data security on the Internet Common encryption protocols include SSL and TLS You can activate or deactivate the usage of encryption protocols Ask your network administrator for the required information Requirement A You have opened the Privacy tab in the Internet Options dialog box using the Internet Options icon Internet Options General Connection Privacy advanced Cookies First party Cookies Third party Cookies j Accept Block Prompt Prompt M Always alow session cookies Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select the required cookie behavior by means of the radio buttons Accept Cookies are stored without request Block Cookies will not be stored Prompt Cookies will be stored on request 2 If you want allow cookies which are restricted to a single session select the Always allow session cookies check box Mobile Panel 277F
208. e 192 168 1 Ethernet 2 Select the HMI device type from the General tab and select Ethernet from the Connection area Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 235 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Result 236 3 Enter an IP address NOTICE Possible address conflicts with incorrect IP address Do not use a dynamic IP configuration for Reset to factory settings Specify a unique IP address of the subnet in which the configuration PC is located This subnet has to be a different one than the WLAN subnet For the duration of the update process the HMI device is automatically assigned to the specified address of ProSave If the HMI device has already been used with WinCC flexible or ProSave you can use the existing IP address for Reset to factory settings Reserved IP addresses The following IP addresses are reserved for internal communication with the WLAN module e 169 254 2 253 e 169 254 2 254 Do not use these reserved IP addresses 4 Change to the OS Update tab 5 Activate the Reset to factory settings check box A text box opens where you can enter the MAC address 6 Enter the HMI device s MAC address in the text box 7 In Image path select the HMI device image file img The HMI device image files are available under WinCC flexible Images in the
209. e It is not possible to log on via the SIMATIC Logon Server only via a local user Remedy Check the licensing on the SIMATIC Logon Server 260040 The system attempts to access the SIMATIC Logon Server upon system start up or when trying to change the password If attempting to log on the new user is not logged in If a different user was logged on before then this user is logged off Check connection to the domain and its configuration in the Runtime security settings editor Or use a local user 260043 It was not possible to log the user on to the SIMATIC Logon Server The user name or the password could be incorrect or the user does not have sufficient rights to log on The new user is not logged in If a different user was logged on before then this user is logged off Try again If necessary check the password data on the SIMATIC Logon Server 260044 It was not possible to log the user on to the SIMATIC Logon Server as his account is blocked The new user is not logged in If a different user was logged on before then this user is logged off Check the user data on the SIMATIC Logon Server 260045 The SIMATIC Logon user is not associated to any or several groups The new user is not logged in If a different user was logged on before then this user is logged off Check the user data on the SIMATIC Logon Server and the configuration in your WinCC flexible project A u
210. e 202 Factory setting With ProSave 235 With WinCC flexible Fail safe Automation system 40 Checklist 198 Operation 40 359 Fail safe block 203 205 Fail safe operation Software 26 Technical specifications F application block Interconnect 207 FCC approval 45 N F CPU Acceptance Feedback Optical F FB ze F I O Acceptance Firmware 16 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Index Fixing pocket Main dimensions Front view 16 Function Additional Function keys Global function assignment Input via 291 Labeling Local function assignment Functional scope Alarm buffer ALARM_S Alarms Device specific 30 Graphics list Infotext Limit value monitoring 27 Text list 27 Transponder system 30 G Gauge Global rampdown Graphics list Functional scope GSDML file 199 H Handwheel Evaluate incremental values 421 Evaluation 120 Operating 115 Response time Hidden SSID 78 High frequency radiation 44 HMI device alignment Displaying information During operation 25 Enabling button Front view 16 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Holding Integrating Interfaces Logoff 40 Logon 40 Switch off 104 Switching on Technical specifications Usage HMI Input Panel Options Homepage Internet
211. e Password Properties dialog using the Password icon Password Properties Password Settings l Password Password l Confirm password NOTICE Keeping the password If the password is no longer available you have no access to the Control Panel and the Windows CE taskbar Backup password to protect it against loss Procedure for configuring a password Note The following characters are prohibited in passwords e Blank e The two special characters Proceed as follows 1 Enter a password in the Password text box 2 Repeat the password entry in the Confirm password text box 3 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result You cannot open the Control Panel Windows CE taskbar and desktop icons without entering a password SecureMode is enabled Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 146 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication Procedure for removing a password Result 6 6 6 6 1 Proceed as follows 1 Delete the information in the Password and Confirm password text boxes 2 Confirm your deletions The dialog closes Password protection is cancelled You can access the Control Panel Windows CE taskbar and desktop icons SecureMode is disabled WLAN communication Overview Similar to an access point you configure the WLAN parameters of the HMI device in W
212. e mode Activating override Application case 3 Ad hoc network 63 Adapting Project Address assignment TCP IP network Admin 290 Alarm 3 Acknowledge 307 Alarm indicator 303 Display 303 Editing 3 Functional scope Alarm buffer 3 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Functional scope 27 Alarm class 302 Icon 305 Alarm event 301 Alarm group 302 303 Simple 304 Alarm window 306 ALARM_S Ambient conditions 59 climatic RFID tag 61 Climatic charging station Climatic HMI device 60 Climatic transponder 6 Application case Activating override Communication errors with integrated HMI device 3 Communication errors with logged on HMI device 3 Detecting the effective range Enabling button askew 377 Enabling button defective 378 Exiting the effective range 364 Integrating the HMI device 361 Internal error 3 Log off at the effective range 366 Log on at the effective range 363 Logging off the machine 371 Logon 369 Switch on the HMI device 360 Applications Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Approvals 44 Australia 4 UL approval Wireless approval Australia Approvals 45 Authentication 79 457 Index Authorization Automation License Manager Automation system Fail safe 20 B Backlighting 224 225 226 288 Registry information Temporary files To external storage device W
213. e HMI device is calibrated 6 4 5 6 Starting the HMI device again You need to start the HMI device again in the following situations e a an a 1 or disabled the PROFINET IO direct keys see section Enabling ROFINET IO Page 175 ou have changed the time zone and activated daylight saving time see section i59 etting the date and time Page a e You 216 the screen saver again see section Setting the screen save Page z Note All volatile data are lost when the HMI device is started again Check the following e The project on the HMI device is complete e No data is being written to the flash memory Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 144 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device Requirements is Procedure 6 4 Control Panel e You have opened the Device tab in the OP Properties dialog using the OP icon OP Properties OK x Persistent Storage Display ie j Firmware del Device Mobile Panel 277F 8 I WLAN RFID Tag Image Version 01 00 00 00_01 33 Bootloader Version 0 97 Bootloader Rel Date 10 8 2010 Flashsize 64 MB MAC Address 08 00 06 29 da 24 e lf you want to restore the factory setting The HMI device is connected to a configuration PC via PROFINET Proceed as follows 1 If you want to restart the HMI device press Reboot The following message is displayed I
214. e Removing Removal means to intentionally stop safety related communication between the HMI device and the fail safe controller via PROFIsafe Logging on the HMI device The HMI device must be logged onto a machine in order to operate the machine after integration in fail safe operation with the enabling button Logging on to the machine occurs through a transponder or through an RFID tag Logging off an HMI device Logging off an HMI device from a machine terminates fail safe operation with the enabling button e Forced logoff If the safety system is triggered for example by the operator leaving the protection zone without logging off a forced logoff is performed by the machine The HMI device revokes the operator authorization for the enabling button The operator is prompted to confirm the Forced logoff dialog e Automatic logoff in the event of a communication error If a communication error occurs the HMI device is removed from the safety related communication The HMI device is logged off from the machine by means of a safety program The fail safe controller brings the plant to a safe operating state Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 40 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 1 15 Terms for fail safe operation Shutdown response of the plant e The following shutdown response of the plant applies regardless of whether or not the HMI device is logged onto a machine
215. e access point was operated in IPCF MC mode while iPCF MC was disabled select the Interfaces gt WLAN gt Advanced menu and check the Background scan mode setting If the Scan always entry is enabled PROFINET communication can be interrupted Select the Scan if idle entry 3 Press the Set Values button The parameters will be applied Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 157 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication Result 158 4 Select System gt Restart You can use the Restart WLAN interface to apply changes link for quick navigation to this menu command 90 al o al x mobilePanel 277F 9 Wizards ENAl System Restart Passwords H Load amp Save HC Interfaces QD Security ey I Features HC Information Restart WLAN to apply changes 4 System Restart Restart WLAN Warning Restarting WLAN will interrupt data exchange Restore Factory Defaults and Restart WLAN Press the Restart WLAN button The WLAN interface is restarted Note The Restore Factory Defaults and Restart WLAN button resets all parameters of the WLAN interface to their factory state The WLAN interface is then restarted Press the Exit button Web Based Management is closed You have configured the WLAN connection parameters A WLAN connection can be set up successf
216. e been copied in the Flash memory The files from the RAM have been copied in the Flash memory Following a restart these saved files are copied back to the RAM file system Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 417 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 70029 Backup of the RAM file system has failed Check the settings in the Control Panel gt OP dialog No backup copy of the RAM file system has been and save the RAM file system using the Save Files made button in the Persistent Storage tab 70030 The parameters configured for the system function Compare the parameters configured for the system are faulty function with the parameters configured for the PLCs The connection to the new PLC was not and correct them as necessary established 70031 The PLC configured in the system function is not Compare the S7 PLC name parameter configured for an S7 PLC the system function with the parameters configured for The connection to the new PLC was not the PLC and correct them as necessary established 70032 The object configured with this number in the tab Check the number of the tab order and correct it if order is not available in the selected screen necessary The screen changes but the focus is set to the first object 70033 An e mail cannot be sent because a TCP IP
217. e can log onto this effective range The RNG LED lights up e You can use the enabling buttons to operate the machine in the effective range e The background color of the effective range name operating element changes on successful logon enema Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 260 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operation 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode 10 3 4 Logging off the machine Before leaving the effective range or closing the project you must log off the HMI device from the effective range Requirements e The HMI device is logged onto the effective range The RNG LED lights up e The Effective range name operating element is configured and displayed ee Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Touch the Effective range name operator control The Effective range logoff dialog opens with the following symbol je 2 Confirm by clicking OK The RNG LED goes out The HMI device is no longer logged onto the effective range The Effective range name operating element is displayed or An HMI device can once again be logged on to this effective range 10 3 5 Activating and deactivating Override mode Introduction The effective range functionality of the HMI device can be extended with the Override mode Override mode can be used in the following cases Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel
218. e character repeat check box 2 If you want to change the delay press a button or the slider in the Repeat delay group Moving the slider to the right will shorten the delay Moving to the left will extend the delay 3 If you want to change the repeat rate press a button or the slider in the Repeat rate group Moving the slider to the right will accelerate the repeat rate Moving to the left will slow down the repeat rate 4 Check the settings for the touch control by touching the test field The screen keyboard is displayed 5 Move the screen keyboard as needed 6 Press an alphanumeric key and keep it pressed down Check the implementation of the character repetition and the rate of the character repetition in the test box 7 Ifthe settings are not perfect correct them 8 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The character repetition and delay are set Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 141 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel 6 4 5 4 Setting the double click You start applications in the Control Panel and in Windows CE with a double click A double click corresponds to two brief touches In the Mouse Properties dialog make the following adjustments for operation with the touch screen or external mouse e interval between two touch contacts on the touch screen e Interval between the two clicks of a double clic
219. e desired delay time in seconds from the Wait sec selection box The project starts immediately with the value 0 Note To launch the Loader after the project opens an operator control must be configured in the project with the Close project function 2 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The delay time for the HMI device is now set 6 8 Enabling PROFINET IO The HMI device communicates with the PLC via Ethernet PROFINET IO must be enabled so that you can use the following functions e Fail safe operation with EMERGENCY STOP button and enabling button e Use of PROFINET IO direct keys Requirements gene You have opened the PROFINET dialog using the PROFINET icon V PROFINET 10 enabled at Device name max 240 characters nobile wireless v2 n MAC Address 08 00 06 29 da 24 m e Enabling or disabling the PROFINET IO direct keys Textbox for the device name MAC address of the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 175 Configuring the HMI device 6 9 Setting the PROFIsafe address Procedure Result 6 9 176 Proceed as follows 1 Select the PROFINET IO enabled check box 2 Enter the device name of the HMI device NOTICE Device name must match the HW Config If the device name does not match the device name entered in the HW Config of STEP 7 the project opens but there will
220. e display length of the alarm While a safety related alarm is shown the function keys of the HMI device are inactive Close the window of the safety related alarm in order to reactivate the function keys Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 404 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages Dialog Reaction Situation Establishment of safety connection Yes button The following is reported in the warning message depending on the operating 4 situation X e Connection not yet completed The safe connection is not yet established after the project has been Nosate connection avilable started Wait until the connection has been established The dialog is closed Reason on completion e Connection not yet completed e A communication error occurred after e PROFIsafe address error the HMI device was successfully e Internal configuration error integrated Correct the cause of the e Communication error timeout minor described ay Reason e Communication error CRC e CPU in STOP e PROFIsafe CRC configuration error Should the Panel be switched off Start removal Yes button The Start removal dialog opens in the No button following cases aa e The operator has pressed the pzd ON OFF button for more than four seconds e The operator has pressed the operator The removal cannot be interrupted control for closing the project
221. e erence eetaeeeeeteeeertiaeeeeee 151 6 6 3 Assigning IPCF MC parameters sesos mussa Aia aA a a A aA ES AAE A EA 6 7 General SOUINGS sestese a A E EAS deel adit dered 6 7 1 Setting the date and TMS sseisssses a E AA diene S A E S ed 6 7 2 Backing up registry information and temporary data 6 7 3 Displaying information about the HMI device sssesessssesesrnesssnnesrsnneesennaasenneasnnnaatnnnaanannaaennnannad 6 7 4 Display fittMWare c 2ccissccccciisccectesasccccbisacceey ARE TTE Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 9 Table of contents 10 6 7 5 Display the charging status and temperature of the rechargeable battery cee 6 7 6 Selecting transponders iis Fokus tees o A A EAE e ei Ae eee eee 164 6 7 7 Activate Memory management sa sssrinin iain aai N a KANA RAA AAA A 6 7 8 Activating Vibration Alan csecscecstecsieecteteseceenedenntvctcane cate sdueetttercpehwuttancnstesdentstscest eteenst34h 166 6 7 9 Changing the printer properties cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeceneaeaeeeeeeesescaaeaeeeeeeeseseenaeeeeeeeeneees 6 7 10 Regional and language SettingS cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeseeeaeeeseaeees 168 6 711 Setting the Screen Saver sc ccesceecececieeaccneeeeeeteeeeeeeccuteeeeceetteascauteeeecueteenccautieaeceutteadeecinaneceanieee 6 7 12 Displaying general system propertie
222. e following devices to the USB port of the HMI device e External mouse e External keyboard e USB memory stick Only connect industrial devices NOTICE Device with a separate power supply If you connect a device with a separate power supply to the USB port this may result in functional disruptions Only connect a configuration PC or PC to the USB port Load of USB interface Malfunctions may occur on a USB device that presents an electrical overload to the USB port Adhere to the values for the maximum load on the USB port You can find the values in the chapter Specifications Page 340 Access to USB port The USB port is disabled while the main battery is being changed The data transmission to a USB memory stick is not possible Ensure no one tries to access the USB port while the main rechargeable battery is being replaced Note Devices without a separate power supply connected to the USB port increase the power load This will reduce the service life of the HMI device Interface description Page Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 101 Installing and wiring devices 4 8 Switching on and testing the HMI device 4 7 10 Connecting the power supply unit The power supply unit supplies the power to the HMI device NOTICE Use only approved power supplies If you use an unapproved power supply damage may occur to t
223. e is displayed again Data input date and time When entering the date and time note that their format is determined by the configured project language Opening the Windows CE taskbar You open the Windows CE taskbar with the key 278 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 6 Device specific displays Displaying infotext The configuration engineer uses infotext to provide additional information and operating instructions There may be infotext for HMI screens and operator controls in the project The infotext for an I O field may contain for example information on the value to be entered Enter temperature setpoint for Tank_1 Range 40 80 C The screen keyboard appears on the HMI device touch screen when you touch an operator control that requires vi infotext was configured for the current operator control call up the infotext with the button If no infotext is available for the current operator control the infotext for the current HMI screen will be displayed Note If an infotext was configured for the current control object as well as the current HMI screen you can switch between both infotexts by touching the infotext window Close the infotext window with the x button Depending on the project infotext can also be called by an operator control configured for this purpose For additional inf
224. e is located LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE PWR MECOM ORNG EBAT 1 Evaluate the display of the Effective range name operator control The Effective range name object is displayed in white with a label Rangename The HMI device is in the Rangename effective range It is not possible to log on to the effective range The Effective range name object is displayed in white without a label L The HMI device is located outside the effective range The Effective range name object is displayed in gray with a label Rangename The HMI device is in the Rangename effective range Logon to the effective range is not possible because a different HMI device is already logged on or the Override switch is activated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 4 2 Logging onto a machine Requirement e The Effective range name object is displayed in white Rangename e Itis not possible to log on to the effective range LED display O SAFE BPWR HCOM ORNG EBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Procedure 1 Touch the Effective range name operating element Enter the user name and password if the effective range name object has password protection The Effective range logon dialog opens
225. e mat Contact_Mats 1 Do not step on alarm contact mat Function key F1 of the HMI E0 0 0 Function key not pressed device 4 Function key pressed Functionkey_F 1 Enabling button ENABLE 0 No enable F_FB_RNG_4 1 Enable Power ON OFF robot 011 0 0 EMERGENCY STOP triggered E_Stop_Robot 4 Normal operation of plant Actuator to robot 011 1 0 The robot is not operated with F1 and the enabling buttons 1 The robot is operated with F1 and the enabling buttons Signal lamp O 11 2 0 Effective range is not in use the signal lamp is off 4 Effective range is in use the signal lamp is on Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 383 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system Flowchart The following flowchart shows the operation sequence of the example Override mode active YES Override switch e on 2 YES YES Override switch pos edge YES NO YES NO Override mode Override mode Override mode Override mode active deactivated active deactivated A 3 2 Configuring the controller and HMI device in STEP 7 This chapter shows you the most important settings that you need to make in HW Config for the F CPU and HMI device Requirement The following devices are required e See chapter Equipment for HMI device and plant Page 419 The following software is required e See chapt
226. e parameter definitions in the Control Panel the registry using Set PG PC interface 1 Tslot Restart the system 2 Tqui 3 Tset 4 MinTsdr 5 MaxTsdr 6 Trdy 7 Tid1 8 Tid2 9 Gap Factor 10 Retry Limit 140008 No tag updating or writing is executed because Check the connection and if the PLC is switched on baud rate is incorrect The following parameters Check the parameter definitions in the Control Panel could not be written to the registry using Set PG PC interface 0 General error Restart the system 1 Wrong version 2 Profile cannot be written to the registry 3 The subnet type cannot be written to the registry 4 The target rotation time cannot be written to the registry 5 Faulty highest address HSA 140009 Tags are not updated or written because the Reinstall the module in the Control Panel using Set module for S7 communication was not found PG PC interface 140010 No S7 communication partner found because the Switch the PLC on PLC is shut down DP T DP T If only one master is connected to the network disable The option PG PC is the only master is not setin PG PC is the only master in Set PG PC interface the Control Panel under Set PG PC interface If several masters are connected to the network enable these Do not change any settings for this will cause bus errors 140011 No tag updating or writing is executed because Check the connection and that the communication communication is down
227. e same IP address in the local network Assign a unique IP address to each HMI device in the local network Reserved IP addresses The following IP addresses are reserved for internal communication with the WLAN module e 169 254 2 253 e 169 254 2 254 Do not use these reserved IP addresses Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation 4 If you have selected manual address assignment enter the corresponding addresses in the IP Address Subnet Mask text boxes and if necessary in Default Gateway 5 Ifa name server is used in the local network open the Name Servers tab WLAN Settings IP Address Name Servers Ethernet Parameters Name server addresses may be Primary DNS Lag y automatically assigned if DHCP is enabled on this adapter Secondary DNS e You can specify additional y D WINS or DNS resolvers in the Primary WINS space provided Secondary WINS 6 Enter the respective addresses in the text boxes 7 Confirm your entries The dialog closes 8 If you want to change the Ethernet parameters open the Ethernet Parameters tab 9 Close the Network amp Dial Up Connections display The Control Panel is displayed again Result The address parameters of the HMI device have been set Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN R
228. e screen On the HMI device recipes are displayed and edited in the recipe view or in a recipe screen The recipe data records from the internal memory of the HMI device are displayed and edited in the recipe view The values of the recipe tags are displayed and edited in the recipe screen Depending on the configuration the values displayed in the recipe view are synchronized with the values of recipe tags HMI device recipe memory Recipes are saved in the form of data records in the HMI device recipe memory The recipe data can also be saved in recipe tags Recipe tags The recipe tags contain recipe data When you edit recipes in a recipe screen the recipe values are stored in recipe tags Depending on the configuration the values of the recipe tags are exchanged with the PLC The recipe tags can be synchronized with the recipe data records so that the same values are saved in both External memory medium The memory cards or USB sticks are external memory media for recipe data records The recipe data records are exported from the HMI device recipe memory and are saved on the external memory medium in a csv file The records can be reimported from the external memory medium to the recipe memory Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Data flow The following figure shows the data flow in a p
229. e seconds for the logon sequence The response time for the logon sequence must not exceed five seconds Consider this during configuration The response time is calculated as follows 2 x PROFINET cycle time maximum cycle time of the OB If the HMI device is not listed in the hardware catalog of HW Config you need to integrate the official GSD file device database for the HMI device in the STEP 7 database You can find the GSDML file on the data medium included in the scope of delivery or by onta NA VOU emen D nta N N N N http support automation siemens com WW view en 4000024 Note The supplied GSD files have integrated themselves into STEP 7 during installation of WinCC flexible Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 199 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 7 3 2 Assigning parameters for communication between the HMI device and the controller If you select the HMI device in the HW Config the following modules are displayed e Mobile277fiwlan The mobile277fiwlanv2 module is entered by default for slot 0 e Mobile277Standard_lO e Mobile277Failsafe_lO You can find information on configuring the F I O in STEP 7 in the following manuals Programming and operation manual S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and ttp lisupport automation siemens com WWiview en 2209987 Configure the paramet
230. eaeeeeeeeeesecseceeeeees 3 4 Insulation resistance protection class and degree of protection cc eeeeeeeeeeeteeeenteeeeeneeees 3 5 WLAN PrOPCMles wii caczess i caccais anaa aaa a aE aaa aaa aaa apaia 3 6 EQuiIppINnG a plant With TAGS issisisisniseri aea a a aa aaa 3 6 1 Equipping a plant with transponder ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 3 6 1 1 Dividing plant into effective ranges 0 eee ceeeeeeeeeenee cece ener ee ee Nanan AEn KAANAAN A RA RA 63 3 6 1 2 Dividing plant into ZON OS sisite Gece viethecesiedte a aie tecineeeeet edie E iaaeeheec ties 66 3 6 1 3 Quality of the effective range ANd ZONE eee cette ee etee ee erent ee ee te ee ee eaeee ee taeeeeeeaeeeeetneeene 68 3 6 2 Equipping a plant with RFID tags c cccecceeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeseceaeaeceeeeeeeseeaeaeceeeeesesennaeaeeeeeeeseeeeaees 3 7 Mounting location and clearance of Charging Station ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 3 8 Planning the installation location of transponders 00 0 2 ce cence eeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 3 9 Planning an installation location for RFID tags 0 0 0 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 3 10 Planning the installation location of Signal lamps 00 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 3 11 Protection zone for the Override mode ceceeeeeeeeenneeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaee
231. eb Based Management You have the following options for configuration e Using wizards to set the parameters for WLAN communication e Advanced settings for all parameters of the System Interfaces Security and Features menus Note Due to the different approvals Certificate of Broadcasting and Communication Equipment issued for the USA and other regions Siemens provides two versions of the HMI device The following chapters describe e How to set up WLAN parameter using wizards e Setup of the iPCF MC parameters for Rapid Roaming in the I Features menu of Web Based Management AN N 700 ption of all settings and WLAN parameters in SCALA http support automation siemens com WW view en 42784493 You can find a full des Configuration Manual Note Set the parameters for all access points that communicate with the HMI device before you begin configuration of the WLAN connection of the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 147 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication Buttons in Web Based Management The following buttons are provided in Web Based Management of the HMI device to facilitate 148 data input e Browser buttons Button Function in Web Based Management One page back os One page forward 5 Stop loading page E Refresh page m Go
232. echnical support for the products covered in the manual is available in the Internet at e Technical Support http support automation siemens com WW view en 4000024 e Support Request http support automation siemens com WW view en 16605654 e Service http support automation siemens com WW view en 16604318 ffice location ont act ttp Awww automation siemens com mcms aspa db en Pages default aspx Additional information on SIMATIC products is available in the Internet at e Industry Portal http www automation siemens com _en portal index htm e Overall SIMATIC documentation http www automation siemens com simatic portal html_76 techdoku htm Recycling and disposal The products described in this manual are recyclable because of the low level of contaminants in their components Contact a certified disposal service company for environmentally sound recycling and disposal of your old devices Used batteries and rechargeable batteries Used batteries and lithium ion batteries are hazardous waste Always dispose of used batteries and lithium ion batteries properly in accordance with the regulations in effect Identify the container provided for this purpose with the label Used batteries and rechargeables Note Batteries and rechargeables do not belong in the garbage The user is legally obliged to return used batteries and rechargeable batteries You can deposit used batteries and rechargeables at any pu
233. ecord 2 Select the recipe data record to which you want to apply the values from the PLC 3 Touch w The values are read from the PLC 4 If you want to store the displayed values in the HMI device touch the Ci button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 321 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Result The values were read from the PLC displayed on the HMI device and saved to the selected recipe data record 11 17 6 7 Transferring a recipe data record to the PLC Introduction In order for an edited recipe data record to take effect in the process you must transfer the values to the PLC The display values in the recipe view are always transferred to the PLC Requirements e Ascreen with a recipe view is displayed Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record 2 Select the recipe data record whose values you want to transfer to the PLC 3 Touch i Result The display values in the recipe view were transferred to the PLC and take effect in the process Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 322 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 7 Using the simple recipe view 11 17 7 1 Overview Introduction The simple recipe view consists of three areas e Recipe list e Data record list e El
234. ect will run error free on the HMI device NOTICE Testing without effective ranges A plant acceptance test must be performed if you have configured effective ranges in your project The effective ranges and assigned transponders will be tested as part of the acceptance test Perform the test without effective ranges Procedure Offline test e The project has been transferred to the HMI device e The HMI device is in Offline mode Procedure Proceed as follows 1 In the Offline operating mode on the HMI device test individual project functions that do not depend on the controller PLC tags are not updated in this case 2 Test the operating elements and visualization of the project as far as possible without connecting to the PLC Procedure Online test e The project has been transferred to the HMI device e The HMI device is in Online mode Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 223 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Procedure Proceed as follows 1 In the Online operating mode on the HMI device test individual project functions that depend on the controller PLC tags are updated in this case 2 Test all functions that depend on communication 3 Test the operating elements and views of the project 8 4 4 Backup and restore 8 4 4 1 Overview You can back up and re
235. ection Entering and deleting a and Taskbar of the HMI device against Page 146 unauthorized access Enable the data channel used to transfer the Section Programming the data project to the HMI device only during the Page 178 transfer of the project Enable encryption for data transmission in the Section Assigning WLAN WLAN configuration Change the default password for accessing the Page 151 WLAN configuration in the Web Based management 79 Planning the use 3 14 Planning information security e F CPU and safety program Task Additional information Check Safeguard access to the F CPU and safety Programming and operation manual program by means of passwords S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and Programming http support automation siemens om WW view en 22099875 section Protection against attack e WinCC flexible ES Task Additional information Check Protect WinCC flexible Es with general IT technologies Examples e Protect the PC where the ES is installed on the operating system level with a password e Usea suitable encryption program to encrypt files folders and partitions e Assign the access right for a drive only toa specific group of people e Encrypt the data with mechanisms provided by MS Windows Use a password to protect the Effective range name object WinCC flexible Information System You can find addition information on the topic of data securit
236. ed Input gt process image Process image to which the address range of the inputs belongs PII This parameter cannot be changed for SIMATIC CPU 300 type controllers Output gt Address gt Start of Address Area Start address of the outputs in the process image The safety relevant user data of the HMI device is shown The allocation depends on the controller used Output gt process image Process image to which the address range of the outputs belongs PIQ This parameter cannot be changed for SIMATIC CPU 300 type controllers Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 201 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 2 Inthe PROFIsafe tab set the F_Dest_Add and F_WD_Time parameters Parameter F_Dest_Add Meaning PROFIsafe address used to uniquely identify the destination throughout the network and station The address is assigned automatically The F_Dest_Add parameter can have a value between 1 and 65534 F_WD_Time ms Monitoring time in the fail safe IO device A currently valid safety frame must be exchanged between the F CPU and HMI device within the monitoring time This ensures that failures and errors are detected and appropriate responses are triggered to keep the fail safe system in a safe state or transfer it to a safe state You should select a monitoring time long enoug
237. ed HMI device should be freely accessible If an HMI device is not integrated and not being used make sure the HMI device cannot be accessed Requirements The EMERGENCY STOP button is evaluated under the condition that the HMI device is integrated in the safety program of the F CPU The following fail safe FBs must be implemented in the safety program accordingly e F_FB_MP e F_FB_RNG 4or e F_FB_RNG_16 Procedure Operating the EMERGENCY STOP button A WARNING Function of the EMERGENCY STOP button The EMERGENCY STOP button has no effect if the HMI device is without power or removed from the safety program Operate the HMI device in mobile mode using the main battery or in stationary mode in the charging station and integrate it in safe related communication Do not operate the HMI device in the plant with the power supply unit NOTICE Unintentional triggering of the EMERGENCY STOP button The emergency stop button can be triggered unintentionally in the following cases and bring the monitored system to a standstill e When the HMI device is dropped e When the HMI device is laid on its front Handle the HMI device with care Proceed as follows Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 111 Operator controls and displays 5 4 Safety related operator controls 1 Press the EMERGENCY STOP button fully if a dang
238. ed because the address Internal error format of the area pointer does not match the internal storage format 210003 The job buffer is processed again because the last error status has been eliminated return to normal operation 210004 It is possible that the job buffer will not be processed 210005 A control request with an illegal number was Check the PLC program initiated 210006 An error occurred while attempting to execute Check the parameters of the control request the control request As a result the control request is not executed Observe the next previous system alarms Recompile the configuration 220000 WinCC channel adapter alarms Number 220001 Effect causes The tag is not downloaded because the associated communication driver HMI device does not support the download of Boolean discrete data types Remedy Change the configuration 220002 The tag is not downloaded because the associated communication driver HMI device does not support write access to the data type BYTE Change the configuration 220003 The communication driver cannot be loaded The driver may not be installed Install the driver by reinstalling WinCC flexible Runtime 220004 Communication is down and no update data is transferred because the cable is not connected or defective etc Check the connection 220005 Communication is up 220006 The connection betw
239. ed dtitelesete denies 7 3 6 FRB MP aeaea me E e E err eter er ae eater reruns reer rrp eeren emer rasa errr 7 3 7 F_FB_ RNG 4and FFB RNG 16 itasteccacnacs gies da caang eine nieea ciate ielaceaeeds 7 4 Configuration in WiINCC flexible eee eect eee o a E Commissioning a ProjeCt cccceeeeeceeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaeeeeeeaaaeeeegaaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeensaaeeeenna 8 1 Using an existing Projet eee cceeeeeeeeeeeente cece cates eeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaeeeesseeeeeeeaas 8 2 Operating MOCES cece cent eee eene ee ee iee eee setae ee esta aeee EERE 217 8 3 Available data Channels cccccccceeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeseenaneseeeaas 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 1 WOW SING E O AE A O E IE ude a anata TE E EE A N EE T 8 4 2 TaN CM a aA Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Table of contents BAZ OVEMICW teak nila ANS otk habits ae ete E EEE esl ee eG eee 219 8 4 2 2 Starting manual transter ec c 2 2ciiedeceeesaescdetce aia i a ACER E SEEE 221 8 4 2 3 Starting Dacktranster rseson aaa a EA Eaa EAN e AE E a 221 8 4 3 TOSUAG AiPROJSCE ercsi nieee iei en EE EE E ARA R 222 8 4 4 Back p andTestOr Snusar iE R E E E 224 AeA SOVERVIGW asir e a E esti ea ieee ieee 224 8 4 4 2 Backing up with WinCC flexible ccc ccc cte cree esip a
240. ed for logging on via the PLC Procedure The procedure applies to simple and extended user view alike Proceed as follows 1 In the user view touch the user whose user data you want to change 2 When entering the data use exactly the same procedure as for creating a user Result The user data for the user is changed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 290 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 8 Function keys 11 7 7 Deleting users Requirement e You have opened a screen with a user view e You are an administrator or you have permission for user management Procedure Note The Admin and PLC_User users exist by default You cannot delete these users 1 Delete the entered user name Result The affected user can no longer use the operator controls with permission 11 8 Function keys Function key assignment is defined during configuration The configuration engineer can assign function keys globally and locally The local assignment function takes priority over the global setting Function keys with global function assignment A globally assigned function key always triggers the same action on the HMI device or in the PLC irrespective of the screen displayed Such an action is for example the enabling of an image Exception Function keys are inactive while a safety related message is displayed Function keys with local function assignment
241. ed to meet these requirements iPCF ensures that all data traffic runs in coordinated fashion in a wireless cell controlled by the access point It also optimizes the throughput with a high number of participants by avoiding collisions iPCF also facilitates very fast cell changes Special features provided by iPCF MC iPCF MC was designed to enable free moving participants to exploit the special advantages provided by iPCF which allows communication independent of an RCoax line or directional antennas With iPCF MC the client looks for potentially suitable access points even when it is receiving iPCF queries from the access point and the existing connection to an access point is functioning correctly This makes it possible to switch to another access point very quickly if it becomes necessary Unlike iPCF with iPCF MC the handover times do not depend on the number of radio channels in use Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 37 Overview 1 14 Rapid Roaming with iPCF and iPCF MC The following figure shows an example of a plant with four WLAN areas PROFIsafe Radio cell of access point 1 Radio cell of access point 2 Radio cell of access point 3 Radio cell of access point 4 Plant OOOO For rapid roaming ee you will require a suitable access point see section Access point Page 24 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID
242. eeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeteeeeeseeaeees 187 6 122 Setting the Proxy SEVE sossut rinii bedi n aNs a EAE a Sa Maer EE EE 188 6 123 Changing privacy SCMINGS weevcisisets sesioan N S S a AA A AA RRA baa 6 12 4 Importing displaying and deleting certificates 6 13 Saving to external storage medium backup 6 14 Restoring from external storage medium Restore ssssssessseerrssssrrsserrrsterrssttrrnsrtrnsstrrrssrenn 194 Safety related configuration cccccceceeeecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeaeeeesaaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeenaseeeennaeeeeeea 7 1 General procedure ccceceeeeccecceceeeeeeeceacaeeeeeeeeesecaaeaeceeeeeseccaaeaeeeeeeeseeeceaeeeeeeeeeseeencaeeeeeeeeeeees 197 7 2 Checklist Tor CONTIG UPA OM sce vevccccsisiewdes vance a baad dae veneccaneadeden Famed E 7 3 SIMATIC STEP roisia niena a aaa a a AA AAEN A A EAEE Ea 199 7 3 1 Configuring in STEP 7 0 eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeene ee ee kinsi niti ee ee ENA ee NEANAN NANKANA SENENTA NE KREERET Eiaeia 199 7 3 2 Assigning parameters for communication between the HMI device and the controller 200 7 3 3 SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety add on cc eeeeeeeee een eeeeeeneee settee ee taeeeeeseeeeeetaeeeeesnaeeeee 203 7 3 4 Checklist for EMERGENCY STOP configuration ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeetnaeeeeesnaeeeeees 7 3 5 USING FFE ssi adetesvet acer anette vsaededessatedes slab coves sada bebstetce les seta dens A titdseeit i aetaant
243. een the specified PLC and the specified port is active Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 431 Appendix A 6 System alarms open the specified port The port may be in use by another application or the port used is not available on the destination device There is no communication with the PLC Number Effect causes Remedy 220007 The connection to the specified PLC is Check whether interrupted at the specified port e The cable is plugged in e The PLC is OK e The correct port is used e Your configuration is OK port parameters protocol settings PLC address Restart the system if the system alarm persists 220008 The communication driver cannot access or Close all the applications which access this port and restart the computer Use another port of the system 230000 View alarms Number 230000 Effect causes The value entered could not be accepted The system discards the entry and restores the previous value Either e The value range has been exceeded e Illegal characters have been entered e The maximum permitted number of users has been exceeded Remedy Enter a practical value or delete any unneeded users 230002 230003 The currently logged in user has not the required authorization The system therefore discards the input and restored the previous value Changeover to the spec
244. effective range shown The enabling button is not enabled Logon to the effective range is rejected because a different HMI device is already logged on The following applies when using the Override mode You cannot log onto an effective range as long as override switch is activated even when no other HMI device is logged on in the effective range L The HMI device is outside all of the effective ranges The enabling button is not enabled It is not possible to log onto the effective range You can only log on within the effective range 11 6 4 Displaying the Effective range name RFID object The Effective range name RFID object is only available for an HMI device of the RFID tag system The Effective range name RFID object displays the following information e Logon status e Scan Scanning or name of the effective range associated with the machine on which the HMI device is logged on Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 281 Operating a project 11 6 Device specific displays 11 6 5 282 The Effective range name RFID object can show the following operating states Icon Scan Operating state The HMI device is not logged onto a machine The enabling button is not enabled Logon It is not possible to log onto a machine To log onto a machine the user must pr
245. el 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 244 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning the plant 9 3 Transponder system Requirements e In the project The effective ranges and transponders are configured e In the plant The transponders must be mounted in the plant in such a manner that the effective ranges stored in the project are formed Batteries must be inserted in the transponders The ID must be set on the transponders that is stored in the project for these transponders The IDs of the effective ranges must be marked in the plant Signal strength on the WLAN is sufficient A project with configured effective ranges was transferred to the HMI device The project starts immediately after the transfer The following dialog is displayed Transponder test E Effective ranges Transponders ransponders 1 ransponders 2 ransponders 3 ransponders 4 ransponders 5 Effective range CRC nil alculate Transponders Cancel The dialog shows the configured effective ranges and transponders including the IDs assigned in the project ip Procedure at HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Select the first effective range to be checked from the Effective ranges list The Transponders list displays the names of transponders that are assigned in the project to the effective range 2 Go to the first transponder that you want to verify 3 Read the ID of the selected effective range
246. emens ee ee The connection to a local network offers the following options for example e Exporting or importing of recipe data records on or from a server e Storing alarm and data logs e Transferring a project e Printing via the local network e Backing up data Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 179 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation Addressing computers Computers are usually addressed using computer names within a PROFINET network These computer names are translated from a DNS or WINS server to TCP IP addresses This is why a DNS or WINS server is needed for addressing via computer names when the HMI device is in a PROFINET network The corresponding servers are generally available in PROFINET networks Note The use of TCP IP addresses to address PCs is not supported by the operating system Contact your network administrator for more information Determine the following parameters e Does the local network use DHCP for dynamic assignment of addresses If not get a TCP IP address for the HMI device e Which TCP IP address does the default gateway have e Ifa DNS network is used what is the address of the name server e Ifa WINS network is used what is the address of the name server Configuration includes e Specifying the computer name of the HMI device e Specifying the IP address and name se
247. ement list You can use the context menu to operate each of these display areas Editing recipe display The simple recipe view can be processed as follows e Enter values for the recipe elements e Create recipe data records e Save recipe data records or save them under a new name e Delete recipe data records e Transfer recipe data records from the PLC and to the PLC Operator controls of the simple recipe view Toggle between the display areas and the context menus to operate the simple recipe views The following table shows the operation of the display area Operation Functions Touching an entry The next lower display area opens The next higher display area opens gt The context menu of the display area opens The following table shows the operation of the context menu Operation Functions The menu is closed The display area opens Touch the menu command The menu command is executed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 323 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Context menus of the simple recipe view e Recipe list Menu item New Functions A new recipe data record is created for the selected recipe If a start value is configured it is shown in the text box Displaying infotext The infotext configured for the simple recipe view is displayed Open The recor
248. ements Symmetrical coupling 1 kV power cable 3 DC voltage with protective elements Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 54 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety instructions and standards 2 8 Electromagnetic compatibility Sinusoidal interference The following table shows the EMC behavior of the modules with respect to sinusoidal interference The table applies to the HMI device charging station and power supply unit Sinusoidal interference Test values Degree of severity HF radiation in electromagnetic 80 amplitude modulation at 1 kHz 3 fields in accordance with e Up to 10 V m in the 80 MHz to 1 GHz range IEC 61000 4 3 P e Up to 10 V m in the 1 4 GHz to 2 GHz range e Upto 1 V m in the 2 GHz to 2 7 GHz range RF interference current on Test voltage 10 V with 80 amplitude modulation 3 cables and cable shielding of 1 kHz in the 9 kHz to 80 MHz range conforming to IEC 61000 4 6 Emission of radio interference The following table shows the unwanted emissions from electromagnetic fields in accordance with EN 55016 Limit Value Class A Group 1 measured at a distance of 10 m 30 to 230 MHz lt 40 dB V m quasi peak 230 to 1 000 MHz lt 47 dB V m quasi peak Note Before you connect the HMI device to the public electrical network ensure that it is compliant with Limit Value Class B in accordance with EN 55022
249. emoved from the safety program of the F CPU e The project is closed e The HMI device will be switched off LED display O SAFE OPWR TLICOM TIRNG OBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 381 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system A 3 Example of application for transponder system A 3 1 Configuration and operation The following example shows a possible application of the safety functions of the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Awarninc Read the documentation on S7 Distributed Safety An incorrectly configured or programmed system can result in death or severe injury Observe the S7 Distributed Safety Online Help and the following sources of information Programming and operation manual S7 Distributed Safety Confiquring and ttp lfsupport automaton siemens com WWiview en 2209987 http Isupport Automaton siemens com WWiview en 25702331 Note The configuration example refers to the Override mode that can be used in the transponder system Further safety systems must additionally be considered in the safety program These safety systems are independent of the override mode Configuration example The following sample configuration shows a robot cell which is protected by a protective fence with a protective door To
250. en the F_FB_MP of the HMI device and the F_FB_RNG_n of the effective range e FB215 F_ESTOP1 Use this function block to ensure that the operator must acknowledge an EMERGENCY STOP before restarting the plant You can find this block in the Distributed Safety F library in the F Application Blocks block container e FC176 F_LBO_W and FC177 F_W_BO Insert the FC176 FLBO_W and FC177 F_W_BO blocks into your safety program These blocks are used as calls You can find these blocks in the F Application Blocks container of the Distributed Safety F library A WARNING F application block Ensure that the following match when changing the names of an F application block e The symbolic name in the symbol table e The name in the object properties of the block header Do not change the number of the F application block Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 205 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 Safety program 206 WARNING EMERGENCY STOP button The EMERGENCY STOP button is evaluated when an F_FB_RNG_n is called in the safety program Configure the safety program so that an F_FB_RNG_n is always called The same applies if there is no effective range in your plant Restarting the plant Once the EMERGENCY STOP button has been triggered the plant can only be restarted after operator acknowledgm
251. enen lt deecdaance gua nendedvaaades sre hed ddeahact aaa anduesaeedaesaahacnsesniees 1 6 2 Power supply UINME seicssscausdete innad niai anaia aai adadda inci da da daad ddaa a aa iaid 1 6 3 Transponder sasian d aaa a ia i AAEE aE A ARAE Aa TEA NADAR 1 6 4 REID TAO esa ea T a A ant lad namie aad 1 6 5 ACCESS POINT cressa ania a eaaa e a aia aaa a Ee deaa e AK E aa 1 7 Compatibility of EQUIPMENT eee eee cee cece eee eeeeeeee ee cece cette caaeaeeeeeeeeeceaaaeeeeeeeeesecaaaeeeeeeeeeseesncaeeneees 1 8 Communication and approved Controllers ccccccceceeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeaeceeeeeeeseceeeaeceeeeeeeeeesncaeeeeess 1 9 Software requirements cccccececeecceceeeeeeeeseeacaeceeeeeeeeceaeaeeeeeeeseeqcaeaeeeeeeesecsecaeeeeeereesesaaeeesees 1 10 Supported WinCC flexible objects 2 0 2 2 cceceeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeecaaeaeeeeeeeseceneaeeeeeeeeeseesinaeeseess 1 11 Configuration and process Control phases ccceceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeesesenaeeeeeeeeeseesnnaeenees 1 12 Ranges in a transponder System ccceccccceceecccceeeeececeeeeeeceeeenecceeeseaceceenaceeeseeeceeesneeceeeteneceenteed 1 13 Areas ina RFID tag System oninia aa AAA a AAAA AAEN Aa RAA AAAA 1 14 Rapid Roaming with IPCF and iPCF MC eee cceeceeeee teen anann Aa aAA ARRA a KRAANA AARAA ARA 1 15 Terms for fail safe Operation ceccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeanaececeeeeeseeeaneeceeeedsnseesaaeeeeeeeteeneenaees 2 Saf
252. ent Use FB215 F_ESTOP1 in the safety program to ensure acknowledgment by the operator EMERGENCY STOP button evaluation delayed If the cycle time for OB35 is set lower than the PNIO update time the message frame may be lost and the evaluation of the E STOP output of F_FB_RNG_n may be delayed Set the cycle time of OB35 to a value higher than the PNIO update time EMERGENCY STOP button not enabled If a communication error triggers a global rampdown the EMERGENCY STOP button will no longer be available on the affected HMI device You have the option of interconnecting the Global Rampdown signal so that an EMERGENCY STOP is triggered Unintentional restart of the plant The plant may not be automatically restarted after a communication error on the HMI device is acknowledged Therefore ensure that your safety program requires an additional operator action before the plant can be restarted caution Safe operating state A safe state such as a global rampdown can only be evaluated if you call an F_FB_RNG_n in the safety program Call an F_FB_RNG_n in your safety program even if an effective range is not used in the plant Call sequence for the F_FBs The F_FBs used are called cyclically in the safety program Configure the calls of the F_FBs in the safety program in the following order 1 All F_FB_MP 2 All F_FB_RNG_n Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating
253. eplacing an REID Tage ici ceo vena a E A ana taht cee ade eed 9 5 DIAGQMOSUCS exces sstcecet cute eatetilias blero 10 Fail Sate OpOration svvciceescecs csiocdevss csceds Giaesoucdsstee ci eaaa oaia aa apaia aaka disse dances 10 1 Organizational MEASUPES i 2ccceeceeeceedeesecsanecectcedeesneenadesstdtaceecteteededtenseeeuicaededendtaeeedeaaedesieeeeeneas 10 2 integrating the AMId6VICG cc scccccccitaccetevicecdvecsddecdv conidia cei ane ive tdacdeevinandeeentiddeeiiuas a ee udeceneved 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode eee ceceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 1031 Switch Off behavior ssepe vate ved adda anha dean ae eee ated dade eae 10 3 2 Determine the current effective range and current zone 10 3 3 Logging Onto a MACHING eee eee e etter eect ee eee ee ete ee eet ne ee eee ae ee eet aeee er naaeee ee eaeeeesaeeeeee 10 3 4 Logging Off the MACHINGs sser e donaneenanreareeel 10 3 5 Activating and deactivating Override MOdE ee ceeceeeseeeeeeeeeee ee ee etteeeeetaeeeeetaeeeeetaeeeeetneeeee 10 4 RFID tag system run in a fail safe manner eee ee ceeeee eee eeeeee erences eeseeeeeeeteneaeeeseeeaeeeseenaees 264 1041 Switch eOff DONAVION videdceedcdaderivicadoeetadedectivaascbonvhedcwevincadeceeaedcdeadacgevdaacebvancanyeitandubevtaccbevtaneaceivl Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 11 Table of contents
254. er Software requirements Page 26 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 384 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix Procedure fail safe PLC A 3 Example of application for transponder system NOTICE Safety function You can configure the safety functions in STEP 7 using the SIMATIC S7 Distributed e and category 4 for the HMI device Any changes to the settings may result in the loss of the safety function Safety add on package to enable fail safe operation to SIL3 or to reach performance level Proceed as follows 1 Create a STEP 7 project in the SIMATIC Manager 2 Open the hardware configuration for the HW Config 3 Insert the F CPU and a PROFINET connection uw Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN T Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help Desa By a e i la PS w we Ethemet 1 PROFINET1O System 100 End Profile 4 CPU 315 E CPU 315 2 DP 4 CPU 315 2 PN DP CPU 315F 2 DP CPU 315F 2 PN DP cpu 316 E CPU 316 2 DP CPU 317 2 CPU 317 2 PN DP E CPU 317F 2 CPU 317F 2 PN DP 6ES7 317 2F10 0480 H GES 317 2FK13 0480 a SES 17 2FK14 0480 a CPO soz H Q CPU 319 3 PN DP 6ES7 317 2FK14 0AB0 1536 KB work memory 0 025ms 1000 instructions PROFINET connection S7 Communication loadable FBs FCs PROFINET gt
255. erous situation develops The EMERGENCY STOP button engages in the EMERGENCY STOP position The associated plant unit is stopped Procedure Releasing the EMERGENCY STOP button Awarninc EMERGENCY STOP button released If you have pressed the EMERGENCY STOP button and thereby brought the plant unit to a standstill you should only release the EMERGENCY STOP button under the following conditions e The reasons for the EMERGENCY STOP have been eliminated e A safe restart is possible e The restart should not be performed by releasing the EMERGENCY STOP button The project should force the operator to perform an action for restarting independent of the EMERGENCY STOP button The safety program must specify that no automatic restart of the plant is possible simply by releasing the EMERGENCY STOP button Proceed as follows 1 Turn the EMERGENCY STOP button clockwise to its original position The EMERGENCY STOP button is released See also Maintenance and care Page 333 5 4 2 Enabling button The enabling mechanism consists of two enabling buttons whi installed on both side of the HMI device Additional information is available in the Safety functions of the enabling Page 52 section The enabling button is required to confirm axis movements for example Acknowledgment button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 112 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operato
256. ers for fail safe mode in the object properties of the Mobile277Failsafe_lO A password is ae he elias poran You can ae additional information abou e e e e e Programming manual h ttp PEN EeP amerta siemens te AE TET Requirement e The Mobile277Failsafe_lO module is opened Procedure NOTICE Maximum response time If an error occurs the monitoring time will be included in the maximum response time Select a monitoring time short enough to ensure that the error tolerance time of the production process will not be exceeded Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 200 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration Proceed as follows 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 1 Set the address area for the process image in the Addresses tab The process image is a memory area in the controller which the HMI device and controller access together At the beginning of the cyclic control program the signal states of the inputs of the HMI device are transferred to the controller via the process input images PII At the end of the cyclic program the process image of the outputs PIQ is transferred as a signal state to the HMI device Parameter Input gt Address gt Start of Address Area Meaning Start address of the inputs in the process image The safety relevant user data of the HMI device is shown The allocation depends on the controller us
257. es ALARM_S Display S7 alarms Yes Alarm buffer retentive Alarm buffer capacity 512 alarms Maximum number of active alarm events 250 View alarm Yes Delete alarm buffer Yes Line by line printing of alarms Yes Tags values and lists Object Specification HMI device Tag Number 2048 Limit value monitoring Input Output Yes Linear scaling Input Output Yes Text list Number 500 1 Graphics list Number 400 1 1 The maximum total of text and graphics lists is 500 Screens Object Specification HMI device Screen Number 500 Fields per screen 200 Tags per screen 200 Complex objects per screen for example 10 bars Template Yes Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 27 Overview 7 10 Supported WinCC flexible objects Recipes Object Specification HMI device Recipe Number 300 Data records per recipe 500 Entries per recipe 1000 Recipe memory 64 KB Storage location Memory card USB stick Network drive 1 The number of recipe data records might be restricted by the capacity of the storage medium Logs NOTICE Logging The HMI device is suitable for logging small volumes of data The use of a large circular log has a negative effect on performance In order to log larger amounts of data use segmented circular logs with multiple sequential logs Object Specification HMI device Logs Number of logs 20 Nu
258. eseeaeeeseenaeeeseenaeeeeeeaes 3 12 Planning protection zones in the RFID tag system ce ceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeseetaeeeeeeaas 3 13 Coexistence of the frequency Dands ccecccceeeeeeeeeceeneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeseeiaeeeseenaeeeenaes 3 14 Planning information security 2 2 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaaeeeseeaeeeeeeaeeeeneeeeeeeeaas 4 Installing and Wiring GOVICES ccceeeeeeeesseeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeceneeeeeesesseeeseeeeeeeeessaaeeaeeeeeeeeeessnseeeeseseessseeaaees 8 4 1 Check the scope of delvery ssassn araa a AA NAAA AAAA AAA eae 8 4 2 Mounting the Charging Station sssaaa anan EA AAA a AAAA AA a 8 4 3 Connecting the Charging Station ccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas 8 4 4 Mounting the transponder eosa A AN A taba ida 8 4 5 Setting the transponder ID and inserting the batteries 0 00 0 eee ee eneeeeeeeeneeeeeetaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 8 4 6 Installingan RFID tagos a aR 4 7 Connecting the HMI Gevice sisia ia eana ed eee teed 87 4 7 1 Safety INSTUCHONS sisi cis ansa naii wel lew ea a aae a AE ae desea eE ae yhidens shucuabel die 87 4 7 2 Opening and closing the battery and terminal compartment sssseeeesessersseerrsseerreserrreserrnsseeens 88 4 7 3 PONS ANG FESCUE DUMOMN ic sccsch cosas etna san setey EE AE duncan E N A ye sade 91 4 7 4 INSEMIMG AIMEMOLY CAND esc coik es cseventetoeells acbeveet veadvuae es bedvaan
259. esentative Holding operating and setting down the HMI device Holding and operating the HMI device 124 The HMI device is equally easy to hold and operate for right handers and left handers because it is designed symmetrically The free hand can be used to operate the operator controls on the front side Note Read the section Safety related operator controls Page 110 The method of holding the HMI device shown in the following figure enables you to control movements in the plant to be monitored during servicing for example 4 The hand holding the HMI device can also be used to activate the enabling button The enabling button is optimally accessible In a dangerous situation a safety shutdown is triggered in a panic reaction by releasing or fully pressing the enabling button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 7 Holding operating and setting down the HMI device The EMERGENCY STOP button can also be quickly reached with your free hand NOTICE Holding the HMI device If you do not carry the HMI device as shown you cannot operate the EMERGENCY STOP button or enabling button quickly enough in a dangerous situation Hold the HMI device as shown This especially applies to all hazardous movements that you control manually You can then engage the EMERGENCY STOP button or enabling button as
260. eset button 91 Resetting To factory settings 100 Response time 119 Handwheel Restoring 285 From external storage device 194 With ProSave With WinCC flexible 227 227 Restoring factory settings 10 100 218 RFID tag Effective range 36 Installation 36 planning the mapping 69 Planning the number 69 RFID tag system Risk analysis Risk evaluation Special mode RNG LED 107 Rotary coding switch Transponder 84 RSS approval 46 Ruler Trend view 295 S S7 Distributed Safety SAFE LED 107 Safety Functional scope 29 Standards Safety instruction Changed tag name 320 Multi key operation 272 Recipe data record in the background Safety program Interconnecting FBs Safety system 35 37 Sample cycle time SAR 55 Scaling Functional scope Scope 466 Manual 3 Scope of delivery 45 81 Screen Functional scope 27 Screen keyboard Adjust size 277 Change layout 138 277 Character repeat 141 Configure Entering data aE For Control payee For pro E Move 137 Moe AEC types h37 Screen off see Screen saver Security system SS Suitable Selecting Mounting location 72 Service Service pack HMI device 18 Setting Date Date format 16 Delay time DBS click 142 ID Language Network parameters Number format Printer connection Regional data 168 Screen saver SMTP server Storage location Sort Time format 168 Setting language 275 Setting up Effec
261. espective whether WinCC flexible Runtime is active or not 80027 The internal Flash memory has been specified as Configure Storage Card or a network path as the the storage location for a log This is not storage location permissible No values are written to this log and the log file is not created 80028 The alarm returns a status report indicating that the logs are currently being initialized No values are logged until the alarm 80026 is output Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 420 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 80029 The number of logs specified in the alarm could not Evaluate the additional system alarms related to this be initialized The logs are initialized alarm Check the configuration the ODBC Open The faulty log files are not available for logging Database Connectivity and the specified drive jobs 80030 The structure of the existing log file does not match Delete the existing log data manually in advance the expected structure Logging is stopped for this log 80031 The log in CSV format is corrupted Delete the faulty file The log cannot be used 80032 Logs can be assigned events These are triggered Close WinCC flexible Runtime delete the log then as soon as the log is full WinCC flexible Runtime is restart WinCC flexible Runtime started and t
262. ess the operator control and search for effective ranges The user has pressed the operator control to search for effective ranges The HMI device searches for an effective range The enabling button is not enabled Logon can only take place when the HMI device has detected an effective range The HMI device has detected the effective range Robot 1 The logon to the machine associated with the Robot 1 effective range is possible UE The user is logged onto the machine associated with the Robot 1 effective range The enabling button is enabled Display effective range quality object This chapter applies only to an HMI device operating on the transponder system The effective range quality object shows if the HMI device is in the center of the effective range or at the edge of the effective range In contrast to the WLAN quality object the signal strength is not decisive The HMI device calculates the effective range quality on the basis of the distance between it and the assigned transponders The Effective range quality is then also updated if the HMI device is not logged onto the effective range The Effective range name object indicates which effective range this concerns The effective range quality is displayed by the effective range quality object as follows Icon Meaning The HMI device is located in the effective range gt 15 Quality The HMI d
263. et metal Drill 4 holes or 4 M6 threaded holes in the mounting surface then glue the four spacing sleeves supplied to the back of the charging station on the four mounting holes Mount the charging station with four M6 fillister head screws Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 81 Installing and wiring devices 4 3 Connecting the charging station 4 3 Connecting the charging station Requirements e The power supply is switched off e The charging station is installed as specified in this document e Three core cable flexible 0 75 mm e End sleeves e 1 connector included in accessories pack of the charging station Configuration of the connector The following figure shows the structure of the connector Pressure screw Clamping basket Seal Coupling sleeve gt CF TF OO TNO Fe mile Contact insert Knurled nut Pin Assignment of female contact insert 1 24 VDC 2 n C 3 GND 24 V 4 PE Procedure Installing the connector Proceed as follows 1 Fit end sleeves on the wire ends 2 Push the pressure screw clamping basket seal and coupling sleeve onto the cable 3 Fasten the wires to the contacts in the female contact insert 4 Install the connector Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 82 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring device
264. ety instructions and Standards ccccccccccsssssssscceeeeesssseseeeeeeeeseesseeeeeeeeesesessceseeeeeenseesesssseeeeeneeess 2 1 Safely IMSHIUCUONS eroriari a i E N E AREA TNA 2 2 ADPprovalS sussidi aurra a aii aaa a aaa addin de aaaea a aaa iaa aa Eiana 2 3 Standards on operating Safety ccc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeaeeneeaees 2 4 Operating COMGITIONS is issih sescdeveceeedi ede ierann are e EE A EEEE EEUNA AEE RA OEE 2 5 Riesk andlysis or the plaea E E REE 2 6 Safety functions of the EMERGENCY STOP button 2 7 Safety functions of the enabling MECHANISM cceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseneaeeeeeeaaees 2 8 Electromagnetic compatibility cccccstscedeces deste dives sitecaebesed sens ieccetev A E AAEE 3 Planning TAS USE iaaio ieena leccteespccevteedeseauyedettenscoecancs sucess eteaendageceussasvocecaaveevaihdechecsyyyagnisaveedetants 3 1 Checklist cc stecczetaascucheieacezevasatexdetacadcduadgdantoasuadeshadiias det candddsadanex tat aa ieasaacded dutaanddgasacncdehadeastaannateeaeneed 3 2 Ambient conditions for transportation and Storage ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeesenaeeeeeeaas Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 7 Table of contents 3 3 Ambient conditions for Operation cccceceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeececaaaeeeeeeeeesece
265. evice again Result Once again transfer the project with the added CRC checksum to the HMI device The project will now start You can logon to a machine and operate it in fail safe mode Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 246 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning the plant 9 3 Transponder system 9 3 2 Test effective range After successful verification of the effective ranges you must test in the plant whether the expansion of the configured effective ranges corresponds to the planning If the operating elements Effective range name and Effective range quality are available in the project you can check the effective ranges on the HMI device In particular check the following cases e Is the effective range boundary as planned Note particularly that machine operations from excessive distances are not permitted e Does the signal light that belongs to the effective range show whether an HMI device is logged on at the effective range e Do the moving parts influence the communication between the transponder HMI device Investigate all positions of moving parts e Is WLAN available throughout the entire effective range 9 3 3 Testing zones If zones were configured for a monitored system test to see if the HMI device recognizes all zones Requirement e The project is started e The transponders have been fitted and the IDs are set e The operating elements
266. evice is at the border of an effective range 1 to 15 The HMI device is not within the effective range 0 UL Override mode is active The distance of the HMI device to the transponders is not evaluated See chapter Determine the current effective range For more information refer to chapter Planning the installation location of transponder Page 71 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 6 Device specific displays 11 6 6 Display zone name object The Zone name object shows the names of the zone in which the HMI device is currently located The zone is displayed by the Zone label object as follows Icon Meaning The HMI device is within the indicated zone C The HMI device is not inside any zone 11 6 7 Display zone quality object The zone quality object shows if the HMI device is in the center of the zone or at the edge of the zone Unlike with WLAN quality the HMI device does not measure signal strength The HMI device calculates the quality of the wireless signal from the distance between it and the assigned transponders The Zone name object indicates which zone this concerns Icon Meaning Quality O _11 The HMI device is within a zone gt 15 i The HMI device is at the limits of a zone 1 to 15 en The HMI device is not within any
267. ez Infotext 279 Memory information 172 System information Disposal Disturbance variable Pulse shaped Sinusoidal 55 DNS Server Documentation SIMATIC complete Double click Setting E Editing Alarm Recipe data record Editor System alarms 412 Effective range 244 459 Index Acceptance defining Detect 258 Determining Forming 2E Leaving 2 261 RFID tag 69 Setup 63 Testing 247 Transponder Effective range name 281 Effective range quality 282 Usage Electrostatic charge 357 Element list 813 324 EMC Guideline EMERGENCY STOP EMERGENCY STOP button Not active 51 Not available Operating 51 Out of service 51 Release Requirements Emission 50 Enabling SecureMode Enabling device 52 Encryption protocol Entering By means of function key Recipe data record Entering data 278 Equipment failure Error Internal Error alarm Acknowledge Error code Discrepancy error Error code message Internal error ErrorCode message Ethernet settings 460 IP address Evaluation Direct key 117 Handwheel 120 LED function key 120 Example of an application Components 396 Flowchart 384 395 HW Config 396 Safety program Exiting the effective range Application case 364 Vibration alarm 166 Exporting Recipe data record 328 F_FB_RNG_n 214 F_Par_Version 202 F_SIL 202 F_Source_Add 202 F_WD_Tim
268. f the HMI device to the effective range of a machine The operator cannot use the enable switches to control the production process Possible causes e Another HMI device is already logged on to the machine e Effective range module in the HMI device is defective e The operator has entered an incorrect effective range ID for the logon e F_FB_RNG is missing in the STEP 7 configuration e F_FB_RNG is wired incorrectly in STEP 7 Enabling switch discrepancy error Please release the enabling button Release both enabling buttons The HMI device detects a discrepancy at one of the two enabling buttons in switch position Acknowledgment or Panic A 5 2 RFID tag system The following safety related messages will be displayed in fail safe mode depending on the operating situation In contrast to system alarms no message window needs to be configured for safety related messages NOTICE Function keys inactive for the display length of the alarm While a safety related alarm is shown the function keys of the HMI device are inactive Close the window of the safety related alarm in order to reactivate the function keys 408 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages Dialog Reaction Situation Establishment of safety connection Yes button The following is reported
269. f you execute this Function you lose all unsaved files Please close all applications before rebooting Press Prepare For Reset to download the OS and reset to factory settings Reboot now E 5 Reboot Prepare for Reset If you run this function all data which has not been backed up will be lost Close all applications before you restart the device Press the Prepare for Reset button to load the operating system and factory settings Button for restart Button for restoring factory settings and for restart 2 Press one of the buttons If you want to restart the HMI device press Reboot The HMI device starts immediately To restore the HMI device to factory settings and then restart it press Prepare for Reset You are given the option of restoring the factory settings on the HMI device using ProSave The HMI device then restarts If you do not want to restart the HMI device press No The message closes There will be no restart Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 145 Configuring the HMI device 6 5 Entering and deleting a password 6 5 Entering and deleting a password You can use this function to set and remove password protection The password protection includes access to the following objects e Control Panel e Windows CE taskbar e Desktop icons Requirements a You have opened th
270. face and Control Panel e Touch screen The operator controls shown in the dialogs are touch sensitive Touch objects are operated in the same way as mechanical keys You activate an operator control by pressing on it with your finger To double click them touch an operator control twice in succession e USB keyboard You can operate the Windows CE interface and Control Panel with an external keyboard in exactly the same manner as with the screen keyboard of the HMI device e USB mouse You can operate the Windows CE interface and Control Panel with an external mouse in exactly the same manner as with the touch screen of the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 132 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 3 Enabling and disabling SecureMode 6 3 Enabling and disabling SecureMode SecureMode prevents unauthorized access to the desktop and the taskbar of the HMI device In SecureMode all functions on the desktop and the taskbar of the HMI device are locked Enabling SecureMode You have the following options for enabling SecureMode e Assign a password in the Control Panel for the HMI device e f no password has been assigned for the HMI device double click the following icon on the desktop SecureMode is enabled The text secure mode appears on the desktop Disabling SecureMode You can disable SecureMode as follows e fa password is assigned
271. fast as possible in a dangerous situation Setting down the HMI device A charging station is available for safe accommodation of the HMI device NOTICE Pressing the EMERGENCY STOP button If the HMI device is placed in an unsuitable holder the operability of the EMERGENCY STOP button will be impaired Only use the belonging charging station for storing the HMI device The HMI device can be used as a stationary device when it is placed in the charging station The following figure shows how the HMI device is placed in the charging station amp Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 125 Operator controls and displays 5 8 Using the charging station 5 8 Using the charging station 5 8 1 Charging the main battery in the charging compartment The charging station has two charging compartments each of which can charge one main battery The main batteries are charged independently of each other Locking latch for charging bay cover Charging bay 1 Charging bay 2 LED BAT 1 LED BAT 2 Procedure for inserting the battery into the charging compartment Proceed as follows 1 Pull up the locking latch on the charging compartment cover The cover can now be opened 2 Place the main battery into the charging compartment 3 Close the charging compartment The main battery is charged whenever the charging station is conne
272. fe operation with RFID tag logon e WLAN IWLAN for communication between an F CPU and an HMI device e RFID tag with effective range for logon to a machine e RFID transmission and reception range of an HMI device F CPU and HMI device communicate via the radio cell of the access point The access point serves as a gateway between the wireless and wired network At least one access point is provided for WLAN or IWLAN in the plant Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 35 Overview 7 13 Areas in a RFID tag system The figure below shows an example of the various areas PROFIsafe SCALANCE W access point WLAN IWLAN radio cell of the access point Fail safe controller Signal lamp RFID tag with effective range Plant Protection zone limit of protection zone 1 Protection zone limit of protection zone 2 WLAN of the HMI device Charging station RFID transmission and reception range of the HMI device HMI device BOOOOVGDOOHOOHO RFID tag with effective range The RFID tag is a storage device for a configured ID The ID of the RFID tag is required for a HMI device to log onto a machine To log on the HMI device its RFID transmission and reception range must be within the effective range of the RFID tag A signal lamp indicates whether an HMI device is logged onto a machine Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 36 Ope
273. field Order number 6AV6671 5CMO00 0AX1 Accessory kit The accessory kit contains e 3 AA mignon batteries 1 5 V The accessory kit can include documents Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 22 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 7 6 Equipment for HMI device and plant 1 6 4 RFID tag You need the RFID tag to log on to a machine with the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID tag The RFID tag is a MDS D100 mobile data storage unit Order number 6GT2600 0AD10 The RFID tag includes the following accessories e Spacer Order number 6GT2190 O0AA00 e Fixing pocket Order number 6GT2190 O0AB00 Abstandshalter Befestigungstasche Alternative to the mobile data medium MDS D100 you can also use the mobile data medium MDS D124 with the order number 6GT2600 0ACO0 The distance between the MDS D124 and the HMI device during logon to the effective range is max 2 cm This is why the MDS D100 should be given preference This device supports a maximum distance of 5 cm Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 23 Overview 7 6 Equipment for HMI device and plant 1 6 5 Access point The access point is needed for the WLAN The access point serves as a gateway between the wireless and wired network my To use the function iPCF MC for Rapid Roaming you need an access point with two wireless interfa
274. flexible help system Proceed as follows Create a STEP 7 project in SIMATIC Manager Configure the desired F CPU and a PROFINET connection in the hardware configuration HW Config 3 Add a mobile HMI device to the configuration from the hardware catalog of HW Config Set the parameters for the communication with the controller ee chapter Assigning parameters for communication between the HMI device and the Page 200 Configure other components in accordance with your plant Use S7 Distributed Safety to create a safety program for the F CPU in STEP 7 Insert the F FBs required for the HMI device in the safety program Close these FBs according to the instructions Follow the checklist for this procedure see section Checklist for Seat STOP configuration Page 203 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 197 Satety related configuration 7 2 Checklist for configuration 8 Open WinCC flexible ES 9 Create a project for the HMI device 10 In the project window select Communication gt Connections to set the Ethernet Wireless interface 11 Configure the PROFIsafe address of the HMI device in the project window under Device Settings gt Device Settings 12 Configure the effective ranges for your plant under Device Settings gt Effective Ranges 13 Configure the HMI screens for operator control and monito
275. following levels Normal level Shift level The shift level includes uppercase letters Special character level Note The character button between and appears only when followed by a space If the character is followed by a letter then the result will be an accent such as a e Reduced screen keyboard Note When the screen keyboard is open PLC job 51 Select screen has no function The screen keyboard display is independent of the configured project language Language switching in the project has no influence on the alphanumerical screen keyboard This means you cannot enter Cyrillic or Asian characters Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 276 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 5 Operating the screen keyboard in the project Procedure for moving the screen keyboard Proceed as follows 1 Touch the symbol and move the screen keyboard on the touch screen 2 When the desired position is reached release the icon E Procedure for adjusting the size of the screen keyboard Note The W icon only appears on the screen keyboard if in the Siemens HMI InputPanel dialog you have selected the Show Resize button check box Proceed as follows 1 Touch the W symbol and drag the screen keyboard to the appropriate size 2 When the size you want is reached release contact with the icon Changing the disp
276. for an alarm Edit alarm Acknowledge alarm Select the next or previous alarm in the list EEEE Scroll one page up or down Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 304 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project Extended alarm view Date Status Y 4 12 04 59 19 04 2005 K Motor 23 too hot The buttons have the following function 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm window Button Function Display infotexts for an alarm Edit alarm Acknowledge alarm th Alarm class icons In order to label the different alarm classes icons can be configured Icon Alarm class Error Without a symbol Operation Symbol depending on the project User defined alarm classes S7 SIMATIC or SIMOTION diagnostic alarm System Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Procedure change column sequence in the expected alarm display Depending on the project you can change the column sequence for messages on the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Touch the column header which you wish to exchange with a different column header 2 Keeping the touch screen pressed move the column heading to the column heading you wish to exchange it with The column sequence of the messages is changed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions
277. for the HMI device then delete it e f no password has been assigned for the HMI device operate the Taskbar button once in the Loader 6 4 Control Panel 6 4 1 Overview You have the following options for opening the Control Panel e During the startup phase Open the Control Panel in the Loader by pressing the Control Panel button e Inthe Windows CE start menu Press the following key on the alphanumeric screen keyboard twice Open the Control Panel with Settings gt Control Panel Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 133 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel The following figure shows the open Control Panel 7 x 152 LL nwt S w ssssaead Z G ka y E D bs Date Time InputPanel Internet Keyboard Mouse Network and Options Dial up Co D S se oF Password Printer PROFINET PROFIsafe Regional RFID Config Settings a a ET TA Lg ra LY ScreenSaver System Transfer WincC WLAN V2 Intern Config 6 4 2 Functions in the Control Panel The following table shows references to the functional descriptions Icon Functional description aving to external storage medium backup Page 192 Restoring from external storage medium Restore Page 194 Importing displaying and deleting certi cates Page 190 Seting tne date and ima Page 159 Using the screen keyboard in the C
278. formation Button for saving temporary files Backs up all the files in temporary storage to the flash memory for example from the Program Files directory These files are written back when the HMI device is started The Temp directory is not saved Automatically repairs the file system errors on the memory card when the HMI device starts up and when a memory card is inserted Proceed as follows 1 If you want the file system errors to be repaired automatically select the Automatically repair file system errors check box If the check box is cleared the file system will only be repaired after prompting 2 Click the necessary buttons 3 Confirm your entries The dialog closes At the next startup the HMI device will use the registry entries and temporary files and the specifications they contain Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 161 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings 6 7 3 Displaying information about the HMI device ae can use We function to eee device P information You will need this Requirements ip Device Mobile Panel 277F 8 IWLAN RFID Tag r Image Version 01 00 00 00_01 33 E Bootloader Version 0 97 E i Bootloader Rel Date 10 8 2010 O Flashsize 64 MB ee MAC Address 08 00 06 29 da 24 N SS Reboot N e HMI device name Version of the HMI device image Ve
279. fter you re entered the protection zone turn the Override switch off and then on again The Override mode will then be reactivated Requirements activating Override mode e The system has a protection zone e The HMI device is integrated The SAFE LED lights up e The HMI device is logged on to the same effective range in which the override switch is located The RNG LED lights up Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Enter the protection zone The assigned safety system is activated 2 Activate the override switch Override mode is active The Effective range quality screen object is displayed entirely in green L The effective range of the transponder is not evaluated The operation with the HMI device only occurs in the entire protection zone as if you were in an effective range Another HMI device cannot logon to the respective effective range Note You can log on again to this effective range under the following circumstances e You have deactivated Override mode using the override switch e You have logged the HMI device off from the effective range The RNG LED is off Requirements deactivating Override mode e Override mode is activated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 263 Fail safe operation 10 4 RFID tag system run in a fail safe manner Procedure
280. g Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 435 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 260013 The password entered in the Change You have to log on to the system again Then enter Password dialog is invalid because it is already a new password that has not been used before in use The password has not been changed User will be logged off 260014 You have tried unsuccessfully to log on three You can log on to the system with your correct times in succession password Only an administrator can change the You will be locked out and assigned to group assignment to a group no 0 260024 The password you entered does not meet the Enter a password that contains at least one number necessary security guidelines 260025 The password you entered does not meet the Enter a password that contains at least one special necessary security guidelines character 260028 Upon system start up an attempt to log on or Check the connection to the SIMATIC Logon Server when trying to change the password of a and its configuration for example SIMATIC log on user the system attempts to 4 Port number access the SIMATIC Logon Server 2 IP address If attempting to log on the new user is not 3 8 logged in If a different user was logged on i ee TANS before then this user is logged off 4 Functional transfer cable Or use a local user 260030 The SIMATIC Logon user could
281. g figure shows the assignment of the keys inputs and LEDs outputs to the bytes in the PLC process image Button bits LED bits ad es 2 4 N a oa oO BE O 7 N F8 ed ponang 23 22 21 20 v9 18 7 31 30 20 20 ar 25 25 BEGEGE oO F Bit for function key S Bit for key operated switch T1 Bit for left illuminated pushbutton T2 Bitfor right illuminated pushbutton Bit for handwheel pulses forwards D Bit for handwheel pulses backwards The bytes n 6 to n 9 contain the direct key bits for the touchscreen buttons Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 117 Operator controls and displays 5 5 Operator controls Bit assignment 118 The following tables show the bit coding for function keys key operated switch illuminated pushbutton and handwheel e Bit coding of function keys Switch state F1 to F18 Not pressed 0 Pressed 1 e Bit coding of function key LEDs Switch state F1 to F18 LED not illuminated 0 LED is illuminated 1 e Bit coding of key operated switch Switch state S1 So Key position Position 0 0 0 In middle position Position 0 1 Turned in clockwise direction up to stop Position Il 1 0 Turned counter clockwise up to stop e Bit coding of illuminated pushbuttons
282. g symbol 2 Close the Forced logoff dialog with OK Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 370 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Result The HMI device is logged off the machine The machine is free again for logon LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE MPWR ECOM ORNG EBAT A 2 5 3 Logging off the machine Requirement e The HMI device is logged on to a machine e The Effective range name object will be displayed in green exer LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE MPWR BCOM BRNG BBAT CD Procedure 1 Confirm the Effective range name RFID object The Effective range logoff dialog opens with the following symbol 1 2 Confirm the logoff from the machine with the Yes button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 371 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Result e The HMI device is logged off the machine e The Effective range name RFID object is shown in white labeled Scan LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE M PWR WCOM ORNG EBAT A 2 6 Faulty operating states A 2 6 1 Communication error for the integrated HMI device Requirement e The HMI device is inte
283. g the effective range The following rules apply e Configuration is limited to 127 transponders e An effective range requires at least one transponder e A maximum of 127 effective ranges can be configured e Configure the effective range from 2 to 8 meters in increments of 1 meter Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 65 Planning the use 3 6 Equipping a plant with tags Effective ranges may not overlap An effective range corresponds to the wireless range of a transponder If several transponders form a joint effective range then each of the individual effective ranges must be of the same size Set the effective range so that a place of danger can be seen from each point of the effective range An effective range that is too large or unclear hinders the operator s view Set an effective range so that the distance between the system operator corresponds with the system requirements A distance to the system that is too small causes a risk of injury for the operator The mapping of the effective range transponder is defined in the project Planning the transponder assignment The following rules apply See also Maximum distance between the transponder HMI device is 8 m A minimum distance between the transponder HMI device cannot be configured The transponder and HMI device must be aligned with each other The HMI device must be able
284. ge of static electricity Such electronic components are labeled as electrostatic sensitive devices ESD The following abbreviations are commonly used for electrostatic sensitive devices e ESD Electrostatic Sensitive Device e ESD Electrostatic Sensitive Device internationally recognized term Electrostatic charge CAUTION Electrostatic charge ESDs may be destroyed by voltages far below the level perceived by human beings If you are not discharged electrostatically the voltage that you transfer when touching a component or the contact points of a module can already cause damage The damage to an ESD caused by overvoltage is usually not recognized immediately The damage only becomes apparent after a long period of operation Discharge any electrostatic charge of your body before you touch the ESD Anyone who is not connected conductively to their surroundings is subject to electrostatic charge Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 357 Appendix A 1 ESD guideline The following diagram shows the maximum voltage values to which a person can be charged electrostatically The values depend on the material and humidity The shown values are in conformity with the specifications of EN 61000 4 2 aN ANONO 510 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Relative humidity Synthetic materials Wool Antistatic materials such a
285. gers a shutdown or rampdown of an integrated HMI device Do not exceed the buffer time Opening the connection or battery compartment The HMI device does not meet degree of protection IP65 when the connection or battery compartment is open Do not open the connection or battery compartment if dust or moisture can enter the device 4 7 2 Opening and closing the battery and terminal compartment The connection compartment may not be opened while the HMI device is in operation This will not interrupt the power supply to the HMI device Requirements e Torx driver size 2 Procedure opening the terminal compartment CAUTION Wiring to charging contacts The connection bay cover is connected to the HMI device s housing by wiring This can be damaged during opening Carefully open the connection bay cover Note First open the battery compartment cover and take out the main battery Remove the connection bay cover If the power supply unit is connected the parts of the HMI device will be under voltage Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 88 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Pull up the locking latch on the battery compartment cover Rasthaken Hauptakku aaan AKkufachabdeckung a Anschlussfachabdeckung 2 Open the battery compartment cover
286. gged onto the project In order to use an operator control in the security system you need to log on again 11 7 5 Creating users You create a user with both the simple and enhanced user display Requirement e A configured screen with user display is shown e You have user management authorization or you are the administrator Note The following characters are prohibited in passwords e Blank e Special characters Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 288 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 7 Project security Procedure Creating a user in the simple user view Proceed as follows 1 Touch the lt New User gt entry in the user view The following dialog appears User Password OK Cancel 2 Enter the desired user name and password Touch the corresponding text box The alphanumerical screen keyboard is displayed 3 Touch the OK button The following dialog appears xi Group Group 1 X Logoff time B O OZO oOo Cancel 4 Assign the user to a group In order to do so open the Group drop down list box by means of the 7 button Select and to scroll in the drop down list box 5 Touch the required entry in the drop down list box The selected entry is then accepted as input 6 Touch the text box Logoff time The screen keyboard is displayed 7 Enter a value between 0 and 60 fo
287. ging storage medium or swapping out the log files on the will be executed server using ExportLog 90039 You do not have the necessary authorization to Adapt or upgrade your authorizations perform this action 90040 Audit Trail is switched off because of a forced user Activate the Audit Trail again using the system action function StartLog 90041 A user action which has to be logged has been A user action requiring logging should only be possible executed without a logged on user with permission Change the configuration by setting a required authorization for the input object 90044 A user action which has to be confirmed was Repeat the user action if necessary blocked because there is another user action pending 90048 The Audit Trail cannot be printed while data Stop logging using the system function StopLogging relevant to the audit is being logged 90049 Access to required file is not possible Check the network connection or the storage medium 90056 The recipe was not imported because the file Select a file with a checksum contains no checksum As an alternative disable verification of the checksum by using the system function ImportDataRecords 90057 The recipe was not imported because the file Select a file with a valid checksum contains an invalid checksum The selected file may have been manipulated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 422 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325
288. grated into the safety program of the F CPU e The HMI device is not logged onto a machine LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE M PWR MCom ORNG EBAT Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 372 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Procedure 1 You are leaving the WLAN range with the HMI device The COM LED flashes The F CPU detects a communication error and initiates a global rampdown The SAFE LED goes out The user is informed that no safety functions are available The No safety connection dialog is shown with the following symbol ox D 2 You will return to the WLAN range within 60 seconds The Acknowledgment of communication error dialog opens with the following symbol ca uA 3 Acknowledge the communication error See Result 1 4 You remain outside the WLAN The Confirm removal dialog will be displayed after 60 seconds with the following symbol X v See Result 2 Result 1 Return to the WLAN range e The Global rampdown signal is canceled PROFIsafe communication is again possible e The HMI device is fully operable LED display MSAFE M PWR HWCOM ORNG EBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E0276
289. h for message frame delays to be tolerated by the communication system but short enough for the fault reaction function to respond quickly enough in the event of a fault for example interruption of the communication connection You can set the F_WD_Time parameter in 1 ms increments The monitoring period is set at 500 ms Calculate the minimum watchdog time using the table s7fcotia xls http support automation siemens com WW view en 21627074 This table is part of the option package S7 Distributed Safety The parameters for calculating the monitoring time are available in the technical data The following parameters are fixed Parameter Meaning F_SIL Safety class of the HMI device The value of the parameter is set to SIL 3 F_Block_ID This parameter must be set to the value 0 because there is no checksum of the individual device parameters F_Par_Version Implemented PROFIsafe version The value of the parameter is set to 1 This means PROFIsafe V2 will be used F_Source_Add PROFIsafe address used to uniquely identify the source throughout the network and station The address is assigned automatically The F_Source_Add parameter can have a value between 1 and 65534 See also Page 202 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 3 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 SIMATIC S7
290. handwheel the key operated switch and the illuminated pushbuttons are determined during configuration The above mentioned operator controls do not function outside of a project Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 106 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 2 LED display 5 2 LED display An LED display consisting of five LEDs is located on the front of the HMI device The LED display shows the operating states for the HMI device and the communication Meaning of LEDs The LED display is activated when the HMI device is switched on LED SAFE Color Yello w Function PROFIsafe communication Meaning On If the HMI device is integrated into the safety program of the F CPU The requirement for this is that PROFIsafe communication has been established If the LED SAFE lights up the EMERGENCY STOP button is effective PWR Gree Power Lights or blinks If the HMI device is turned on Lights up in the following cases e The main rechargeable battery is inserted and charged e The HMI device is in the charging station e The HMI device is connected to the power supply unit Flashes If the HMI device is in screen off mode COM Gree Communication Off If the WLAN interface of the HMI device is disabled Flashes When the HMI device attempts to connect to the WLAN On If the HMI device and access point
291. hargeable battery during operation A capacitor takes over power supply duties while the main rechargeable battery is being replaced The maximum buffer time is 50 seconds If you exceed the buffer time the HMI device will switch off NOTICE Shutdown or rampdown on expiration of the backup time If the HMI device is integrated this leads to a shutdown or rampdown of the plant if the bridging time is exceeded Do not exceed the buffer time Note Keep charged main batteries in stock Use a new main battery if the operation time of the HMI device has been cut to half with the main battery currently used The following features are disabled during the buffer time e Display backlight e The function keys and associated LEDs e All LEDs except for SAFE and RNG e The illuminated pushbuttons and handwheel e USB interface e The HMI device is logged off from the machine e The battery compartment is open Proceed as follows 1 Remove the main battery using the ribbon Observe chapter Page 87 2 Insert a new main battery 3 Close the battery compartment Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 95 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device 4 7 5 3 Requirements Procedure 96 Charging the main rechargeable battery The main battery is delivered uncharged The main battery is loaded as soon a
292. has no right to modify the system time If the first parameter in the system alarm is displayed with the value 13 the second parameter indicates the byte containing the incorrect value 70012 An error occurred when executing the function Close all programs currently running StopRuntime with the option Runtime and Then close Windows operating system Windows and WinCC flexible Runtime are not closed One possible cause is that other programs cannot be closed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 416 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 70013 The system time could not be modified because an Check the time which is to be set invalid value was entered Incorrect separators may have been used 70014 The system time could not be modified Possible Check the time which is to be set causes Using Windows NT XP Users running WinCC flexible e An invalid time was transferred Runtime must be granted the right to modify the e The Windows user has no right to modify the system time of the operating system system time Windows rejects the setting request 70015 The system time could not be read because Windows rejects the reading function 70016 An attempt was made to select a screen by means Check the screen number in the function or job with the of a system function or job This is not possib
293. he HMI device Only use the power supply approved for the HMI device Danger of overheating There is a risk of overheating if you cover the power supply and thereby inhibit the air circulation Do not cover the power supply unit Note Unplug the mains connector of the power supply to ensure complete electrical isolation The power supply unit is designed for operation on grounded power supply networks TN systems to VDE 0100 Part 300 or IEC 364 3 Operation is not authorized on ungrounded or impedance grounded power networks IT systems Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Connect the power supply to the HMI device 2 Connect the power supply unit to the mains with the correct power supply cable 4 8 Switching on and testing the HMI device When the HMI device is initially put into operation there is no project Ethernet is set as the data transfer channel Requirements e A charged main rechargeable battery is inserted in the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 102 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices Procedure 4 8 Switching on and testing the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Briefly press the ON OFF button The PWR LED lights up see section LED display Page 107 The display then lights A progress bar is displayed during startup The loader is displayed once the operating system has started
294. he HMI device for which the backup file was created and the type of backup data the file contains 8 Set Transfer mode on the HMI device 9 Start the restore operation in WinCC flexible with OK on the configuration PC If there are license keys both on the HMI device and in the backup a dialog box will appear Use this dialog to establish whether you want to overwrite the license keys or abort the restore process f necessary abort the backup and save the license keys of the HMI device Then start the restore procedure again 10 Follow the instructions in WinCC flexible A status view opens to indicate the progress of the operation When the restore is successfully completed the data previously backed up on the PC will now be available on the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 227 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 4 5 Requirement Procedure Result 228 Restoring with ProSave The HMI device is connected to a PC on which ProSave is installed The data channel is configured on the HMI device Proceed as follows a A O N Start ProSave from the Windows start menu Select the HMI device type in the General tab Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the PC Configure the connection Select the filename psb backup file you want to restore fro
295. he HMI device to load the PROFIsafe address of the project enter the value 65535 in the Address text box The address obtained from the project will not be displayed in the dialog Result The PROFIsafe address is set Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 177 Configuring the HMI device 6 10 Programming the data channel 6 10 Requirements Lg Procedure 178 Programming the data channel You can use this function to configure the transfer mode A project can only be transferred from the configuration PC to the HMI device when at least one data channel is configured and enabled on the HMI device If you block all data channels the HMI device is protected against unintentional overwriting of the project data and HMI device image The Channel tab in the Transfer Settings dialog has been opened with the Transfer Settings icon Directories Channel 1 F Serial via RS232 PPI Multi Master Cable J Enable Channel Remote Control ETHERNET v Enable Channel Remote Control Group for data channel 1 Group for data channel 2 Button for the Network and Dial Up Connections dialog Note If you change the transfer settings during Transfer the new settings only go into effect the next time the transfer function is started This may occur if the Control Panel is opened to change the transfer p
296. he function as a parameter Remedy 60010 The file could not be copied in the direction defined because one of the two files is currently open or the source target path is not available It is possible that the Windows user has no access rights to one of the two files Restart the system function or check the paths of the source target files Using Windows NT XP The user running WinCC flexible Runtime must be granted access rights to the files 60011 An attempt was made to copy a file to itself It is possible that the Windows user has no access rights to one of the two files Check the path of the source target file Using Windows NT XP with NTFS The user running WinCC flexible Runtime must be granted access rights to the files 70000 Win32 function alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 70010 The application could not be started because it Check whether the application exists in the specified could not be found in the path specified or there is path or close other applications insufficient memory space 70011 The system time could not be modified Check the time which is to be set The error alarm only appears in connection with Using Windows NT XP Users running WinCC flexible area pointer Date time PLC Possible causes Runtime must be granted the right to modify the e An invalid time was transferred in the job system time of the operating system mailbox e The Windows user
297. he illuminated pushbutton and handwheel are disabled Other power save measures are activated The EMERGENCY STOP button remains available An existing keyswitch will remain available For information about the assignment of power management parameters refer to the WinCC flexible Online Help Note The screen off mode is not available while the HMI device is logged on to a plant Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 109 Operator controls and displays 5 4 Safety related operator controls 5 4 5 4 1 110 Power management for the HMI device provides the following operating modes Operating LED Action Follow up operating mode mode OFF PWR is off Briefly press Taste ON OFF ON BAT is off ON PWR lights up Automatically if no actions are Reduced brightness performed within a configured time period Briefly press Taste ON OFF Screen off Press Taste ON OFF for at OFF least 4 seconds Reduced PWR lights up Operation on the touch screen ON brightness The brightness of the Briefly press Taste ON OFF Screen off touch screen is reduced Automatically after a configured Screen off time interval if no operations are carried out Press Taste ON OFF for at OFF least 4 seconds Screen off PWR flashes Briefly press Taste ON OFF ON The touch screen is Briefly press Taste ON OF
298. he latest related entries From our global database Go to our global database and exp FAQs manuals downloads and ap Product Name or Part Number gt Product Support For automation system interaction questions click below For applicatic demonstration systems and more gt Application amp Tools Y 4 gt http www automation siemens com meta index_76 htm F m Internet Note Internet Explorer for Windows CE and the Internet Explorer on a PC differ in terms of functionality Internet Explorer for Windows CE has separate proxy settings that are independent of the settings in the Control Panel of the HMI device For more detailed information refer to the Microsoft website Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 131 Configuring the HMI device 6 2 Opertaing desktop and loader Status bar T When you click the icon in the status bar the following dialog appears IP Information Internet Protocol al Address Type Static st IP Address 10 119 65 25 E Subnet Mask 255 255 255 224 D Default Gateway Address type IP address Subnet mask Button for details The dialog contains information on the current WLAN or LAN connection Button to refresh the display 6 2 Opertaing desktop and loader The following operator control options are made available for the Windows CE inter
299. he log is already full the event is not Or triggered Configure a button which contains the same actions as The log specified no longer logs data because itis the event and press it full 80033 System Defined is set in the data log file as the Reinstall SQL Sever 2005 Express data source name This causes an error No data is written to the database logs whereas the logging to the CSV logs works 80034 An error has occurred in the initialization of the No action is necessary However it is recommended to logs An attempt has been made to create the save the backup files or delete them in order to make tables as a backup This action was successful A the space available again backup has been made of the tables of the corrupted log file and the cleared log was restarted 80035 An error has occurred in the initialization of the It is recommended to save the backups or to delete logs An attempt has been made to create backups them in order to release memory of the tables and this has failed No logging or backup has been performed 80044 The export of a log was interrupted because The export resumes automatically Runtime was closed or due to a power failure It was detected that the export needed to be resume when Runtime restarted 80045 The export of a log was interrupted due to an error The export is repeated automatically Check in the connection to the server or at the server e The connection to the server ii e Ifthe server
300. he transponder For the distance check both devices must be located in each others wireless range and the HMI device must have been integrated into the project The result of the distance check is evaluated on the HMI device and displayed with the effective range quality or Zone quality object in the project Aligning the HMI device to the transponder You must align the HMI device to the transponder to enable them to recognize one another The minimum distance to the transponder is 0 6 m The further away the HMI device is from the transponder the more accurately it must be aligned to the transponder The moving of the HMI device is only possible in a small angle The closer the HMI device is to the transponder the greater the moving angle can be The figure below shows an example of the possible angle of movement in relation to the distance from the transponder With a distance of 8 m the angle of movement is about 20 At a distance of 4 m the permissible angle of movement is about 110 Determine the current effective range and current zone The table below shows when a logon is feasible Alignment HMI device in transponder s wireless range Transponder in HMI Yes No Yes device s wireless area Logon Successful Not supported Not supported Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 258 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operatio
301. hey are called by F_FB_MP You can find these blocks in the F Application Blocks container of the Distributed Safety F library Purpose The assigned HMI device is monitored by F_FB_MP An F_FB_MP must be used for each HMI device F_FB_MP performs the following tasks e The block integrates the HMI device in the safety program of the F CPU after startup e The block removes the HMI device from the safety program after a communication error As soon as the communication error has been corrected and the operator has acknowledged this step the block will integrate the HMI device back into the safety program Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 208 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 e The block passes the states of the HMI device through F_LDB_STATES to F_FB_RNG_n The following HMI device states are possible Integrated Removed Communication error Acknowledgement required The QBAD output monitors the F I O for integrating and removing the HMI device e QBAD 0 PROFIsafe communication takes place between the HMI device and the F CPU e QBAD 1 No PROFIsafe communication takes place between the HMI device and the F CPU A WARNING Automatic restart The security program must ensure that after S7_MP_RES is set the plant does not restart automatically The operator must explicitly perform an action for the
302. hort circuit e Do not disassemble e Do not immerse in liquids the rechargeable battery may rupture or burst e Store unused rechargeable batteries away from the following items which can cause the contacts to be bridged These include Paper clips Coins Keys Nails Screws or other small metal objects Contact with battery fluid Improper handling of the rechargeable battery can lead to fluid spillage Avoid contact with the battery fluid If battery fluid comes in contact with skin rinse it off with water If battery fluid comes into contact with the eyes seek medical advice NOTICE Use only approved batteries If you use non approved batteries malfunctions may occur as a result Only use the rechargeable batteries approved for the HMI device Fully charge the main rechargeable battery before first use If you attempt to use a main rechargeable battery in the HMI device in its factory state the HMI device will not start Fully charge the main rechargeable battery before inserting it in the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 94 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices See also 4 7 5 2 Requirement Procedure 4 7 Connecting the HMI device SD guideline Page Opening and closing the battery and terminal compartment Page 88 Replacing the main rechargeable battery You can replace the main rec
303. ible ccc cece eenecnee cence esaia u EEEE EEE REE 237 8 4 7 3 Removing with WinCC flexible ccc cee cee cree ceeene cree eaeenecnsecaeenesnseesaseesesesseeseeeenasiaseneel 238 8 4 7 4 Installing With PrOSAVE csicsscvececeessttecenstoncearecttniereet aKa AREE iaaea ENa 239 8 4 7 9 REMOVING WIth PrOSAVG 2 4 0 cate decetesntieecetsaneisesticeteeetantecnedaeeecestsuedenstoetsesetaessnest cbesstantedeeed 240 8 4 8 Transferring and transferring back license keys cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 240 948 1 SOQVERVIGW asini ocean PK tee hc et atl eerie I lot de iets 240 O 4 8 2 Transfer lICENSE KEY Siesta tiiceet sacle cashew taeda es i a Eee eas ndtelu Seer a eA 241 8 4 8 3 Transfer license keys back 0 0 2 eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeene eee ee eaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaeeeseeaeeeeesaeeeeseeaas 2 9 Commissioning the plant 0 cececceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeeeaaaeeeeecaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaseeeessaeeseessaeeenenae 9 1 OVGIVIOW a sistectesiGeretlt vib tun eaedenn bedgeeet E vided al delee ideeveteedaametya tienen 9 2 Acceptance of the PlaMl sssssticcsssdisdessaadavees vansnadesanachen yaceeees a aaa aaa i aaa aa aaa aA 9 3 Transponder Syste saiisine aa eiaa aAa aa e a 9 3 1 Accepting effective range 9 3 2 Testelecive TAM OG menn e EA 9 3 3 Tesino ZONOS e E E E 9 4 RFID tag SISE e jeccezeh anedee edcexteinedevet tee edt eee aed eed 9 4 1 Commissioning an RFID tag 9 4 2 R
304. ice must be repaired See section Spare parts and repairs Page 334 e Press the second working enabling button to remove the HMI device Result Scenario 2 e The Discrepancy error enabling button dialog is closed and the discrepancy is cleared The enable signal remains in deactivated state The Discrepancy error enabling button dialog is displayed with the following symbol when the enabling button is released e The device must be repaired See section Spare parts and repairs Page 334 A 2 8 Removing the HMI device Requirement e The project has been started e The HMI device is integrated in the safety program of the F CPU e The HMI device is not logged onto a machine LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE MPWR MCom ORNG EBAT Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 379 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Procedure 1 To close the project use the operator control designed for this purpose The Start removal dialog opens with the following symbol 2 Use the Yes button to confirm the removal The Confirm removal dialog opens with the following symbol x vV 3 Press an enabling button within 60 seconds NOTICE Global rampdown A global rampdown will occur if you do not confirm the Confirm removal dialog within 60 seconds with the enabli
305. ies The local rampdown is triggered for example when the operator leaves the protection zone without logging off via a safety system Shutdown The shutdown is triggered as soon as the F CPU detects a communication error at an HMI device that is logged on to a machine Shutdown is the immediate stop of all machinery being operated in fail safe mode Communication error A communication error occurs when the communication between HMI device and fail safe ontroller is interrupted Additional information is available in the section Faulty operating Page 372 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 41 Overview 1 15 Terms for fail safe operation 42 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety instructions and standards 2 2 1 Safety instructions Project security A WARNING Injury or material damage If you do not exactly adhere to the safety regulations and procedural instructions contained in this manual hazards may arise and safety features be rendered ineffective This can result in personal injuries or material damage Closely follow closely the safety regulations and procedural instructions in each situation Observe the regulations for safety and accident prevention applicable to your application in addition to the safety instructions given in th
306. ified screen failed because the screen is not available configured The current screen remains selected Log on as a user with appropriate authorization Configure the screen and check the screen selection function 230005 The value range of the tag has been exceeded in the I O field The original value of the tag is retained Observe the range of values for the tag when entering a value 230100 During navigation in the web browser the system returned a message which may be of interest to the user The web browser continues to run but may not fully show the new page Navigate to another page 230200 The connection to the HTTP channel was interrupted due to an error This error is explained in detail by another system alarm Data is no longer exchanged Check the network connection Check the server configuration 230201 The connection to HTTP channel was established Data is exchanged 432 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 230202 WININET DLL has detected an error This error Depending on the cause is usually generated if it is not possible to When an attempt to connect fails or a timeout error connect to the server or if the server denies occurs gases because the client could niot e Check the network connection and
307. iguration Transfer the project to the HMI device again are not synchronized with those in the PLC The diagnostic screens can be operated as usual ProAgent may be unable to show all diagnostic texts 320010 The diagnostic data stored in the configuration Transfer the project to the HMI device again are not synchronized with those in STEP7 The ProAgent diagnostics data is not up to date 320011 A unit with the corresponding DB number and Check the parameters of the SelectUnit function FB number does not exist and the units selected in the project The function cannot be executed 320012 The Step sequence mode dialog is no longer Use the ZP_STEP step sequence screen from the supported corresponding standard project for your project Instead of calling the Overview_Step_Sequence_Mode function call the FixedScreenSelection function using ZP_STEP as the screen name 320014 The selected PLC cannot be evaluated for Check the parameters of the ProAgent EvaluateAlarmDisplayFault system function The Alarm view assigned to the EvaluateAlarmDisplayFault system function could not be found Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 444 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix 330000 GUI alarms A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 330022 Too many dialogs are open on the HMI device Close all dialogs you do not require on the HMI device 330026 The password will expi
308. iiin aneia EE ENEE ER TESE EEEE 225 8 4 4 3 Backing Up With ProSaVe oj cessed cevencrndverieeacessgnaceanesendverven iE Eaa E ER SAEN SEa A 226 8 4 4 4 Restoring with WinCC flexible ccc cece cte cree cence cree eaeenecnaeeaeeneensecsaseeeeesaseseesesesnaseasel 227 8 4 4 5 Restoring with ProSave secsssei esistia a aana Raia ea AERA ARATA aA aiaa 228 8 4 5 Updating the operating SYStOIM 0 eee ccececeeeeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseneaeeeseeaeeesenaeees 229 SAIT OVCRVICW siioni iien aan aa a aa E Mr O aa p e TEE 229 8 4 5 2 Updating the operating system using WinCC flexible eseseeeesseneseerrsssrreseerresrerrsserrrssrer nene 230 8 4 5 3 Updating the operating system USING ProSave eeeessesesseerreserrssrirrssttrnssttnrntttnnsstennnneen nne 231 8 4 6 Restoringitactory Settings 05 3 ccs glacier pene S E 232 B4 0 1 QVENMICW 2 424222 it hela eee Beaute away 232 8 4 6 2 Restoring the factory settings using WinCC flexible cece e eee eeeeneeeeeeenteeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaas 232 8 4 6 3 Restoring the factory settings With ProSave oo ceeeeeeceeeenneeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeeenaeeeeneaas 234 8 4 7 Installing and removing software OptiOnS ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeetaeeeeesaeeeersneeeeee 237 Orel A SOVGIWIGW aenn cde Jccadaaceivaceagdea des aetzy heldevet ajeizdaageedavea aacediea Yaceas lt tacubdets tad tvceniealeeSulodiveat aateyreed 237 8 4 7 2 Installing with WinCC flex
309. ile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 293 Operating a project 11 12 Operating the switch Procedure 11 12 Proceed as follows 1 Touch the slider 2 Move the slider to the required value If the value display was configured you can verify the entered value 3 Release the slider The set value is applied Operating the switch The switch is an operating element and display object with two predefined switching states for example On and Off Switches can signalize the state of a plant section for example if a motor is running or not At the same time you can use the switch to change the state of the corresponding plant section via the HMI device for example from On to Off The layout of the switch depends on the configuration e Switch with slider The two states are displayed by the position of the slider Slider e Switch with text or graphic The switch states can be labeled with text or graphics Switch state 0 Switch state 1 Backward Up Procedure Switch with Slider 294 1 Move the slider to the other position or double click the slider area The switch changes its appearance The associated value is switched Procedure Slider with Text or Graphic 1 Touch the switch The switch changes its appearance The associated value is switched Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Opera
310. inCC flexible project e A maximum of 127 effective ranges can be configured For the effective range specify a name and an ID that is unique for the entire plant range of values from 1 to 65534 Note down the name and ID of the effective ranges on the plant chart to have these at hand for commissioning e A maximum of 127 RFID tags can be configured for each effective range The protection zone RFID tag assignment is part of your plant configuration and must be recorded in the system documentation Planning the RFID tag mapping The following rules apply e Safe access is required to the RFID tag e The distance between two RFID tags must be at least 10 cm e An RFID tag cannot be assigned to two machines e To log onto a machine the distance between the HMI device and the RFID tag may not be more than 5 cm See also Areas in a RFID tag system Page 35 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 69 Planning the use 3 7 Mounting location and clearance of charging station 3 7 Mounting location and clearance of charging station Selecting the mounting location The charging station is designed for vertical installation Awarninc Installing the charging station When the HMI device is operated in the plant and the charging station is mounted the EMERGENCY STOP button must be enabled The EMERGENCY STOP button is not enabled when the charging stati
311. ing for example Elevators Systems in especially hazardous rooms Damping shock and vibration If the HMI device is subjected to impermissibly strong shocks or vibrations you must take appropriate measures to reduce amplitudes or acceleration In such situations use vibration damping or vibration absorber systems for the HMI device and accessories NOTICE Setting down the HMI device If you place the HMI device on a surface with a high natural frequency malfunctions may occur as a result When storing the HMI device make sure that the HMI device is only stored on a surface that does not exceed the permissible ambient conditions Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 59 Planning the use 3 3 Ambient conditions for operation Testing mechanical ambient conditions The following table provides information on the type and scope of tests for mechanical ambient conditions performed for the HMI device Test Physical variable Value Vibrations Vibration 1 octave min IEC 60068 2 6 10 cycles per axis Test Fc Frequency range 5 to 8 4 Hz Deflection 3 5 mm 8 4 to 150 Hz Vibration acceleration 9 8 m s Shock Shock form half sine IEC 60068 2 27 Acceleration 30g Duration 11 ms Number of shocks 3 per axis Permanent shock Shock form half sine IEC 60068 2 27 Acceleration 10g Duration 16 ms Sh
312. ing that the download of records Check in the configuration whether from the HMI device to the PLC was canceled e The tag addresses are configured in the PLC due to an error e The recipe number exists e The record number exists e The Overwrite function parameter is set 290023 Alarm reporting that the download of records from the PLC to the HMI device has started 290024 Alarm reporting that the download of records from the PLC to the HMI device was completed 290025 Alarm reporting that the download of records Check in the configuration whether from the PLC to the HMI device was canceled e The tag addresses are configured in the PLC due to an error e The recipe number exists e The record number exists e The Overwrite function parameter is set 290026 An attempt has been made to read write a Set the record status to zero record although the record is not free at present This error may occur in the case of recipes for which downloading with synchronization has been configured 290027 Unable to connect to the PLC at present Asa Check the connection to the PLC result the record can neither be read nor written Possible causes No physical connection to the PLC no cable plugged in cable is defect or the PLC is switched off 290030 This alarm is output after you selected screen Reload the record from the storage location or retain which contains a recipe view in which a record the current values is already selected 290031
313. ings and restart the HMI device If the HMI device doesn t start up switch it off and then on again Note After the restore you may have to calibrate the touch screen 8 4 6 3 Restoring the factory settings with ProSave Requirement e The HMI device is connected over the Ethernet to a PC on which ProSave is installed e Have the MAC address of the Ethernet interface on your HMI device to hand The MAC address is displayed briefly when the HMI device is turned on The MAC address is displayed in the PROFINET dialog in the Control Panel Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 234 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Procedure Setting the PC interface 1 Select the menu command Start gt Control Panel gt Set PG PC interface on the configuration PC 2 Select S7ONLINE STEP7 gt TCP IP from the Application access point area 3 Select the interface which is connected to the HMI device from the Interface parameterization used area 4 Confirm your entries Procedure Restoring factory settings Proceed as follows 1 From the Windows Start menu start ProSave on the PC SIMATIC ProSave BER File Language Help i Backup Restore Options 0S Update Device type Operator Panel Connection Ethernet Connection parameters IP address Computer nam
314. ion Read all the information provided in Programming and operation manual S7 Distributed a Configuring ana odrammina ttp support automation siemens com WW view en 22099875 Perform the following tasks for configuration Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 203 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 204 Task Configure hardware Information source Check S7 Distributed Safety Overview of configuration section Configure F CPU e Level of protection CPU contains safety program e Password e Set specific safety related parameters e Define the call time for the F runtime group in which the safety program is to be executed S7 Distributed Safety Configuring the F CPU section Save compile and download the hardware configuration This step creates the following e F shared DB e F l O DB for the HMI device e System data Add F FBs e FB161 F_FB_MP e FB162 F_FB_RNG_4 or FB163 F_FB_RNG_16 e FC176 F_BO_W e FC177 F_W_BO e FB215 F_ESTOP1 e F_DB_STATES or a comparable data area in an existing F DB Create F runtime group e Create F CALL e Assign F FB and F FC to F CALL e Set maximum cycle time for the F run time group in accordance with requirements S7 Distributed Safety Defining F run time groups section Call the safety program for example in OB 35 S7 Distributed
315. ion is possible interrupted again Please confirm the communication error Forced logoff OK button The operator has left the protection zone with a logged on HMI device via the safety system You are automatically logged off from the effective range A local rampdown has been triggered Confirm the logoff from the effective range Low battery alarm OK button The remaining charge of the main Battery charge is less than 20 percent rechargeable battery is less than 20 An additional system alarm is output after the charge of the main rechargeable battery has dropped to less than 6 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages Dialog Reaction Situation Test enabling button Press both enabling The operator has started the project TA a Perform a function test for the enabling Panic switc button Je position is reached Both enabling buttons must be tested to ensure they are operational Fully press both enabling buttons until the panic position is reached Error during effective range logon OK button An error occurred during logon of the HMI device to the effective range of a machine 4 The operator cannot use the enable switches to control the production 0 1 p process Possible causes Error during effective range logon e You are already logged on to the The
316. ion of the plant with multiple HMI devices is not allowed Prevent simultaneous operation through the appropriate configuration Note The function of the EMERGENCY STOP button must be checked periodically High frequency radiation for example from cellular phones can lead to undesirable operating states in a plant Approvals Note The following overview shows possible approvals The only valid approvals for the HMI device charging station power supply unit transponder and RFID tag are those shown on the label on the rear panel The HMI device charging station power supply unit and transponder comply with the European standards published in the Official Journals of the European Union for programmable controllers e 2004 108 EC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Directive e 1999 5 ECG Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council from March 9 1999 relating to Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment and the Mutual Recognition of their Conformity e Specific absorption rate in accordance with EN 50932 2004 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety instructions and standards UL approval u 2 2 Approvals EC Declaration of Conformity The EC Declarations of Conformity are available to the relevant authorities at the following address Siemens AG Industry Sector IA AS RD ST PO Bo
317. ions are intended for e Users e Commissioning engineers e Maintenance personnel Pay particular attention to the section Safety instructions and standards Page 43 You can find more information such as operating instructions examples and reference information in the online help of WinCC flexible Required knowledge General knowledge of automation technology and process communication is needed to understand the operating instructions It is also assumed that those using the manual have experience in using personal computers and an understanding of Microsoft operating systems Scope of this manual The manual applies for the HMI devices Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 and Mobile Panel 277F IWAN RFID Tag in connection with the following software e STEP 7 V5 4 starting with SP2 e Optional package SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety V5 4 SP3 or higher e WinCC flexible 2008 SP2 with HSP Mobile Panel 277 Wireless V2 0 NOTICE Manual belongs to HMI device The supplied manual belongs to the HMI device and is also required to repeat commissioning Keep all supplied and supplementary documentation for the entire service life of the HMI device Provide all stored documents to subsequent owners of the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 3 Preface Trademarks The following names marked with the symbol are registered
318. is manual A WARNING Injury or material damage The configuration engineer for plant control must take precautions to ensure that an interrupted program will be correctly integrated again after communication failures voltage dips or power outages A dangerous operating state must not be allowed to occur not even temporarily during the entire execution of the control program even during a troubleshooting Safety during commissioning and operation Awarninc Installation according to the instructions Commissioning of the HMI device is prohibited until it has been absolutely ensured that the machine to be operated with the HMI device complies with Directive 2006 42 EC Verify before commissioning that the provisions of Directive 2006 42 EC are fulfilled Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 43 Safety instructions and standards 2 2 Approvals Safety during operation 2 2 CE approval CE 44 A WARNING HMI device failure A strong shock or impact can impede the functionality of the HMI device After a strong mechanical action ensure the HMI device and the safety related parts are in working order Danger of injury Manual movements controlled with the HMI should only be executed in conjunction with the enabling buttons and at reduced velocity Exclusive operating right The simultaneous operat
319. is storage card message appears you need a storage medium of greater capacity Acknowledge this message Backup is aborted at this point Insert a storage medium with a greater capacity and restart the backup process If the You may have an old backup on the storage card Do you want to delete it message appears there is already a backup on the storage medium If you do not want to overwrite the backup press the No button Otherwise click the Yes button Several messages are displayed in sequence during the backup process Saving registry data Copy files A progress bar shows the status of the backup process When the backup process is completed the The operation completed successfully message is displayed 4 Acknowledge this message The dialog closes Result The HMI device data is now saved on the storage medium Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 193 Configuring the HMI device 6 14 Restoring from external storage medium Restore 6 14 Requirement K 194 Restoring from external storage medium Restore Use this function to restore data from a storage medium to the HMI device A restore operation deletes the old data from flash memory of the HMI device on confirmation The data stored on the storage medium is then copied to the internal flash memory e The storage medium with the backup data is inserted in
320. is wizard assists you in protecting the device and your data from unauthorized access First set a configuration password Current Admin Password New Password e0000 Confirm new password OTT Next gt gt Cancel 8 Enter your password If you prefer not to change the Admin Password password press Next 9 Press the Next button Security Settings for WLAN Choose wireless Security level Security level None Open System 7 Security level None Authentication type Open System Encryption Disabled Cipher NONE Encryption key source Local lt lt Back Next gt gt Cancel Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 153 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication The Security Wizard enables you to set security related parameters without detailed knowledge of security technologies in wireless networks Note The HMI device can be operated without configuration of security related parameters Depending on the properties of your network this will increase the risk of unauthorized access Therefore go through every page of the Security Wizard to enable the basic security features In the Security Wizard apply the following settings from the configuration of access points with which the HMI device communicates Select the security level for the WLAN from the Security level selection list For information ab
321. ith ProSave With WinCC flexible BAT 1 LED 127 BAT 2 LED 127 Battery Inserting Used Bit assignment Direct key Illuminated pushbutton Key operated switch 121 Booting Bridging time Expiration Brightness ia Changing 14 Reduced Byte assignment Direct keys C Calibrating Touch screen Cancel Transfer 103 Care 3 CE approval 44 Certificate 47 Certificates Stores 190 Changing Brightness 140 User data 290 Character repeat Screen keyboard 458 Charge Electrostatic Charging station Accessory kit Charging compartment Clearance 71 Configuration 20 Connecting 83 EMC compliant installation 54 LED display Lock Main dimensions Mounting location Mounting position Charging status Displaying Rechargeable battery 163 Vibration alarm 166 Checklist Configuration Fail safe Information security 337 Checksum Determining Clearance Charging station Climatic environmental conditions 58 Closing Remote control Column sequence Alarm view COM LED 10 Commissioning 219 Communication HMI device and controller Communication error Application case Communication link with controller Number Compatibility conflict 224 Computer name For network operation 181 Unique Computers Addressing Condensation 5 Configuration Checklist Configuration example 382 394 Configuration graphic Configuration PC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN
322. itting the same information is expressly forbidden Within the 5 15 5 25 GHz band this device is only for indoor use operations to reduce any potential for harmful interference to co channel MSS operations RSS 210 of Industry Canada 46 Operation is subjecte to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device has been designed to operate with internal antennas with a maximum gain of 2 dBi and an antenna impedance of 50 Ohms Other antennas are strictly prohibited for use with this device To reduce potential radio interference to other users the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power e i r p is not more than that permitted for successful communication That the device for the band 5150 5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce potential for harmful interference to co channel mobile satellite systems Users should also be cautioned to take note that high power radars are allocated as primary users meaning they have priority of 5250 5350 MHz and 5650 5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and or damage to LE LAN devices Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety instructions and standards 2 3 Standards on operating s
323. ized with the associated recipe tags In this case changes to values in the recipe view have an immediate effect on the values of the associated recipe tags The values are only synchronized when an operating element that is outside the recipe view is operated e Synchronization by the user The values of the recipe view and the associated recipe tags are not synchronized automatically The configuration engineer has assigned the same function to the button or a different operating element in the recipe view The recipe tags and the recipe view are only synchronized when you operate the buttons or the appropriate operating element Recipe tags online offline The configuration engineer can configure a recipe so that changes to the values of the recipe tags do not have an immediate effect on the current process Synchronization of the recipe values between the HMI device and the PLC depends on whether the configuration engineer has selected the settings Tags online or the setting Tags offline for a recipe Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 315 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 6 11 17 6 1 Tags online This setting has the following effect When you change recipe values in the recipe screen these changes are applied immediately by the PLC and immediately influence the process If recipe values are changed i
324. jectives of an attack are the project and the parameter settings of the HMI device Productive operation data The productive data can be manipulated for example by sending a series of false PROFIsafe message frames which prevent the plant from being switched off Data transfer between HMI device and access point is protected by the AES encryption mechanism Manipulation of productive data is prevented in this manner Note An encryption mechanism is not activated for the supplied access points and HMI devices Activate the encryption mechanism when you commission the system Organizational measures Organizational measures that ensure information security are described in the following document e IEC 61784 3 3 2007 Functional safety field busses Additional specifications for CPF 3 Specify the organizational measures you must implement in accordance with your plant s requirements to achieve the highest possible information security for communication via WLAN In doing so take into consideration e Configuration phase e Process control phase Check the interplay of the specified measures Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 77 Planning the use 3 14 Planning information security Checklist Perform the following tasks for application planning and confirm the implementation of each step in the following checklist The tasks only condi
325. k Requirement 4 You have opened the Mouse Properties dialog using the Mouse icon k Mouse Properties Double click l Double click this grid to set the double click sensitivity for both the speed and physical distance between clicks O Double click this icon to test your double click settings If this icon doesn t change adjust your settings using the grid above Pattern Icon Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Double click the pattern After the double click the grid is shown in inverse colors White boxes become gray The timeframe for the double click is saved Bo 2 Check the double click Press on the icon twice in succession to do this If the double click is recognized the icon is displayed as follows ie 3 If the settings are not perfect correct them To do this repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The double click adjustment is completed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 142 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel 6 4 5 5 Calibrating the touch screen Depending on the mounting position and viewing angle parallax may occur on the touch screen To prevent any resulting operating errors you may need to calibrate the touch screen during the startup phase or during runtime Requirement A You have opened the Touch tab of the OP Properties dialog u
326. k Safety functions are no longer available Ifthe HMI device is logged on at the effective range The F CPU initiates a shutdown The F CPU stops the plant unit that belongs to the effective range Ifthe HMI device is not logged on at the effective range The F CPU initiates a global rampdown If communication is reestablished within 60 seconds The emergency stop button becomes active again The SAFE LED lights up again Acknowledge the communication error If it was logged onto the effective range the HMI device is logged off If communication remains interrupted for more than 60 seconds The HMI device terminates the project The RNG LED immediately goes dark Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 446 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Abbreviations ANSI CPU CSV CTS DC DCD DHCP DIL DNS DP DSR DTR EAP ESD EMC iPCF MC IWLAN LAN LED MAC MOS MPI MS MTBF American National Standards Institution Central Processing Unit Comma Separated Values Clear To Send Direct Current Data Carrier Detect Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Dual in Line Domain Name System Distributed I O Data Set Ready Data Terminal Ready Input and Output Extensible Authentication Protocol Components and modules endangered by electrostatic discharge Electromagnetic compatibility European standard Engineering System Components and modules endangered by electrost
327. l 277F IWLAN V2 These cannot be used for a Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V1 e Transponder for the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V1 These can be used without restrictions but do not support compatibility in the 2 4 GHz WLAN bandwidth 1 8 Communication and approved controllers Number of communication connections Communication link Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Quantity max 6 Approved PLCs The HMI device has been enabled for use with the following type of PLC e SIMATIC S7 e Allen Bradley E IP C Logix NOTICE Safety related communication A non fail safe controller cannot ensure safety related communication A SIMATIC S7F PLC is required for safety related communication Approved protocols The HMI device uses the following protocol for communication with the PLC e PROFINET e PROFIsafe Mode V2 0 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 25 Overview 1 9 Software requirements 1 9 1 10 26 Software requirements You need the following software to configure the HMI device e WinCC flexible 2008 SP2 with HSP Mobile Panel 277 Wireless V2 e SIMATIC STEP 7 V5 4 as of SP2 e Optional package SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety V5 4 SP3 or higher Software options for the HMI device WinCC flexible Sm rtService The Sm rtService software option enables remote access via Ethernet to an HMI device from the HMI device or PC Read only a
328. l design guidelines for machines e ISO 13849 1 Safety of machinery Safety related parts of control systems General principles for design e ISO 14121 1 Safety of machinery Risk assessment Part 1 Principles These considerations result in a performance levels a to e in accordance with ISO 13849 1 which dictate how the safety related parts of the system must be furnished The safety related parts of the HMI device meet e SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 61508 e Performance level e and Category 4 in accordance with ISO 13849 1 Take the plant configuration as a whole into consideration in the risk analysis and not just the separate sections ra additional information on E analysis and risk mitigation refer to the http support ee siemens Se A ETITI Safety related operator controls Page Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety instructions and standards 2 6 Safety functions of the EMERGENCY STOP button 2 6 Safety functions of the EMERGENCY STOP button The EMERGENCY STOP button on the HMI device brings about a safety related stop of the plant in accordance with IEC 60204 1 Section 9 2 5 3 You can implement a Category 0 1 or 2 stop function in accordance with IEC 60204 1 Section 9 2 2 The stop function category must be selected on the basis of a risk assessment The following requirements must be met in order to render the EME
329. l effective ranges The Calculate is initially grayed out you can operate it when it turns black once again and all RFID tags have received an ID Press the Calculate button The CRC checksum is displayed RFID tag check Effective range Ta q lt 8 Effective range CRC B1AC Store ID Exit B Tag B 8 Record the checksum or enter it immediately in Effective ranges RIFD in the WinCC flexible editor 9 Press Exit to close the dialog Result You have assigned a unique identifier to all RFID tags and determined a checksum Once again transfer the project with the added CRC checksum to the HMI device The project will now start You can logon to a machine and operate it in fail safe mode 250 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning the plant 9 4 RFID tag system 9 4 2 Replacing an RFID tag If it is not possible to log onto an effective range the HMI device or RFID tag may be defective This section describes the configuration work carried out after replacement of a defective RFID tag Requirements e The defective RFID tag has been replaced e The ID of the defective RFID tag is available e The project in which the RFID tag has failed is still on the HMI device Procedure Proceed as follows ta 1 Switch on the HMI device 2 Open the Control Panel 3 Press the RFID Config ic
330. lab 13 4 1 Radiation characteristic of HMI device The radiation characteristics are in regards to the antennas for the transponder system Antenna type Dual port patch antenna Polarization Vertical and horizontal Frequency range 2400 MHz to 2483 MHz Antenna gain in principle ray direction max Port 1 2 6 dBic Port 2 2 7 dBic Impedance 50 Q Full widths at half maximum horizontal at 2 45 GHz _ 83 Full widths at half maximum vertical at 2 45 GHz 80 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 350 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications e 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system Range of the transmitter based on angle The figure below shows the coordinate system applied to the HMI device WT mls nag U a W i I ZZ y gt Mi a N 120 135 150 165 Technical specitications 13 4 Radiation characteristics of the transponder system The figure below shows the HMI device range depending on the angular displacement to the main count direction in the z direction T DDN y SC OR LET 8im aa S44 iy Se jj F yf
331. lay of the screen keyboard Key Function Switching between the numerical and alphanumerical keyboard Switching between the normal level and Shift level of the alphanumerical screen keyboard Switchover to special characters Alt Gr Switching from full display to reduced display Switching from reduced display to full display Closing of reduced display of the screen keyboard SBE EE Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 277 Operating a project 11 5 Operating the screen keyboard in the project Entering data Function Delete character left of cursor Delete character right of cursor eI Say Confirm entry and close the screen keyboard ESG Cancel input Note Data input numerical text box Hexadecimal values When you enter a value in hexadecimal format the alphanumerical screen keyboard opens Decimal places The configuration engineer can define the number of decimal places for a numerical text box The number of decimal places is checked when you enter a value in this type of I O field Decimal places in excess of the limit are ignored Empty decimal places are filled with 0 Limits A tag can be configured with limits If you enter a value outside these limits it will be rejected If an alarm view is configured a system event is triggered and the original valu
332. le Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 215 Safety related configuration 7 4 Configuration in WinCC flexible EN and ENO When you call an F FB the enable input EN and enable output ENO appear automatically Note the following for EN and ENO e Do not connect them e Do not set 0 for them e Do not evaluate them Addresses of PII and PIQ The start addresses of the PII and PIQ are available in the Mobile277Failsafe_lO HW Config module of the HMI device Wiring the inputs and outputs You have to wire the inputs and outputs of the F FB manually No automatic wiring is performed 7 4 Configuration in WinCC flexible For fail safe operation of the HMI you must configure the following areas of WinCC flexible ES e Device settings Configure the PROFIsafe address of the HMI device in the project window under Device Settings gt Device Settings e Effective ranges editor To configure the effective ranges specified in the plant chart select Device Settings gt Effective Ranges in the project window e Editor Effective Ranges RFID Configure the effective ranges specified in the plant design in the project window under Device Settings gt Effective Ranges RFID e Inthe project window under Screens HMI screens A display for the project ID Assign a unique project ID to each project The project ID is used to check which project is currently on
333. le screen numbers configured because the screen number specified does not Assign the number to a screen if necessary exist Check the details for the screen call and whether the Or A screen could not be generated due to screen is blocked for specific users insufficient system memory Or The screen is blocked Or Screen call has not been executed correctly 70017 Date time is not read from the area pointer because Change the address or set up the address in the PLC the address set in the PLC is either not available or has not been set up 70018 Acknowledgment that the password list has been successfully imported 70019 Acknowledgment that the password list has been successfully exported 70020 Acknowledgment for activation of alarm reporting 70021 Acknowledgment for deactivation of alarm reporting 70022 Acknowledgment to starting the Import Password List action 70023 Acknowledgment to starting the Export Password List action 70024 The range of values of the tag was exceeded in the Check and correct the calculation system function No calculation of the system function 70025 The range of values of the tag was exceeded in the Check and correct the calculation system function No calculation of the system function 70026 No other screens are stored in the internal screen memory No other screens can be selected 70027 The backup of the RAM file system has been started 70028 The files from the RAM hav
334. lect the recipe data record you want to export 3 Operate the operator control which was configured for export for example the Export data record button The data record is exported as a CSV file to an external data medium Refer to your plant documentation for additional information 11 17 9 Importing a recipe data record Introduction You can import values from a CSV file to a recipe data record depending on the configuration If the structure of the CSV file differs from the structure of the recipe deviations are handled as follows e Any additional values in the CSV file will be rejected e The system applies the configured default value to the recipe data record if the CSV file contains an insufficient number of values e Ifthe CSV file contains values of the wrong data type the configured default value is set in the recipe data record Example The imported CSV file contains values that were entered as floating point numbers However the corresponding tag expects an integer value In this case the system discards the imported value and uses the configured default Requirements e An operating element with the function Import data record has been configured for example a button e A screen with a recipe view is displayed Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select the recipe which contains the recipe data record to be imported 2 Operate the operating element with the function Import data record The record
335. llows 1 Record the error number see Error Code 2 Switch off the HMI device 3 Restart the HMI device if the error persists upport can come to a conclusion about the type of Based on the error code Technical internal error Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 253 Commissioning the plant 9 5 Diagnostics Error code for discrepancy errors The following table lists the error codes for discrepancy errors You may be able to find a remedy for a discrepancy error yourself depending on the situation The first six digits of the error code are decisive for the correct identification of the error Error code Error type Remedy 000 008 Discrepancy error at the EMERGENCY Release the EMERGENCY STOP button STOP button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 254 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operation 1 0 10 1 Organizational measures The HMI device should only be operated in the system with a battery or in the charging station You must adhere to the organizational measures described in this section to ensure fail safe operation of the HMI device A WARNING EMERGENCY STOP button out of service when HMI device is removed The functions of the EMERGENCY STOP button are disabled if the HMI device is not integrated into the safety program of the F CPU To avoid
336. lumn are transferred once to the PLC 11 15 Operating the Sm rtClient view The Sm rtClient view enables you to monitor and remotely operate the current project of a remote HMI device With the correct configuration several equal priority HMI devices can access a remote HMI device Note If another HMI device accesses your HMI device via the Sm rtClient view this leads to an additional load on your HMI device The Sm rtClient view can be operated as follows e Starting remote control e Forcing permission e Ending remote operation In the Sm rtClient view the remote HMI is displayed with the complete layout Depending on the configuration you can monitor and also operate this screen You can also operate the function keys like buttons on an HMI device with a touch screen On a Sm prtClient view which is configured for monitoring mode you can monitor the affected HMI device You cannot access to control Note It is not possible to operate the direct keys of the remote HMI device from the local HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 299 Operating a project 11 15 Operating the Sm rtClient view The available operator controls depend on the HMI devices used e Same type of HMI devices You can operate the project of the remote HMI device with the operator controls of your HMI device e Button operation from a local touchscree
337. m 390 F CALL FC 1 F CALL FC1 is the F process group and is called from the cyclic interrupt OB 35 F CALL FC1 calls the F program module here FB1 FB 1 For reasons of program modularity all other safety related blocks are called from this FB In the FB 1 you have to call the F FBs in the sequence shown Network 1 DB100 F_FB_MP F00256_Mobile277Failsafe_lO QBAD F00256_Mobile277Failsafe_lO ACK_REQ MP1_FB_S7_MP_RE ACK REI F00256_Mobile277Failsafe_lO ACK_REI MP1_FB_S7_ACK_ERR MP_DATA_Q MP1_F_DATA_PIQ MP1_F_DATA_PII MP_RNG_Q MP1_F_RNG_PIQ MP1_F_RNG_PII DIAG L Interface _DB MP1_FB_DIAG F_DB_STATES MP_100_Status ENO In network 1 the F_FB_MP of the HMI device is called With this block the controller monitors the PROFIsafe communication of the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN The following diagnostics information is indicated at the DIAG output e Operating mode of the HMI device integrated or removed e A communication error has occurred e Communication error must be acknowledged Additional information is available in the F_FB_MP Page 208 section Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix Network 2 Switch_ Override Edge_ Override Contact_Mats Edge_ Contact_ Mats Switch_ Override SR_Override 123 MP1_F_DATA_PII MP1_F_RNG_PII F_DB_STA
338. m if the system alarm persists e The wrong port is used for the connection e System overload 160001 Connection is up because the cause of the interruption has been eliminated 160010 No connection to the server because the server Check access rights identification CLS ID cannot be determined Values cannot be read or written 160011 No connection to the server because the server Check for example if identification CLS ID cannot be determined e The server name is correct Values cannot be read or written e The computer name is correct e The server is registered 160012 No connection to the server because the server Check for example if identification CLS ID cannot be determined e The server name is correct Values cannot be read or written e The computer name is correct e The server is registered Note for advanced users Interpret the value from HRESULT 160013 The specified server was started as InProc server Configure the server as OutProc Server or Local This has not been released and may possibly lead Server to incorrect behavior because the server is running in the same process area as the WinCC flexible Runtime software 160014 Only one OPC server project can be started on a Do not start a second project with OPC server PC MP An alarm is output when an attempt is made to start a second project The second project has no OPC server functionality and cannot be located as an OPC server by external sources
339. m the Restore tab You can see the HMI device for which the backup file was created and the type of backup data the file contains 6 Set Transfer mode on the HMI device 7 Start the restore in ProSave with Start Restore If there are license keys both on the HMI device and in the backup a dialog box will appear Use this dialog to establish whether you want to overwrite the license keys or abort the restore process If necessary abort the restore process and save the license keys of the HMI device Then start the restore process again Follow the instructions in ProSave A status view opens to indicate the progress of the operation When the restore is successfully completed the data previously backed up on the PC will now be available on the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 5 Updating the operating system 8 4 5 1 Overview A compatibility conflict may occur when transferring a project to the HMI device The reason for this problem is that there are different versions of the configuration software and the HMI device image on the HMI device The transfer is aborted in case of different versions A message indicating such a compatibility conflict will be displayed on the configuration PC You have the following options to remedy the compatibility p
340. mber of partial logs in a segmented 400 circular log Entries in each log including all partial logs 10000 Filing format RDB CSV with ANSI character set TXT Unicode Storage location Memory card USB stick Network drive 1 The number of entries in the log may be restricted by the capacity of the storage medium Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 28 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 7 10 Supported WinCC flexible objects Safety Object Specification HMI device User administration Number of user groups 50 Number of users 50 Number of authorizations 32 Infotexts Object Specification HMI device Infotext Length no of characters 320 depending on font For alarms Yes For screens Yes For screen objects for example for I O Yes field switch button invisible button Additional functions Object Specification HMI device Monitor setting Touch screen calibration Yes Brightness setting Yes Language change Number of languages 16 VBScript User specific extension of the functionality Yes Number of scripts 50 Graphic object Vector and pixel graphics Yes Trend Number 300 Task planner Number of tasks 48 Text object Number 10000 Direct key PROFINET IO direct keys Yes Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 29 Over
341. n 140003 No tag updating or writing is executed Check the connection and if the PLC is switched on Check the parameter definitions in the Control Panel using Set PG PC interface Restart the system 140004 No tag update or write operations are executed Verify the connection and check whether the PLC is because the access point or the module switched on configuration is faulty Check the access point or the module configuration MPI PPI PROFIBUS in the Control Panel with Set PG PC interface Restart the system Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 424 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 140005 No tag updating or writing is executed because the Use a different HMI device address HMI device address is incorrect possibly too high Verify the connection and check whether the PLC is switched on Check the parameter definitions in the Control Panel using Set PG PC interface Restart the system 140006 No tag updating or writing is executed because the Select a different baud rate in WinCC flexible baud rate is incorrect according to module profile communication peer etc 140007 Tags are not updated or written because the bus Check the user defined bus profile profile is incorrect see 1 Check the connection and if the PLC is switched on The following parameters could not be written to Check th
342. n All the keys of the remote HMI device are displayed as buttons on the touch screen You can touch them to operate them e Touch operation from a local HMI device using keys You operate the buttons in the usual manner Procedure starting remote control Proceed as follows 1 On the HMI device change to the screen with the Sm rtClient view The following options are available for establishing the connection to the remote HMI device The connection is established automatically The connection must be established by touching the appropriate button Depending on the configuration you may be required to enter the address of the remote HMI device and a password NOTICE Unencrypted password transmission with http If a password is stored in the configuration this password can be transmitted without encrypting In order to transmit the password in an encrypted manner operate Sm rtService and Sm rtAccess through a secured protocol for example vpn or https 2 The current screen of the project running on the remote device is displayed on the screen of your HMI device 3 You can now monitor and control this screens according to your configuration Scroll bars are displayed if the screen of the remote HMI device is larger than that of the current HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 300 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 16
343. n 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode The current effective range or the current zone is determined as follows e The HMI device transmits with a running project e fa transponder recognizes the wireless range of an HMI device the transponder ID will be sent to the HMI device e The HMI device evaluates the ID and signal strength Based on this information the HMI device calculates the current effective range or zone including the range or zone quality See also Dividing plant into effective ranges Page 63 10 3 3 Logging onto a machine As soon as you are in an effective range with the HMI device you can log the HMI device onto the respective machine After successfully logging on operating the machine in fail safe mode within the effective range is possible Behavior in the effective range following successful logging on CAUTION Local rampdown possible If you leave the effective range without logging off or if the HMI device no longer detects the transponder then the following dialog will be displayed after 5 s Effective range exited without logoff If you do not return to the effective range within 25 seconds the HMI devices initiates a local rampdown and begins logging off from the effective range The effective range is open for logging on for other HMI devices Return to the effective range in time Always align the HMI device so that it is possible to measure the distance between the H
344. n error must be acknowledged Bit 4 to 15 Reserved EN and ENO When you call an F FB the enable input EN and enable output ENO appear automatically Note the following for EN and ENO e Do not connect them e Do not set 0 for them e Do not evaluate them Addresses of PII and PIQ The start addresses of the PII and PIQ are available in the Mobile277Failsafe_lO HW Config module of the HMI device Wiring the inputs and outputs You have to wire the inputs and outputs of the F FB manually No automatic wiring is performed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 211 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 7 3 7 F_FB_RNG_4 and F_FB_RNG_16 The description in this section applies to the following F FBs e F_FB_RNG 4 version 1 0 e F_FB_RNG_16 version 1 0 When the term F_FB_RNG_n is used the information applies to both F FBs Note Insert the FC176 F_BO_W and FC177 F_W_BO blocks into the safety program because they are called by F_FB_MP You can find these blocks in the F Application Blocks container of the Distributed Safety F library Purpose Depending on the operating status of the HMI device the F FBs performs the following e Connect the outputs of F_FB_RNG_n e Prepare the output user data Each HMI device in the wireless network can assume one of the following operating states e Removed without communic
345. n into the effective range The HMI device is fully operable LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE M PWR ECOM WRNG EBAT E Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 364 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios Results of case 2 no return into the effective range e The Effective range exited without logoff dialog box opens e The HMI device triggers a local rampdown and log off from the effective range As long you do not confirm log off from the effective range the dialog box is displayed on the HMI device The operator cannot operate the plant The effective range remains allocated The HMI device is logged off from the effective range once logging off has been confirmed The effective range is open for logging on for other HMI devices LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MOSAFE M PWR Ecom ORNG BBAT Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 365 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 4 4 Logging off the machine Requirement e The Effective range name object is displayed in green e The HMI device is logged on in the effective range LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE BMPWR ECOM WRNG EBAT a
346. n is askew Requirement The HMI device is integrated e The HMI device is not logged onto a machine LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE MPWR WCOM ORNG EBAT e The HMI device is logged on to a machine LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE BPWR ECOM RNG EBAT CD Procedure 1 Press the enabling button 2 Press the enabling button to the switch setting panic If you press the edge of an enabling button the pressure point for the contacts is not centered The signal is therefore transmitted only through one of the two contacts The controller detects a discrepancy Result The enabled state is withdrawn when a discrepancy is detected The Discrepancy error enabling button dialog opens with the following symbol when the discrepancy time expires Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 377 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios The dialog stays open until this discrepancy i discrepancy time is available in Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN operation Additional information on Page 340 section Fail safe Enabling is made possible by pressing the enabling button again from the zero position e The HMI device is integrated but not logged onto a machine LED display EMERGENCY STOP button MSAFE PWR HWCOM ORNG EBAT Enabling
347. n processes by achieving a safe operating state immediately after shutdown In other words fail safe systems control processes in which an immediate shutdown does not endanger people or the environment Fail safe systems are used in plants requiring higher levels of safety Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 450 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Glossary Field array A field is configurable object A reserved area is used for the input and output of values Flash memory Non volatile memory with EEPROM chips used as mobile storage medium or as memory module installed permanently on the motherboard Half Brightness Life Time Time period after which the brightness reaches 50 of the original value The specified value is dependent on the operating temperature HMI device An HMI device is used for operation and monitoring of production processes The operating states of the plant are visually depicted on the HMI device Operator controls on the HMI device enable intervention in the production process of the plant HMI device image An HMI device image is a file that can be transferred from the configuration PC to the HMI device An HMI device image contains the operating system for a specific HMI device and the runtime components required for the executable project file HMI screen The HMI screens on the HMI device visualize the production process The HMI screens are configured with Wi
348. n programmed accordingly Program the F CPU accordingly The following types of shutdown may occur depending on the operating state of the plant e EMERGENCY STOP e Global rampdown e Local rampdown e Shutdown The following table shows the shutdown reaction depending on the operating state and the Cause Cause of the shutdown Operating state of the HMI device EMERGENC Communicati Timeout 1 Y STOP on error button pressed Removed Integrated Logged on to HMI device is in the EMERGENC Shutdown the effective effective range Y STOP range HMI device lt 30 s EMERGENC Shutdown outside of the effective Y STOP range HMI device gt 30 s EMERGENC Shutdown Local outside of the effective Y STOP rampdown range Not logged on to the effective range EMERGENC Global Y STOP rampdown The HMI device is logged onto the effective range and the operator leaves the See also effective range with the HMI device for longer than 30 seconds erms for fail safe operation Page 40 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 257 Fail safe operation 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode 10 3 2 Determine the current effective range and current zone The determination of the current effective range and the current zone occurs through a distance verification between the HMI device and t
349. n the PLC the changed values are displayed immediately in the recipe screen Tags offline With this setting changed recipe values are not synchronized immediately between the HMI device and the PLC In this case the configuration engineer must configure operating elements for transferring the values to the PLC or reading them from the PLC in a recipe screen The recipe values are only synchronized between HMI device and PLC when you operate the appropriate operating element Operating the recipe view Overview Operating the recipe view The recipe view can be operated as follows Enter values for the recipe elements Create recipe data records Save recipe data records or save them under a new name Delete recipe data records Synchronize values of the recipe view with the associated recipe tags Transfer recipe data records from the PLC and to the PLC Operator controls of the recipe view The following table shows the operator controls of the recipe view 316 Buttons Functions Creates a new recipe data record If a start value is configured it is shown in the text box Saves the displayed values of the recipe data record The storage location is predefined by the project The recipe data record is saved under a different name irrespective of the recipe view A dialog box opens in which the name is entered HO0A The displayed recipe data record is deleted Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mo
350. nCC flexible Removing Removing with ProSave Removing with WinCC flexible Options Output F_FB_MP F_FB_RNG n Override 263 Mode P Panic activation Enabling button 414 464 Parameter assignment Data channel Operating system Password Backup 2 Number of characters Removing Restoring Setting up Password list 285 Password properties 146 Password protection 130 Setting up Permissions in remote operation PII Start address 201 211 Pin assignment RJ45 socket 343 USB socket 343 PIQ Start address 201 211 Planning Effective range 65 Number of RFID tags 69 Transponder assignment 66 67 Zone 67 Plant Acceptance Shutdown response PLC Caneda gt ful Connectin Number Reading recipe data record 321 Released Transferring recipe data record 322 PLC_User 290 POWER LED Power failure Power management Levels Power supply 346 Technical specifications Power supply unit Connecting hoz Printer Configuration araphic Connecting Printer connection Setting Printer properties 167 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Index Printing Labeling strips h22 Production sequence Manual PROFINET Addressing computers 180 PROFINET IO Disabling direct keys 3 Enabling direct keys PROFIsafe Loading the address 477 Parameter 2 Project
351. nCC flexible and will be available on the HMI device once the project has been transferred to the HMI device Infotext Infotext is configurable object It displays information about other objects within a project Infotext for an alarm for example may contain information on the cause of the fault and troubleshooting routines Infrastructure mode An infrastructure network is a wireless LAN which enables communication among the various devices through a central wireless access point The terminal devices must log on with their MAC address to the wireless access point and get an IP address assigned if a DHCP server responds to the requesting device IO field An IO field is configurable object It enables values to be entered on the HMI device and transferred to the controller and values to be output from the controller Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 451 Glossary IO field symbolic IT system Object A symbolic IO field is configurable object It enables values to be entered on the HMI device and transferred to the controller and values to be output from the controller Contains a list of default entries from which one can be selected This is a particular type of ground connection in a distribution system in electrical engineering for increased resistance to isolation errors An object is a configuration component of a project for example
352. nderside of the charging station you will find the slot for power supply OOOO Charging station accessory kit The accessory kit contains e 1 lock e 1 key set for lock e 1 cable connector e 4 spacer sleeves for mounting on conductive surfaces The accessory kit can include documents Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 20 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 7 6 Equipment for HMI device and plant 1 6 2 Power supply unit The power supply unit supplies the power to the HMI device The power supply unit can be used in 120 and 230 V AC power networks The setting of the voltage range takes place automatically Output voltage is 12V DC Power LED Connecting cable Power supply unit OOO Power supply cable Order number 6AV6671 5CN00 0AX1 The power supply unit is provided with four power supply cables with plugs for the following regions e Europe e Asia e North America e United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland Read the relevant documentation Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 21 Overview 7 6 Equipment tor HMI device and plant 1 6 3 Transponder A transponder is required for setting up effective ranges in plants with fail safe operation and for configured zones The Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 supports the effective range and zone system Label
353. ndwheel approximately 4 5 turns to generate 256 pulses The rotary pulse encoder supplies a maximum of 200 pulses per second 5 5 4 3 Controlling the LEDs of the function keys via system functions Introduction Bit assignment LEDs are integrated in the HMI device s function keys F1 to F18 The PLC can be directly communicated with the integrated LEDs An LED can transmit the following light signals e Off e Flashing slowly e Flashing quickly e On In the expiring project the light signals can signalize to the operator that the function key should be pressed The following table shows the possible light signals and the corresponding entries in bit n 1 and bit n of the LED tags Bit n 1 Bit n Light signal 0 0 Off 0 1 Flashing quickly 1 0 Flashing slowly 1 1 ON continuous 5 5 4 4 Controlling the handwheel via system functions Introduction 120 The handwheel is an optional operator control of the HMI device You can enter incremental values in a running project with the handwheel Note Do not configure limit values in WinCC flexible for tags assigned to the handwheel Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 5 Operator controls Evaluate incremental values If the signals of the handwheel are assigned to a WinCC flexible tag then the forward and backward increments will be
354. ne or more transponders The same maximum distance applies to all transponders in a zone The assignment of transponders to zones is defined in the project The following image shows a packaging system with two zones Zone 1 formed by 2 transponders Zone 2 formed by 1 transponder Planning the transponder assignment The following rules apply e Each transponder can only be assigned to one zone e A transponder can be assigned to a zone and an effective range simultaneously Ranges in a transponder system Page Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 67 Planning the use 3 6 Equipping a plant with tags 3 6 1 3 Quality of the effective range and zone The transponder broadcasts its ID in accordance with its radiation characteristic Compare 350 chapter Radiation characteristics of the transponder system Page 350 Depending on the project the HMI device limits this range from 2 to 8 meters The effective range quality and Zone quality objects identify the location of the HMI device in terms of the effective range or zone In the following figure the distance is specified in and relates to the configured dimension of an effective range or a zone The configured dimension can be 2 to 8 meters Effective range quality object or Zone quality object With regard to the effecive range or zone the HMI device is located In
355. nect an additional programming device or additional PC to the PLC Note Status force can only be used in combination with SIMATIC S7 With status control you can e Change the column sequence e Read the status values of the connected controller e Enter values and transfer them to the controller The layout of Status Force depends on the configuration The figure shows the general layout of Status Force A value can be monitored or controlled on every line The configuration engineer specifies which columns appear in Status Force The table shows the significance of all configurable columns Column Functions Connection The PLC whose address ranges must be displayed Type DB Number Offset The address range of the value Bit Data type Format The data type of the value Status value The value read from the specified address Control value The value to be written to the specified address Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 297 Operating a project 11 14 Operating the status force Operating buttons Depending on your configuration you can operate the trend view using the following buttons Buttons Functions Gif Read button Updates the display in the Status value column _ This button engages when it is pressed You canno
356. neee cece ee eeeneaeaeeeeeeeseeenaaeceeeeeeesecennieeeeeeeeteees 328 11 17 9 Importing a recipe data record cecceceecceceeeeeeeeeececeae cece ee eeeeceaeaeeeeeeesececaeeeeeeeeesesennaeeeeereeteee 329 VEIA EXIM PIGS ainas eee alata sce ul uta teas tee a e ee a a a aaa labled E wesw hens vaeehnea 330 11 17 10 1 Entering a recipe data record 0 0 ccccccecccceceeecceeeecnseceeeeeeeeseeeseesecsaecsececsecsaseeseseesaeeaseneenas 330 11 17 10 2 Manual production SCQUENCE cececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeetecaaeaeeeeeeeseccaaeeeeeeeeesesinceeeeeeeeeees 331 11 18 Closing the 0 01 neces 12 Service and Maintenance eeeceeeeeeeeee este eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeaaaeaeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeeeesaaaeeseeaaeeeeeeaeeeees 12 1 Maintenance and care ccceceecceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeseneeeeeseneeeeeseeeeeeeseneaeeeseneaeeeeeenaees 12 2 Spare parts ANd repairs 2 0 0 ce cececeecceeec cece ceeeeeececaeaeeeeeeeeesecaacaeeeeeeeeescaaeaeeeeeseseseccieaeeeeeeteeeeeaees 13 gt Technical specifications arerioek a e ia ATE sA E E A EAA SE E 13 1 DIMENSION CrAWINGS asea A ee ee A 13 1 1 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN 2 cee cecceeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeesaaeeeceeeseeeeesaaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaeeseeeeseaees 13 1 2 Chargng Staton seee sscced ees cccgty sens cacsdasnnedey a 13 1 3 TRANS PONG eTe iscri da aa E deca cnet aadenedlecneeeden RAE E sawed ale E 13 14 REID ta Oireiiaiiennnai oaii i a
357. nfig of STEP 7 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 386 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system Procedure HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Insert the HMI device in HW Config dw Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN fay Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help Deit hS T we ln a Wn Ps 307 54 CPU 317F 2PN DP Ethernet 1 PROFINET IO System fF 1 mobile2 SIMATIC HMI Press F1 to get Help Bix Find nyai O E PROFINET I0 a 4 Additional Field Devices Gateway HMI SIMATIC HMI a 177 a 277 a Mobile Panel 277 Mobile Panel 277 WLAN Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN V2 F F Mobile Panel 277F WLAN Mobile Panel 277F WLAN RFID TA Mobile Panel 277F WLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F WLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F WLAN Y2 Mobile Panel 277F WLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Y2 gt on see eT AVE 645 0EC01 04X1 Z tg SIEMENS Mobile Panel 277F WLAN V2 PROFIsafe Integrated Enabling Button Emergency Stop Button Handwheel xl Er 2 In HW Config double click Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 The properties dialog of the HMI device is displayed 3 In HW Config select the detail view and double click the Mobile277Failsafe
358. ng button Press an enabling button within 60 seconds Result e Safety related communication is terminated e The HMI device is removed from the safety program of the F CPU e The project is closed e The HMI device shows the Windows CE Desktop with the loader LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE PWR MECOM ORNG EBAT A 2 9 Switching off the HMI device Requirement e The project has been started e The HMI device is integrated into the safety program of the F CPU Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 380 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios LED display O SAFE BPWR HCOM ORNG EBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Procedure 1 Close all open dialogs 2 Press and hold the ON OFF button for at least 4 seconds The Start removal dialog opens with the following symbol 3 Use the Yes button to confirm the removal The Confirm removal dialog opens with the following symbol D v 4 Press an enabling button within 60 seconds NOTICE Global rampdown 60 seconds with the enabling button Press an enabling button within 60 seconds A global rampdown will occur if you do not confirm the Confirm removal dialog within Result e Safety related communication is terminated e The HMI device is r
359. ng procedures and potential fault scenarios The shutdown signal is revoked The HMI device is fully operable LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE MPWR LICOM ORNG EBAT A 2 6 3 Internal error Requirement e The HMI device is logged on in the effective range LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE BMPWR ECOM BRNG BBAT CD Procedure e An internal error occurs on the HMI device Result e The F CPU initiates a shutdown The parts of the plant belonging to the effective range or protection zone is stopped e The project is closed immediately e The HMI device displays the error code message e All LEDs go out e The effective range remains allocated LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button LISAFE OPWR LICOM ORNG OBAT Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 376 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 7 Discrepancy error during agreement or panic The enabling button is two channel Both contacts must be closed at the same time for the agreement and panic switch positions A discrepancy error is generated if one of the contacts is open while the other is closed The following fault scenarios can occur e The enabling button is askew e The enabling button is defective A 2 7 1 The enabling butto
360. ng program We strongly recommend you check http Awww siemens com sinema the local wireless conditions before Guideline for the Use of Industrial Wireless LAN in a beginning start up PROFINET IO Environment http support automation siemens com WW view en 31938420 Plan for information security Planning information security Page 77 Plan the configuration of the System manual Communication with SIMATIC PROFINET and PROFIsafe http support automation siemens com WW view en communication 25074283 Programming and operation manual S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and Programming http support automation siemens com WW view en 22099875 Plan the effective ranges for Equipping a plant with transponders Page 63 operating the plant in a fail safe Equipping a plant with RFID tags Page 69 mode Plan the location for the Planning the installation location of transponders transponders Page 71 Plan the installation locations for the Planning an installation location for RFID tag RFID tags Page 72 Plan a security system for the Protection zone for the Override mode Page 73 override mode Plan the installation location and Mounting location and clearance of charging station clearance for the charging station Page 70 Plan the location for the signal Planning the installation location of signal lamp lamps Page 73 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 57 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E0276
361. ng recipes 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 1 Overview Introduction Recipes are used when different variants of a product are manufactured with the same process In this case the product variants differ in terms of their type and quantity of the components but not in terms of the manufacturing process sequence The configuration engineer can store the combination of each individual product variant in a recipe Field of application Recipes can be used everywhere the same product components are used in variable combinations to create different product variants Examples e Beverage industry e Food processing industry e Pharmaceutical industry e Paint industry e Building materials industry e Steel industry 11 17 2 Structure of a recipe Recipes The recipe collection for the production of a product family can be compared to a file cabinet A recipe which is used to manufacture a product corresponds to a drawer in a file cabinet Example In a plant for producing fruit juice recipes are required for different flavors There is a recipe for example for the flavors orange grape apple and cherry Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 308 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes File cabinet Drawer Drawer Drawer Drawer Recipe data records Recipe collection Recipe Recipe Recipe Recipe Recipes for a fruit juice
362. ng the operating system with restore of factory USB No setting Ethernet via the RJ45 Yes interface Transferring a project USB Yes Ethernet Yes Install or remove WinCC flexible option USB Yes Ethernet Yes License key transferring or transferring back USB Yes Ethernet Yes Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 218 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 1 Overview In order to operate a plant you need to transfer the corresponding WinCC flexible project to the HMI device Transferring the project to the HMI device You can transfer a project to an HMI device as follows e Transfer from the configuration PC e Restore from a PC using ProSave In this case an archived project is transferred from a PC to the HMI device WinCC flexible need not be installed on this PC Commissioning and recommissioning When the HMI device is commissioned there is no project at first The HMI device is also in this state after the operating system has been updated When recommissioning any project already on the HMI device is replaced 8 4 2 Transfer 8 4 2 1 Overview The following types of transfer can be performed e Transfer Transfer of a project to the HMI device e Backtransfer Backup of a project from the HMI device to the configuration PC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F
363. nication error or the MP status reset is set The machine is enabled again by F_FB_RNG_n for logon of an HMI device e Integrated with brief communication error PROFIsafe communication with the HMI device is resumed after a brief interruption and user data can be exchanged again between the HMI device and F CPU Output E_STOP is set when the EMERGENCY STOP button is pressed regardless of whether or not the communication error has been acknowledged Configuration F_FB_RNG_n EN RNG_ID OVERRIDE MP1_DATA MP1_RNG MP1_F_KEY MP2_DATA MP2_RNG MP2_F_KEY E_STOP GLOB_RD LOC_RD SHUTDOWN ENABLE F_KEYS RNG_BUSY DIAG ENO The follow applies for MPn e With F_FB_RNG_4 for up to four HMI devices e With F_FB_RNG_16 for up to 16 HMI devices Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 213 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 Inputs of F FB_RNG_n Parameters Data type Description Interconnection RNG_ID Integer Click on this input and enter the ID of the effective range to be monitored by F_FB_RNG_n The RNG_ID must be unique throughout the plant and is set in WinCC flexible OVERRIDE Bool 0 Override mode inactive Result of the logic 1 Override mode active operation between the override switch and safety measure MPn_DATA Word User data of the fail safe process image inputs PII Word 1 MP_DATA
364. nication networks e Coexistence in the 5 GHz band Planning for the radio channels of all WLAN systems in use is required to ensure sufficient bandwidth for communication e WirelessHART You need to plan for the radio channels for simultaneous operation of Industrial Wireless LAN systems and WirelessHART systems in the 2 4 GHz band Avoid simultaneous use of eee lami Tande ENE a eA exist with Industrial Wireless iquration Manual See also tt ery automation siemens comiWWiview en 31938420 h Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 76 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 14 Planning information security 3 14 Planning information security Information security is a vital aspect in automation engineering particularly to ensure the availability and interference free operation of industrial plants To ensure communication and information security via WLAN for the HMI device you need to protect the communication system from attack Expect e Attacks from the outside To protect against external attacks you must protect the WLAN in the same way you would protect office communication namely with a firewall e Attacks from the inside Investigations have shown that the majority of attacks on information security are executed from inside the plant To ensure information security you need to take action for Configuration and parameter settings Possible ob
365. not change his Log in again and choose a different password password on the SIMATIC Logon Server The Check the password rules on the SIMATIC Logon new password may not comply with the Server password regulations on the server or the user does not have the right to change his password The old password remains and the user is logged off 260033 The action change password or log on user Check the connection to the SIMATIC Logon Server could not be carried out and its configuration for example 1 Port number 2 IP address 3 Server name 4 Functional transfer cable Or use a local user 260034 The last logon operation has not yet ended A Wait until the logon operation is complete user action or a logon dialog can therefore not be called The logon dialog is not opened The user action is not executed 260035 The last attempt to change the password was Wait until the procedure is complete not completed A user action or a logon dialog can therefore not be called The logon dialog is not opened The user action is not executed 260036 There are insufficient licenses on the SIMATIC Check the licensing on the SIMATIC Logon Server Logon Sever The logon is not authorized Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 436 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number 260037 Effect causes There is no license on the SIMATIC Logon Sever A logon is not possibl
366. ns authorization on the system 260002 This alarm is triggered by the system function TrackUserChange 260003 The user has logged off from the system 260004 The user name entered into the user view Select another user name because user names have already exists in the user management to be unique in the user management 260005 The entry is discarded Enter a shorter user name 260006 The entry is discarded Use a shorter or longer password 260007 The logon timeout value entered is outside the Enter a logon timeout value between 0 and 60 valid range of 0 to 60 minutes minutes The new value is discarded and the original value is retained 260008 An attempt was made to read a PTProRun pwl file created with ProTool V 6 0 in WinCC flexible Reading the file was canceled due to incompatibility of the format 260009 You have attempted to delete the user Admin If you need to delete a user because perhaps you or PLC User These users are fixed have exceeded the maximum number permitted components of the user management and delete another user cannot be deleted 260012 The passwords entered in the Change You have to log on to the system again Then enter Password dialog and the confirmation field are not identical The password has not been changed User will be logged off the identical password twice to be able to change the password Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Ta
367. nt e The HMI device is switched on e WLAN communication is established e The HMI device shows the Windows CE Desktop with the Loader LED display O SAFE MPWR ECOM ORNG EBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Procedure 1 Start the project PROFIsafe communication is established The Establishment of safety connection dialog is shown with the following icon a xX A gt The HMI device is integrated in the safety program of the F CPU The Test enabling button dialog opens with the following icon gt J 2 Press both enabling buttons when prompted until the Panic switch position is reached Result e Both enabling buttons have been tested in the Enable and Panic switch positions e The project start screen appears LED display MO SAFE MPWR MCom ORNG EBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 361 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 4 A 2 4 1 Requirement Procedure Result 1 Result 2 Result 3 362 Operating the transponder system Detecting the effective range e The HMI device is integrated into the safety program of the F CPU e With the Effective range name object the HMI device shows the name and the status of the effective range in which the HMI devic
368. nternet Settings OK SMTP server z Use the default of the project file Se Name Name of sender eMail address o sisSY of sender Setting the SMTP server Name of the sender and e mail account Advanced button for advanced settings Note Additional tabs may appear in the WinCC flexible Internet Settings dialog This depends on the options that have been enabled for operating the local network in the project Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Specify the SMTP server Select the Use the default of the project file option if you want to use the SMTP server configured in the project Clear the Use the default of the project file option if you do not want to use the SMTP server configured in the project Specify the required SMTP server 2 Enter the name for the sender in the Name of sender text box the sender name see section Specifying the omputer name of the HMI device Page 181 3 Enter the e mail account for your e mail in the eMail address of sender text box Some e mail providers will only let you send e mails if you specify the e mail account The eMail address of sender text box can remain empty if your e mail provider lets you send e mails without checking the account Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 185 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation
369. ntroduction 11 17 Operating recipes Creating a recipe data record Create a new recipe data record in the recipe list or in the record list Then enter the values for the new record in the element list and save the record e A screen with a simple recipe view is displayed Proceed as follows 1 Select the recipe for which you want to create a new recipe data record 2 Open the recipe list menu 3 Select the menu command New Creates a new record The element list of the new record is displayed 4 Enter values for the elements of the data record The tags of the record can be assigned default values depending on the configuration 5 Open the menu of the element list and select the command Save 6 Enter a name for the new record 7 Confirm your entries If you change the new data record number to an existing data record number the existing data record is overwritten The created recipe data record is saved to the selected recipe Editing a recipe data record Edit the values of the recipe data records in a simple recipe view If you want to display the current recipe values from the PLC in the simple recipe view you first have to read the current values from the PLC with the menu command From PLC in the element list The values changed in the recipe view only take effect in the PLC when you transfer the edited data record to the PLC with the menu command To PLC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN
370. o factory settings check box A text box opens where you can enter the MAC address 7 Enter the HMI device s MAC address in the text box Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 233 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 In Image path select the HMI device image file img The HMI device image files are available under WinCC flexible Images in the WinCC flexible installation folder or on the WinCC flexible installation CD In the output area you are provided information on the version of the HMI device image file after it is opened 9 In WinCC flexible select Update OS on the configuring PC to run the operating system update 10 In the Control Panel of the HMI device open the OP Properties dialog and select the Device tab 11 Click on the Reboot button A query is opened 12 Click on the Prepare for Reset button 13 On the configuration PC follow the instructions in WinCC flexible During the operating system update a status view opens to indicate progress Result A message is displayed when the operating system update is successfully completed This operation has deleted the project data from the HMI device The factory settings are reset Note If you can no longer call the Control Panel on the HMI device as the operating system is missing switch off the HMI device Then reset to factory sett
371. ock cycle 1sto3s Number of shocks 1000 10 Impact Impact stress 1 Nm once IEC 60068 2 75 With an impact test device similar to DIN VDE 0740 Part 1 Section 19 2 at room temperature Drop Fall height 1 2m EN 60068 2 32 Valid for the HMI device with without rechargeable battery Climatic ambient conditions for the HMI device The following table shows the permitted ambient climatic conditions for operation of the HMI device Ambient conditions Permitted range Comment Operating temperature 0 to 40 C Humidity relative 5 to 85 Stress level 2 according to no condensation IEC 61131 2 Humidity absolute 1 to 25 g m Atmospheric pressure 1 060 to 700 hPa Corresponds to an elevation of 1000 to 2 000 m Pollutant concentration SO2 lt 0 5 vpm relative humidity lt 60 no condensation Test 10 cm m 10 days H2S lt 0 1 vpm relative humidity lt 60 no condensation Test 1 cm m3 10 days Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 3 Ambient conditions for operation Climatic ambient conditions for the charging station The following table shows the permitted climatic ambient conditions for use of the charging station Atmospheric pressure 1060 to 700 hPa Ambient conditions Permitted range Comment Operating temperature 0 to 40 C Storage transport
372. of records has started 290051 Alarm reporting that the export of records was completed 290052 Alarm reporting that the export of records was canceled due to an error Ensure that the structure of the records at the storage location and the current recipe structure on the HMI device are identical 290053 Alarm reporting that the import of records has started 290054 Alarm reporting that the import of records was completed 290055 Alarm reporting that the import of records was canceled due to an error Ensure that the structure of the records at the storage location and the current recipe structure on the HMI device are identical 290056 Error when reading writing the value in the specified line column The action was canceled Check the specified line column 290057 The tags of the recipe specified were toggled from offline to online mode Each change of a tag in this recipe is now immediately downloaded to the PLC 290058 The tags of the specified recipe were toggled from offline to online mode Modifications to tags in this recipe are no longer immediately transferred to the PLC but must be transferred there explicitly by downloading a record 290059 Alarm reporting that the specified record was saved 290060 Alarm reporting that the specified record memory was cleared Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID
373. og The operator storage medium or swapping out the log files on the action will therefore not be executed server using ExportLog 90025 No user actions can be logged because of error Check whether the storage medium is correctly state of the archive Therefore the user action will inserted not be executed 90026 No operator actions can be logged because the log Before further operator actions are carried out the log is closed The operator action will therefore not be must be opened again using the system function executed OpenAllLogs Change the configuration as required 90028 The password you entered is incorrect Enter the correct password 90029 Runtime was closed during ongoing operation Ensure that you are using the correct storage medium perhaps due to a power failure or a storage medium in use is incompatible with Audit Trail An Audit Trail is not suitable if it belongs to another project or has already been logged 90030 Runtime was closed during ongoing operation perhaps due to a power failure 90031 Runtime was closed during ongoing operation perhaps due to a power failure 90032 Running out of space on the storage medium for Make more space available by inserting an empty log storage medium or swapping out the log files on the server using ExportLog 90033 No more space on the storage medium for log As Make more space available by inserting an empty of now no more operator actions requiring log
374. og off the machine you are operating in fail safe mode Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Press the Effective range name RFID operator control The Effective range logoff dialog is displayed with the following symbol je 2 Confirm the logoff from the machine with the OK button The RNG LED goes out when the logoff is successfully completed Result e The HMI device is logged off the machine e The Effective range name RFID operator control is shown in white and labeled Scan Scan Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 268 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operation 10 5 Requirement Procedure 10 5 Removing the HMI device Removing the HMI device You have the following options for removing the HMI device e Close the project e Press and hold the ON OFF button for at least 4 seconds A WARNING EMERGENCY STOP button out of service when HMI device is removed If the HMI device is not integrated in the safety program of the F CPU the EMERGENCY STOP button will be out of service To avoid confusion between HMI devices with enabled and disabled EMERGENCY STOP buttons only one integrated HMI device should be freely accessible If an HMI device is not integrated and not in use store the HMI device in a location with protected access e The project must be started e The HMI device is integrated into the safety program of the F
375. omagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum 01 01 2003 matters ERM EN 301489 17 Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum 01 07 2009 matters FCC OET 65 RSS 210 Part 15247 15407 radio authorization FCC RFID 15225 RSS 210 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 48 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety instructions and standards 2 4 Operating conditions TUV The TUV confirms that the HMI device satisfies the requirements of the following standards with regard to its safety functions Standard Title Version DIN EN 60204 1 Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of 01 10 2009 machines Part 1 General Requirements DIN IEC 62061 Safety of machinery Functional safety of electrical 01 04 2009 electronic and programmable control systems for machinery IEC 61508 1 to 4 Safety Integrity Level 3 01 01 2005 ISO 13850 Safety of machinery EMERGENCY STOP 01 01 2009 Principles for design ISO 13849 1 Performance Level e and Category 4 01 09 2009 Additional measurements Additional measurements were made for e Japan Table Annex No 43 44 45 Test Method for Radio Equipment mentioned in Certification Regulations Article Item 19 19 2 19 3 and 19 3 2 Table Annex No 47 Test Method for Radio Equipment mentioned in Certification Regulations Article Item 19 5 and 19 11 RFID ARIB STD T 82 e Taiwan LP0002 2 4 Opera
376. omponent Rotary coding switch Battery compartment Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 84 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 5 Setting the transponder ID and inserting the batteries Example for an ID The following image shows the example of the ID 3A27H 14 887 in a decimal format Rotary coding switches for first decade lowest value byte Set value 7 Rotary coding switches for second decade Set value 2 Rotary coding switches for third decade Set value A Rotary coding switches for fourth decade highest value byte Set value 3 Procedure inserting the battery and setting ID Proceed as follows 1 Insert the batteries in the battery compartment corresponding with the polarity label 2 Set the assigned ID with the help of a screwdriver The values permitted are 1 to FFFE i e 1 to 65 534 in decimal format Please note the MSB and LSB markings on the printed circuit board Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Procedure closing the transponder Proceed as follows 1 Place the cover on the transponder 2 Tighten the four screws NOTICE Damage to treading possible The transponder housing is made of plastic Therefore the mounting hole threads cannot handle the same amount of stress as a comparable metallic housing If the screws are tightened more than 20 times there is risk of damage to the th
377. on The following dialog appears RFID tag check fa Effective range Ta Effective range it it soe oe 4 Select the effective range ID from the Effective range selection box and the ID of the corrupted RFID tag from the Tag selection box Tag 5 Bring the HMI device into the effective range of the RFID tag 6 Press Store ID The HMI device transmits the ID to the RFID tag The new RFID tag has the ID of the previously used RFID tags 7 Press Exit to close the dialog Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 251 Commissioning the plant 9 5 Diagnostics 9 5 8 Close the Control Panel and start the project 9 Log the HMI device onto a machine to check the new RFID tag When the logon is successful you can continue working in the project If logon is not possible close the dialog and repeat steps 2 to 8 Diagnostics Use the diagnostics function to determine the following e Does signal acquisition function without errors on the HMI device e Does the safety related module of the HMI device work properly Diagnostic function of the HMI device in STEP 7 The HMI device provides diagnostics conforming to PROFINET IO standard IEC 61784 1 Ed1 CP 3 3 for standard application The diagnostics function cannot be parameterized The diagnostics are always enabled and information is provided automatically by the HM
378. on Meaning Signal strength i No wireless connection No signal Very weak wireless signal lt 20 Weak wireless signal lt 40 Sufficient strength of the wireless signal lt 60 Strong wireless signal lt 80 Very strong wireless signal gt 80 Note A WLAN quality of at least 60 is required for operating and monitoring Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 280 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 6 3 Display effective range name object 11 6 Device specific displays The effective range name object is available exclusively for an HMI device that is operating on the transponder system The effective range name object indicates the following e Name of the effective range in which the HMI device is located e Logon status The effective range is displayed by the effective range label object as follows Icon Rangename Meaning The HMI device is within the effective range shown The HMI device is not logged onto the effective range The enabling button is not enabled Logon It is possible to log onto the effective range The HMI device is within the effective range shown and is logged onto the effective range Using the enabling buttons safe operation in the effective range is possible The HMI device is logged on in the effective range I i Rangename The HMI device is within the
379. on between the plant and the recipe data to be displayed in graphic form The configuration engineer combines I O fields and screen objects to form a custom input screen The configuration engineer can distribute the I O fields of a recipe over several recipe screens thus allowing recipe elements to be arranged by subject The recipe screen can be operated using buttons configured accordingly Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 313 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 5 Introduction 314 The following figure shows an example of the recipe screen Ei Recipe name kd ECE Data record name o Nectar 7 Save Data from the PLC Download Data to PLC No Orange il N 2 Element name and associated values The element name designates a specific element in the recipe data record Buttons for editing a recipe data record Modified recipe view oO Buttons for transferring recipe data The values displayed or entered in the recipe screen are saved in recipe tags The recipe values are exchanged with the PLC immediately or later via these tags A configured recipe view can itself be a component of a recipe screen You must synchronize the tags in order to synchronize data between the tags of the recipe screen and the recipe data records displayed in the recipe view Synchronization of tags is only possible in the e
380. on dialog Select the lt ENTER gt entry in the simple user view Select a blank entry in the extended user view The logon dialog will be automatically displayed when the project is started depending on the configuration More detailed information is available in your plant documentation The logon dialog is open Proceed as follows 1 Enter the user name and password Touch the corresponding text box The alphanumerical screen keyboard is displayed Note The user name is not case sensitive The password is case sensitive Select OK to confirm logon After successful logon to the security system you can execute password protected functions on the HMI device for which you have authorizations If you enter a wrong password an error message is displayed when an alarm window has been configured Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 287 Operating a project 11 7 Project security 11 7 4 User logoff Requirement e You have logged into the security system of the HMI device Procedure You have the following options for logging off e Press an operator control that is configured for logging off the security system e If you do not operate a project and exceed the logoff time your user account will be locked Your user account will be automatically logged off if you enter an incorrect password Result You are no longer lo
381. on drawings 13 1 3 Transponder SIEMENS SIMATIC MOBILE PANEL All dimensions in mm You can find additional images in the Internet at Image database http www automation siemens com bilddb index aspx att14s 35 13 1 4 RFID tag Fixing pocket All dimensions in mm Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 338 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 1 Dimension drawings Spacer Alle Angaben in mm http www amaban siemens EE EET EAS asnxialti4s 3 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 339 Technical specifications 13 2 Specifications 13 2 Specifications 13 2 1 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN HMI device Maximum weight with main battery without 2 2 kg packaging Drop height with main battery max 1 2m Display Type Color TFT LC display Display area active 151 66 mm x 113 74 mm 7 5 Resolution 640 x 480 pixels Colors displayable 65536 Brightness control Yes Backlighting CCFL Half Brightness Life Time typical 50000 h Pixel error class according to DIN EN ISO 13406 ll 2 Input device Type Touch screen analog resistive Membrane keyboard Function keys 18 with LEDs Enabling button 2 EMERGENCY STOP button 1
382. on is in a plant area with insufficient WLAN coverage The charging station must be installed in either a plant section with sufficiently wide WLAN coverage or a separate service area CAUTION Stopping the plant The HMI device can fall down if it is not securely hooked in This can accidentally trigger the EMERGENCY STOP button Install the charging station on a vertical surface or one that is slightly inclined towards the back Mount location of the charging station If the permissible ambient conditions are exceeded at the mounting location of the charging station functional disruptions may result During the selection of the mounting location observe the permissible ambient conditions for operation NOTICE Charging the rechargeable battery When charging a rechargeable battery the ambient temperature or battery temperature should not exceed 40 C The higher the temperature the longer it will take for the rechargeable battery to fully charge Select a location with a low ambient temperature for the charging station Select a location with the following characteristics for installing the charging station e Not directly below an access point e Easily and safely accessible e No exposure to direct sunlight e tis easy to hook in and remove the HMI device in the charging station e Ergonomic operation of the HMI device in the charging station is ensured Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile P
383. on time Handwheel Evaluation Pulses forwards Pulses backwards t 255 4 1 245 4 11 t2 10 245 4 11 Pulses forwards 11 Pulses backwards 0 Resulting value 11 t3 10 4 Pulses forwards 0 Pulses backwards 15 Resulting value 15 t4 15 5 Pulses forwards 5 Pulses backwards 1 Resulting value 4 The difference in pulses at times tn and tn 1 allows you to determine the resulting value and thus the direction of rotation Establish the following values e Number of pulses forwards Attime tn Attime tn 1 e Number of pulses backwards Attime tn Attime tn From this you determine the resulting value This is calculated as Pulses forwards tn 1 Pulses forwards tn Pulses backwards tn 1 Pulses backwards tn Resulting value Consider the response time NOTICE Sample cycle time If the scan cycle is large the entered impulses will not immediately have an effect on the PLC A reaction in the system is not caused In the PLC set a scan cycle lt 100 ms Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 119 Operator controls and displays 5 5 Operator controls The bytes n 4 and n 5 must be retrieved on the PLC side within a second and cyclically This setting ensures that no more than 256 pulses can be added between two scans of the handwheel You need to turn the ha
384. ontrol Panel Page 196 Granging general seiras Page liar etting the proxy server Page hanging privacy settings Page 189 Seting the character repeat rate ofthe screen Keyboard Page 147 Seting the doube cioN Page 14 Spectying the IP address and name server Page i60 Speatying the logon data Page 184 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 134 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel Icon Functional description ie Backing up registry information and temporary data Page 161 hanging display brightness Page Displaying information about the HMI device Page 162 tarting the HMI device again Page 144 Display firmware Page 163 alibrating the touch screen Page 143 Display the charging status and temperature of the rechargeable batte Page 163 electing transponders Page 164 Activate memory management Page 165 Activating vibration alarm Page SE Entering and deleting a password Page 146 hanging the printer properties Page 167 Enabling PROFINET IO Page 1175 etting the PROFIsafe address Page 176 Regional and language settings Page Replacing an RFID tag Page 251 etting the screen saver Page 169 a Displaying general system properties Page 172 S pecifying the computer name of the HMI
385. operate the robot in override mode the following devices must also be installed e A transponder By logging on to this effective range the operator is granted the permission to activate the override switch Without logon to the effective range activating the override switch will have no effect e Override switch When the operator activates the override switch after logon to the relevant effective range the override mode is activated by the positive edge of the switch e An alarm contact mat at the entrance to the protected area The alarm contact mat enables you to detect whether the operator is leaving the protected area or whether a second person is entering the protected area while the override mode is active In these cases the override mode is automatically terminated Additionally a signal light is installed which shows that an HMI device is logged onto the effective range Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 382 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder system The following image shows the devices being used PROFIsafe lt E ee Oe E E A A Se E EN E The following signals are used Function Signal Explanation Symbolic name Override switch 111 0 0 Override switch is off Switch_Override 4 Override switch is on Alarm contact mat 111 1 0 Step on contact pressur
386. ormation refer to the online help of WinCC flexible 11 6 Device specific displays 11 6 1 Showing the battery charge The Battery object indicates the remaining charge of the main rechargeable battery Charge the main rechargeable battery in time or replace it Rea section Replacing and charging the main rechargeable batter d the information provided in Page 94 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 279 Operating a project 11 6 Device specific displays The amount of charge for the main rechargeable battery is shown by the Battery object as follows Icon Color Meaning Charge level dm Green The main rechargeable battery is sufficiently charged gt 20 n Yellow The charge is low 6 to 20 The main rechargeable battery must be charged or replaced T Red The charge is very low lt 6 The main rechargeable battery must be charged or replaced 11 6 2 Displaying WLAN quality The WLAN quality object indicates the signal strength of the wireless network at the location of the HMI device The HMI device measures the signal strength and depicts it with the WLAN quality object Requirement A connection was successfully set up between the HMI device and access point WLAN quality object The signal strength of wireless network is indicated by the WLAN quality object as follows Ic
387. ot available to central user administration with SIMATIC Logon The user data is encrypted and saved on the HMI device to protect it from loss due to power failure The users passwords group assignments and logoff times set up on the HMI device can be backed up and restored This prevents you having to enter all of the data again on another HMI device NOTICE The currently valid user data is overwritten in the following cases e Depending on the transfer settings when the project is transferred again e Upon restore of a backed up project e Upon import of the user administration via an operator control More detailed information is available in your plant documentation The retransferred or restored user data and passwords are valid with immediate effect Number of characters for user password and user view Number of characters Length of user name maximum 40 Length of password minimum 3 Length of password maximum 24 Entries in user view maximum 50 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 285 Operating a project 11 7 Project security 11 7 2 Simple user view User View The user view is used to show user accounts configured on the HMI device e lf you are an administrator or a user with administrator rights you can see all user accounts configured on the HMI device in the user view e lf you are a u
388. ount of cache in the Cache text box 5 If you want to delete the cache press the Clear Cache button Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 187 Configuring the HMI device 6 12 Changing Internet settings Result 6 12 2 Requirement D Procedure Result 188 6 If you want to delete the history press the Clear History button 7 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The general parameters for the Internet browser have been set The settings take effect the next time you start the Internet Explorer Setting the proxy server Use this function to configure the type of Internet access Ask your network administrator for the required information You have opened the Connection tab in the Internet Options dialog box using the Internet Options icon Internet Options General Connection Privacy Advanced l Use LAN no autodial Autodial name 7 Bypass proxy server for local addresses Proceed as follows 1 Select the Use LAN no autodial check box 2 If you are using a proxy server in the Network group select the Access the Internet using a proxy server check box Specify the address and port of the proxy server 3 If you want to bypass the proxy server for local addresses select the Bypass proxy server for local addresses check box 4 Confirm your entries The
389. out the individual security levels refer to SCALANCE W 700 eg A A AE csopen Select the encryption method from the Cipher selection list The encryption protects the data to be transferred from interception and manipulation You can disable encryption in the Encryption option box only if you have selected Open System for authentication in the Basic WLAN menu All other security procedures include both authentication and encryption 10 Press the Next button Another dialog is displayed If you have selected a security level that requires a key specify the initialization key in the Pass phrase text box 11 Press the Next button Another dialog is displayed 12 Press the Finish button The settings in the Security Wizard are saved Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 154 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 6 WLAN communication 13 Select System gt Restart You can use the Restart WLAN interface to apply changes link for quick navigation to this menu command i 9O i 2 o 4 gal x Restart WLAN to apply changes MmobilePanel 277F 4 9 Wizards a System Restart es Passwords _Restartwtan HC Load amp Save HC Interfaces H security Warning Restarting WLAN will interrupt data exchange System Restart 1 Features H Information Restore Factory Defaults and Restart WLAN 14 Press Rest
390. p The BAT LED shows the remaining charge of the main rechargeable battery The WLAN connection is established Once the HMI device has established the WLAN connection the COM LED lights up 2 Applies to the initial project start Perform the acceptance test of the plant 3 Start the project The following is performed at the start The HMI device is integrated see chapter Integrating the HMI device Page 256 The emergency stop button becomes active The HMI device displays the start screen of the project Result You can operate the plant on the HMI device in fail safe operation 11 2 Operator input options Introduction Some operations with the project may require in depth knowledge about the specific plant on the part of the operator Proceed with caution for example when you use jog mode More detailed information is available in your plant documentation CAUTION Unintentional action If you press several operator controls at once you may trigger an unintentional action Do not carry out several operations simultaneously e When using the touch screen Always touch only one operating element on the screen e When using an external keyboard Do not press more than two keys simultaneously Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 272 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 2 Operator input options Operator input op
391. pe tag The entry is discarded Enter a value within the limits of the recipe tag 290073 An action e g saving a record failed due to an unknown error The error corresponds to the status alarm IDS_OUT_CMD_EXE_ERR in the large recipe view 290074 While saving it was detected that a record with the specified number already exists but under another name Overwrite the record change the record number or cancel the action 290075 A record with this name already exists The record is not saved Please select a different record name 442 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 290110 The default values could not be set due to an error 290111 The Recipes subsystem cannot be used Transfer the project to the device again together Recipe views have no content and recipe specific functions will not be performed Possible causes e Anerror occurred while transferring the recipes e The recipe structure was changed in ES When the project was downloaded again the recipes were not transferred with it This means that the new configuration data is not being transferred to the old recipes on the device with the recipes the corresponding check box in the Transfer dialog must be checked 300000 Alarm_S alarms Num
392. perating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 449 Glossary Bootloader Used to start the operating system Automatically started when the HMI device is switched on After the operating system has been loaded the Loader opens Configuration PC A configuration PC is a programming device or PC on which HMI projects are created for a plant with a configuration software CRC Test values contained in a safety message frame can be backed up as follows e The validity of the process values contained in the safety message frame e The accuracy of the assigned address relationships e The safety related parameters Display duration Defines whether a system alarm is displayed on the HMI device and the duration of the display Engineering software Use the configuration software to create a project for process visualization WinCC flexible for example is such a configuration software Event An event is configurable object Functions are triggered by defined incoming events Events which can be assigned to a button include Press and Release for example Fail safe Ability of a technical system to remain in a safe operating state or switch to another safe operating state immediately after certain failures occur Fail safe operation Operating mode of the HMI device in which safety related communication can be performed via safety message frames Fail safe system F system A fail safe system is used to control productio
393. plant e Memory card Only use SD memory cards tested and approved by Siemens AG or MicroMemory cards Note The MicroMemory card of the SIMATIC S7 controller is not suited for use with this HMI device e USB Flash drive for SIMATIC PC The USB Flash drive for SIMATIC PC is a mobile data storage device with a high data throughput designed for industrial use 1 6 Equipment for HMI device and plant The following devices are needed for the HMI device and for fail safe operation of a plant e HMI device Charging station Power supply unit optional e Plant RFID tag or transponder Access point Signal lamp optional Security systems optional The devices listed are not included in the scope of delivery of the HMI device Order these devices separately an find order information on the Internet at Industry Mall f rrer mall automation siemens com Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 19 Overview 7 6 Equipment tor HMI device and plant 1 6 1 Charging station The charging station is used to charge the main battery in the HMI device and to safely store the HMI device The charging station is designed to be used in the system Order number 6AV6671 5CE00 0AX1 Lock Hook for hooking in the HMI device Charging compartment for one main battery Charging contact for the HMI device LED display On the u
394. play zone quality objet issis ania ES A senile R SEE EO dae 11 7 Proje ci SOCUIMNY iii stacey ennie E E S teeta O ade Sneed IAL SOWSIVICW rsoiissaidu niei E A AN AA AAE A SEE RREA AEREAS TL72 User MIGW cn ceece see ice tec scee rinni eii n iian Ena iE EA Ei TS User logoi sp ceeea bags ceatie en duis fecusieie bealdvscdajuecutgeudesan dj deeetahedeenddasueeevaaeudecsaniebesnieteeeddate TL4 User OG OFF cxecieccccdis ceecnents clecuseie cecediiedecadane ccd ca capac ccadag eeuevana des suansedeevsneecdevins cevevinn eedslandedevinneeeevinns IES Creating USS iina a e EA teats aa a aE E E 288 176 Changing user data essi a a E a A A batted 117 7 Deleting USCIS reacrcrerienninenaiiienni eiit E EEEE REEE 11 8 Funcion KEYS crnaicrntecanie a R E T R 11 9 Barana e e SEE a AE E E a a a i 292 WTO GAUGE sate eset ce ees E E E E E N E 293 11 11 Operating the slider COMO ec ee eeeeeeeeeete ee erent ee ee tae ee eee tnat ee taaeee nantun nant tn nantun nanten nanten nanen 293 Thi Operating the SWO siii a dass tdeeetibev A 11 13 Operating the Trend View sosisini aaa anid nite ed anna 11 14 Operating the Status TOCE oseaan nA aa AAA AAA aided beds edie 11 15 Operating the SM rtClient view ssassn nnana ann aN ANRA KASAAN 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm WiINKOW ccccccecsccseese cre ceenecneeeseenecnsecseeeeseesaeeseeeenieeseeee 301 11 16 1 OVETVIEW screams Tuan alah de Sian iia lea aa itinerant 301 11 16 2 Recognizing pending aAlars
395. play appears indicating the progress of the installation The WinCC flexible option has now been installed on the HMI device Removing with WinCC flexible No project is open on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC The data channel is configured on the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 Oo an A OON Select the Communication Settings command in the menu Project gt Transfer in WinCC flexible The Communication Settings dialog is displayed Select the type of HMI device Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the configuration PC Configure the connection Close the dialog with OK Select the Options command in the Project gt Transfer menu in WinCC flexible Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 7 Press the Device status button to update the display 8 Select the desired option under Installed options 9 Set Transfer mode on the HMI device 10 Start the removal of the option in WinCC flexible on the configuration PC with the lt lt button 11 Follow the instructions in WinCC flexible A status display appears indicating the progress of the removal Result The WinCC flexible option has now been removed from the HMI device 8 4 7 4 Installing with ProSave Requi
396. possible to detect the location because transponder detection fails 350010 Internal error The device has no fail safe Send the device back buttons Worldwide contact person Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 445 Appendix A 7 Error cases in the project operation A 7 Error cases in the project operation During fail safe operation you must be aware that the following error cases may arise e Leaving the HMI device logged onto the effective range CAUTION Shutdown possible If the HMI device is in a state where it is constantly ready for operation the main rechargeable battery will lose its charge A discharged main rechargeable battery causes communication failure The F CPU initiates a shutdown Never leave the effective range without the HMI device as long as the HMI device is logged on in the effective range If you do not need the HMI device e Log the HMI device off from the effective range e Turn on the HMI device or place it in the charging station e nternal error If an internal error occurs on the HMI device the SAFE and RNG LEDs go out and the project is terminated immediately The HMI device displays the ErrorCcode message Safety functions are no longer available Contact the SIEMENS hotline e Communication error If a communication error occurs on the HMI device the SAFE and RNG LEDs go dar
397. que ID for each effective range from the value range 1 to 127 The size of the effective range The effective ranges must be the same size for all transponders that form an effective range together 5 Note the name and ID of the effective ranges on the system plan for commissioning 6 Select an installation location that is clearly visible for the signs of the effective ranges with the associated ID 3 9 Planning an installation location for RFID tags Installation location for the RFID tag Observe the following when selecting the RFID tag installation location e You will need at least one RFID tag for each machine operated in fail safe mode with the enabling button e The installation surface of the RFID tag must have a level foundation e The installation surface must be non metallic When mounting on metallic base a spacer is required e Select an installation location that is clearly visible for the signs of the RFID tags with an associated ID Influence on communication Note the following e The use of an MDS D100 directly on metal is not permitted Metal influences the field data and thus the communication e Flush installation of a MDS D100 in metal reduces the field data e Metallic objects must not reduce the effective range e Atest is necessary in critical applications For more information refer to the following manual MOBY D System Manual http support automation siemens com WW view en 13628689 Mo
398. r controls and displays Requirements Procedure 5 4 Safety related operator controls The enabling button has three switch settings Neutral position The enabling button is not pressed Enable The enabling button is pressed to a middle switch position The switch position has a noticeable pressure point This switch position is used to confirm an entry for example Panic The Panic switch position is reached as soon as one of the two enabling buttons is fully pressed To do this the pressure point of the Enable switching position must be overcome An audible switching noise is then heard The switch position of the other enabling button is unimportant in this case The Panic switch position has the same effect as releasing the enabling button In both switch positions the enable is revoked The enabling button is evaluated under the condition tha HMI device i integrated in the safety program of the F CPU See chapter Safety RA configuration Page 197 A WARNING Press the enabling button only as long as necessary Enabling is a conscious operator action It is not permitted to continuously press the enabling button or to fasten it in place Press the enabling button only until the operation you wish to enable is completed Note The enabling button only has an effect when the HMI device is logged on to a machine and the RNG LED on the HMI device is lit Proceed as follows
399. r corresponds w ive range one in its Page 353 N tne expansion See chapter Radiation characteristic of the transponde Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 33 Overview 1 12 Ranges in a transponder system Effective range Zone An effective range is the range in which sections of the system e g a machine can be operated in failsafe mode using enabling buttons Operating with the enabling button is not possible outside of the effective range Fail safe operation is only possible after successfully logging on to a machine A signal lamp indicates whether an HMI device is logged onto a machine The effective range is a configurable object The size of the effective range is defined in the project A zone is used to operate and observe depending on the location of the operator For example a screen change can be configured for entering or exiting a zone The enabling buttons are not effective Fail safe operation is not possible in a zone The zone is a configurable object within a transponder system Note The zone and effective range are independent of each other For fail safe operation at least one effective range must be configured A zone cannot be configured for fail safe operation Transponder system in the override mode 34 In the override mode the effective range monitoring is disabled and fail
400. r leaves the protected area e Ifthe override mode is active the operator can control the robot by pressing a function key on the device and at the same time confirming operation with the enabling button e After an EMERGENCY STOP the plant only restarts when the operator performs an acknowledgment e n the event of a rampdown or shutdown the plant specific responses are initiated Program execution of the safety program The safety program is structured as follows F Call FB 1 FC 1 The following symbolic names are used in the networks of the sample programs Symbolic name Meaning F00256_Mobile277Failsafe_lO Fail safe I O DB of HMI device MP1_FB_S7_MP_RE Input that is set when a reset of the HMI device is initiated from the F CPU MP1_FB_S7_ACK_ERR Input that is set when a communication error is acknowledged at the F CPU MP1_F_DATA_PIl Word 1 of the PII of the HMI device MP1_F_RANGE_PIl Word 2 of the PII of the HMI device MP1_F_DATA_PIQ Word 1 of the PIQ of the HMI device MP1_F_RANGE_PIQ Word 2 of the PIQ of the HMI device Interface_DB F DB for the data transfer of user data F_DB_ States F DB for the transfer of data between the F_FB_MP of the HMI device and the F_ FB_RNG_n of the effective range Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 389 Appendix A 3 Example of application for transponder syste
401. r settings dialog is displayed Select the type of HMI device Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the configuration PC Configure the connection Close the dialog with OK Select the Backup command in the menu Project gt Transfer in WinCC flexible The Backup Settings dialog is displayed Select the data to be backed up Select a destination folder and a file name for the filename psb backup file Set Transfer mode on the HMI device 10 Start backup in WinCC flexible with OK 11 Follow the instructions in WinCC flexible Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Result A status view opens to indicate the progress of the operation The system outputs a message when the backup is completed The relevant data is now backed up on the configuration PC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 225 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 4 3 Backing up with ProSave Requirement e The HMI device is connected to a PC on which ProSave is installed e The data channel is configured on the HMI device Procedure Proceed as follows Start ProSave from the Windows start menu Select the HMI device type in the General tab Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the PC Configure the connection Select the data you want to back up in the Backup tab
402. r that is outside the valid PLC specific value range A tag of the type Integer should be assigned a value of the type String 190013 The user has entered a string that is longer than Only enter strings that do not exceed the permitted tag the tag The string is automatically shortened to the permitted length length Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 429 Appendix A 6 System alarms 190100 Area pointer alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 190100 The area pointer is not updated because the Check the configuration address configured for this pointer does not exist Type 1 Warnings Errors PLC acknowledgment HMI device acknowledgment LED mapping Trend request Trend transfer 1 8 Trend transfer 2 No Consecutive number displayed in WinCC flexible ES 190101 The area pointer is not updated because it is not possible to map the PLC type to the area pointer type Parameter type and no see alarm 190100 NOOR WD 190102 The area pointer is updated after the cause of the last error state has been eliminated return to normal operation Parameter type and no See alarm 190100 200000 PLC coordination alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 200000 Coordination is not executed because the address Change the address or set up the address in the PLC configured in the PLC does not
403. r the logoff time in minutes The value 0 stands for no automatic logoff 8 Touch the OK button to confirm your entries Procedure Creating a user in the extended user view Proceed as follows 1 Double click the desired field in the blank line of the user view The screen keyboard is displayed 2 Enter the respective user data in the field Assign the user to one of the groups from the drop down list box Enter a value between 0 and 60 for the logoff time in minutes The value 0 stands for no automatic logoff Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 289 Operating a project 11 7 Project security Result The new user is created 11 7 6 Changing user data You have opened a screen with a user view The data you are allowed to change depends on your authorization Requirement e You are an administrator or a user with user management authorization In these cases you are allowed to change the data for all the users on the HMI device in the user view User name Group assignment Password Logoff time e You are a user without user management authorization In this case you are only allowed to change your personal user data Password Logoff time if configured Note You can only change the logoff time and password for the Admin user You can only change the logoff time for the PLC_User This user is us
404. rating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview Protection zone 7 14 Rapid Roaming with iPCF and iPCF MC The protection zone is the area in the plant in which one or more machines are operated in fail safe mode The protection zone is not a configurable object The protection zone of the system must be demarcated by a safety system and organizational measures The following measures have to be taken for safe operation of an RFID tag system e Safety system The safety system consists of one or more technical protection devices for the protection zone e g Mesh fence with access Light barrier Contact safety shut off mat e Organizational safety measures The safety system must be supplemented with a system control program that controls access to the protection zone 1 14 Rapid Roaming with iPCF and iPCF MC The wireless range of an IWLAN system can be extended using several access points The wireless connection of an HMI device that is moved between SCALANCE W78x access point ranges is briefly interrupted and then recovered roaming Capabilities provided by iPCF In the industrial environment there are applications that require deterministic behavior for a large number of participants and high data throughput in a cell Moreover a deterministic behavior is required for cell cross overs with handover times of less than 100 ms The iPCF extension Industrial Point Coordination Function was develop
405. re with a non metallic installation location Proceed as follows 1 Position the fixing pocket on the installation location 2 Mark the fastening holes with a marking off tool 3 Drill two through holes or two threaded holes M4 4 Fasten the fixing pocket 5 Slide the RFID tag into the fixing pocket 4 7 Connecting the HMI device 4 7 1 Safety instructions CAUTION Only use for approved devices Non approved devices may cause malfunctions Operate the HMI device exclusively with the approved devices see chapter Page Malfunction possible If the HMI device is switched on and lying on its front any one of the operator controls can trigger a malfunction Switch off the HMI device whenever possible Damage to the HMI device by foreign objects and liquids Damage may occur to the HMI device if it is opened by unauthorized personnel Prevent the ingress of foreign particles or liquids into the HMI device or the PCB The connection and battery compartments may only be opened by skilled personnel Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 87 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device NOTICE Do not exceed the bridging time The backup capacitor supplies power to the HMI device when you remove the main battery The HMI device is switched off automatically if you exceed the maximum backup time of 50 seconds This trig
406. re after the number of Enter a new password days shown 350000 GUI alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 350000 PROFIsafe packages have not arrived within Check the WLAN connection the necessary period There is a communication problem with the F CPU RT is terminated 350001 PROFIsafe packages have not arrived within Check the WLAN connection the necessary period There is a communication problem with the F CPU The PROFIsafe connection is re established 350002 An internal error has occurred Internal error Runtime is terminated 350003 Feedback concerning the connection established with the F CPU The Emergency Off buttons are active immediately 350004 PROFIsafe communication was set and the connection was cleared The Runtime can be terminated The Emergency Off buttons are deactivated immediately 350005 Incorrect address configured for the F slave Check and modify the address of the F slave in No PROFIsafe connection WinCC flexible ES 350006 The project has started At the start of the Press the two enabling buttons one after another in project the enabling buttons must be checked the Enable and Panic positions for functionality 350008 The wrong number of fail safe buttons was Change the number of fail safe buttons in the configured project No PROFIsafe connection 350009 The device is in Override mode Exit Override mode It may no longer be
407. re described in this section must be observed in the course of final acceptance of the plant Note This section provides a detailed description of the additional tasks required for the fail safe operation of the HMI device Read the detailed description provided in the System Acceptance Test section of the afet http support automation siemens com WW view en 2209987 manual when performing an acceptance procedure for the plant Requirements e The hardware configuration has been created in HW Config e The safety program has been created and generated e A backup of the STEP 7 project has been created Acceptance of the F CPU and F I O e Printing and archiving the hardware configuration e Check the following parameters in the hardware configuration Parameters of the F CPU Parameters of the F l O This includes unique PROFIsafe addresses and additional PROFIsafe parameters e Save the hardware configuration with the STEP 7 project For more information refer to the Acceptance test for the configuration of the F CPU and failsafe I O chapter in the S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and Programming manual Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 243 Commissioning the plant 9 3 Transponder system Acceptance of the safety program e Print and archive the safety program e Check the printed copy of the safety program for existence
408. reads Do not exceed 0 4 to 0 5 Nm of torque when tightening the screws Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 85 Installing and wiring devices 4 6 Installing an RFID tag 4 6 Installing an RFID tag Requirement 1 RFID tag 1 fixing pocket 2 M4 cylinder head screws with nuts if required An installation location has been selected for the RFID tag as described in the chapter lanning an installation location for RFID tags Page 72 i If installing on a metallic base 1 spacer 4 M4 cylinder head screws with nuts if required Note The mounting brackets on both sides of the spacer permit fixation with cable ties eee Mounting hole rj Mounting hole Procedure with a metallic installation location Proceed as follows N OO BW DY 86 Position the spacer on the installation location Mark the fastening holes with a marking off tool Drill two through holes or two threaded holes M4 Mount the spacer Bend the tabs on the fixing pocket to the rear at right angles Slide the RFID tag into the fixing pocket Slide the tabs of the fixing pocket into the spacer The tabs snap into place and are secured by studs Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Procedu
409. red regional settings in the selection field of these tabs 4 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The required regional settings for the HMI device have been changed Setting the screen saver Power management settings in the WinCC flexible project To save power the HMI device has a power management function with the following states e Reduced brightness e Screen off The relevant time intervals are set in the WinCC flexible project Power management is automatically activated if the HMI device is not operated within the specified period of time Touch the touch screen to disable the reduced brightness operating state To clear the screen off operating state briefly press the ON OFF key Settings in the Control Panel In addition to the settings in the WinCC flexible project you can set the following time periods in the Control Panel e For the automatic activation of the screen saver e For the automatic reduction in the display s backlighting The screen saver and backlighting are automatically activated if the display is not touched within the specified period of time The screen saver switches off with the following events e By touching the touch screen Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 169 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings The reduction of the backlighting is also canceled The function assigned to the b
410. rement e The HMI device is connected to a PC on which ProSave is installed e The data channel is configured on the HMI device Procedure Proceed as follows Start ProSave from the Windows start menu Select the HMI device type in the General tab Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the PC Configure the connection Select the Options tab Select the desired option under Available options Set Transfer mode on the HMI device Start the installation of the option in ProSave with the gt gt button Oo AON DOA FPF WD Follow the instructions in ProSave A status display appears indicating the progress of the installation Result The WinCC flexible option has now been installed on the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 239 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 7 5 Removing with ProSave Requirement e The HMI device is connected to a PC on which ProSave is installed e The data channel is configured on the HMI device Procedure Proceed as follows Start ProSave from the Windows start menu Select the HMI device type in the General tab Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the PC Configure the connection Select the Options tab Press the Device status button to update the display Select the desired option under
411. required Save your changes by means of the Ci button If you want to save the recipe data record under a different name touch the T key The recipe data record is saved The edited recipe data record has now been saved in the selected recipe Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 319 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 6 4 Deleting a recipe data record Introduction You can delete all the data records of a recipe which are not required Requirements e A screen with a recipe view is displayed Procedure Proceed as follows 1 If the recipe view contains several recipes Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record 2 Select the recipe data record you want to delete 3 Touch E Result The recipe data record is deleted 11 17 6 5 Synchronizing tags Introduction The values of the recipe elements can be saved to recipe tags depending on the configuration Differences may occur between the display values in the recipe view and the actual values of tags in an ongoing project Synchronize the tags to equalize such differences Synchronization always includes all the variables which belong to a recipe data record NOTICE Changed tag name Tags and the value of the recipe data record cannot be assigned to each other if the tag name of the tag to be synchronized has been changed The tags in question are not
412. respective LEDs indicate the battery charge status n Key Requirements e The main battery has been removed Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Press the button The LED display stays lit for approximately 5 seconds after you release the button The number of lit LEDs indicates the charging state Number of LEDs Flashes for Lights for 1 0 to 19 of the charge capacity 20 to 39 of the charge capacity 2 40 to 59 of the charge capacity 3 60 to 79 of the charge capacity 4 80 to 96 of the charge capacity 5 97 to 100 of the charge capacity If all the LEDs light up the main rechargeable battery is fully charged Note When storing batteries pay attention to the notes in the chapter Page 333 4 7 6 Connecting the PLC Only use approved components to connect a SIMA information on this on the Internet in Industry Mall P ou_can find more ttp mall automation siemens com Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 97 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Configuration graphic The following figure shows the possible connection between the HMI device and the PLC PROFINET See also http en Saat siemens com WWiview en 9975764 4 7 7 Connecting the configuration PC The HMI device and configuration PC must be located inside the WLAN range The WLAN m
413. ring of the plant in fail safe mode 7 2 Checklist for configuration Perform the following tasks for safety related configuration Confirm each task by checking it off in the following list Task Information source Check STEP 7 HW Config Page e Add the HMI device to the plant configuration e Set the PROFIsafe parameters S7 Distributed Safety Using F FBs Page 205 Call the required F FBs in the safety program WinCC flexible onfiguration in WinCC flexible Configure the unique project identifiers for the Page 216 effective ranges and operator controls Configuring the HMI device onfiguring the HMI device Page 129 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 198 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 7 3 SIMATIC STEP 7 7 3 1 Configuring in STEP 7 Requirements e A STEP 7 project has been created in SIMATIC Manager Procedure Proceed as follows 1 2 Configure the required F CPU and a PROFINET connection in the hardware configuration HW Config Add a mobile HMI device to the configuration from the hardware catalog of HW Config To do this drag the HMI device onto the PROFINET connection in the station window Open the object properties of the HMI device in the shortcut menu and set the parameters for the communication to the controller NOTICE Maximum response time of fiv
414. ring the HMI device 6 7 General settings Procedure Result 6 7 15 Requirement a 174 Proceed as follows 1 Select a memory location from the Project Backup text box The storage location can be a memory card or a location in the local network During the next backup process the project s source file is stored in the specified location 2 Confirm your entries The dialog closes The storage location for the HMI device is now set Setting the delay time for the project You can use this function to set a delay time The delay time determines how long the loader appears after the HMI device starts and before the project opens You have opened the Directories tab in the Transfer Settings dialog box using the Transfer icon Transfer Settings OK Eg Channel Directories Project File Flash simatic Project Backup istorage Card MMC Simatic Autostart application Path Wait sec Flash Simatic HmiRTm exe E v NOTICE Project does not start If you change the entry in the Project File and Path text boxes the project may not open the next time the HMI device starts Do not change the entries in the Project File and Path text boxes Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 8 Enabling PROFINET IO Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select th
415. rm indicator for three pending alarms 3 The alarm indicator flashes as long as alarms are pending for acknowledgment The number displayed indicates the number of pending alarms The configuration engineer can assign functions to be executed when the alarm indicator is operated Usually the alarm indicator is only used for error alarms More detailed information is available in your plant documentation 11 16 3 Alarm view 11 16 3 1 Overview Alarms are displayed in the alarm view or in the alarm window on the HMI device The message window in contrast to the message display is independent of the displayed process image Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 303 Operating a project 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm window 11 16 3 2 Displaying alarms Alarm view Depending on the configuration the alarm view is displayed as follows e As a single line Alarm numbers and alarm texts are displayed as single lines e As simple alarm view e As extended alarm view For the configuration which information is displayed for which messages are displayed for the simple and expanded message displays Depending on the configuration alarms from alarm logs are also displayed in the alarm view Simple alarm view 19 04 2005 11 41 37 1 Motor 23 too hot r dj The buttons have the following function Function Display infotexts
416. roblem e Update the HMI device image if the project was created with the most recent version of the configuration software e Transfer a version that is compatible with the version of HMI device image if you do not want to adapt the project to the most recent version of the configuration program NOTICE Data loss All data on the HMI device such as the project and passwords will be deleted when you update the operating system Back up the stored data before you update the operating system Note The license keys on the HMI device will be retained when updating the operating system without resetting to factory settings After the update you may have to recalibrate the touch screen See also Operating modes Page Available data channels Page 218 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 229 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 5 2 Updating the operating system using WinCC flexible Requirements Procedure No project is open on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC The data channel is configured on the HMI device Proceed as follows 1 NO oO fF W DY In WinCC flexible select the Transfer settings command from the Projekt gt Transfer menu The Transfer settings dialog is displayed Select the type of HMI device
417. roceed as follows 1 Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record 2 Select the element list of the recipe data record whose values you want to transfer to the PLC 3 Open the menu 4 Select the menu item To PLC Result The values of the recipe data record were transferred to the PLC and take effect in the process 11 17 8 Exporting a recipe data record Introduction You can export one or more recipe data records to a CSV file depending on the configuration After export the values in the recipe data record can be further processed in a spreadsheet program such as MS Excel The degree to which you can influence the export depends on the configuration NOTICE Export recipe data The USB interface is deactivated while the main battery is being changed During the main battery change do not transfer any data to a USB memory stick Requirement e Ascreen with a recipe view is displayed e An operating element with the function Export record has been configured e The following tags are configured equally in the recipe view and for the Export record operating element Recipe number Data record number Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 328 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record 2 Se
418. roject with recipes Recipe 1 Recipe2 HMI device Displaying a recipe External memory medium PLC Editing saving or deleting a recipe data record Display recipe data record Synchronize or do not synchronize recipe tags Display and edit recipe tags in the recipe screen Write records from the recipe view to the PLC or read records from the PLC and display them in the recipe view Recipe tags are sent to the PLC online or offline Export or import recipe data record to external memory medium QO 8080 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 311 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes 11 17 4 Recipe displays Displaying recipes You can display and edit recipes on the HMI device with a recipe view or recipe screen Recipe view A recipe view is a screen object used to manage recipe data records The recipe view shows recipe data records in tabular form Depending on the configuration the recipe view is displayed as follows e As extended recipe view e As simple recipe view The configuration engineer also defines which operator controls are displayed in the recipe view Extended recipe view The following figure shows an example of the extended recipe view Recipe Name No Orange Data Record Name No Q Nectar Si 2 4 mM sax a a Ready Selec
419. rols required for operation appear in one or more HMI screens on the display after the project starts NOTICE Damage to the touch screen Never press the touch screen with a pointed or sharp object Avoid applying sudden pressure to the touch screen with a hard object Both these will substantially reduce the service life of the touch screen and can even lead to total failure Only press the operating objects on the touch screen of the HMI device with a finger or a touch pen Damage to the keyboard Do not touch the keys with a pointed or sharp object Avoid applying sudden pressure to the keys with a hard object Both these will substantially reduce the service life of the keyboard and can even lead to total failure Use only your fingers to operate the keys of your HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 105 Operator controls and displays 5 7 Overview Operator controls and their functions The following image shows the operating elements and the display on the HMI device Depending on the delivered HMI device differences to the following image may exist a al Nope o EMERGENCY STOP button Handwheel optional LED display Membrane keyboard Display with touch screen Key ON OFF Illuminated pushbutton optional OVQ QOHOHO Key operated switch optional The functions assigned to the function keys the
420. roperties in an active project Proceed as follows 1 Select the Enable Channel check box in the Channel 2 group to enable the data channel 2 Select the interface for the data channel from the selection list Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation 3 Enter further parameters if required Applies to ETHERNET You can use the Advanced button to open the settings for addressing the HM de a SECRETE ind the ea information in the section Specifying the IP address and name server name serve Page 182 18 Applies to USB No information is needed for USB 4 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Result The data channel is configured 6 11 Configuring network operation 6 11 1 Overview You can use this function to configure the HMI device for data communication in a PROFINET network via the Ethernet port Note The HMI device can only be used in PROFINET networks The HMI device has client functionality in the local network This means that users can access files of a node with TCP IP server functionality from the HMI device via the local network However you cannot access data on the HMI device from a PC via the local network for example Information on communication a SIMATIC S7 via PROFINET is provided in the following ftp lisupport aitamalion si
421. rsion of the boot loader Boot loader release date Size of the internal flash memory in which the HMI device image and project are stored MAC address of the HMI device See chapter Starting the HMI device again Page 144 DOO CLOOLO Note The size of the internal flash memory does not correspond to the available working memory for a project Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 162 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings 6 7 4 Display firmware You can use this function to obtain information about the firmware used on the HMI device Requirement if You have opened the Firmware tab in the OP Properties dialog using the OP icon OP Properties Display Device i WLAN Module RFID Module Failsafe Module 02 00 00 00_00 10 1 Firmware for the WLAN module Firmware for the RFID module Firmware for the fail safe module 6 7 5 Display the charging status and temperature of the rechargeable battery You can use this function to view the charging status and temperature of the main battery Requirements Of e The main battery is installed e You have opened the Battery tab in the OP Properties dialog using the OP icon OP Properties Display Device Firmware Touch Battery gt Copacty 3 i O 0 100 Temperature 27 C A 0 70
422. rties dialog with the Printer F icon Printer Properties ok x Printer Language Pa Inkjet 4 0 Port 1 Network Ei 6 Paper Size Jas ay Orientation Portrait CO Landscape cmMyY _ Draft Mode V Color Selection list for the printer Selection list for the interface Network address of the printer Paper format selection list Orientation group with radio buttons for print orientation Check box to improve the color quality only for Brother HL 2700 printers Color printing check box OA OOHOOHO Print quality check box Proceed as follows 1 Select a printer from the Printer Language selection list 2 Select the port for the printer from the Port selection list 3 If you wish to print via the network enter the printer s network address in the Network text box 4 Select a paper format in the Paper Size selection list Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 167 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings Result 6 7 10 Requirement D 168 5 Activate a radio button in the Orientation group Portrait for portrait Landscape for landscape 6 Select the print quality Select the Draft Mode check box if you wish to print in draft mode Deactivate the Draft Mode check box if you wish to print with higher quality 7 If the printer sele
423. rts with the language set in the previous session Requirement e The required language for the project must be available on the HMI device e The language switching function must be logically linked to a configured operator control such as a button Selecting a language You can change project languages at any time Language specific objects are immediately output to the screen in the new language when you switch languages The following options are available for switching the language e A configured operator control switches from one language to the next in a list e A configured operator control directly sets the desired language More detailed information is available in your plant documentation Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 275 Operating a project 11 5 Operating the screen keyboard in the project 11 5 Operating the screen keyboard in the project If you do not use an external keyboard use the screen keyboard to enter numeric and alphanumeric characters As soon as you touch a text box a numeric or alphanumeric screen keyboard is displayed depending on the type of the text box Display methods for the screen keyboard You can change the type of display for the screen keyboard and move its position on the screen e Numerical screen keyboard ic aca rs lio T APAC ones ae o eae The alphanumerical screen keyboard has the
424. ructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 397 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system Procedure Configuring Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Proceed as follows 1 Insert the HMI device in HW Config uw Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN O x rally Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help aj x Desu h S e ol i Ra Dj xi MUR S gxi PS 3075A 10 End atai CPU 317F 2PN DP Profile eaa OOO O dea e2 A PROFINET I0 a 4 Additional Field Devices H E Gateway HMI SIMATIC HMI H E 177 277 Mobile Panel 277 1 Mobile Panel 277 WLAN Mobile Panel 277 WLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F WLAN ae SE Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 MP2 10 Key MP2 10 Touch z BAVE G4S0EFOT OAXI a tg SIEMEN Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID TAG PROFIsafe Integrated Enabling Button Emergency Stop Button xl Press F1 to get Help l cho 4 2 Open the properties dialog of the HMI device by double clicking the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag icon 3 Enter the device name of the HMI device in the properties dialog 4 Open the properties dialog of the module module by double clicking the Mobile277Failsafe_IO entry in the details view of the HMI device 5 Change to the PROFIsafe tab Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag
425. rver e Specifying the logon data e Configuring e mail The configuration work is described in the following sections Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 180 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 11 Configuring network operation 6 11 2 Specifying the computer name of the HMI device You can use this function to assign a computer name to the HMI device The computer name is used to identify the HMI device in the local network Requirement a You have opened the Device Name tab in the System Properties dialog box using the System icon System Properties General Memory Device Name These settings are used to identify your Windows CE device to Ka other computers Please type a name without any spaces and a short description Device name m slm a O Device description JHMI Device U SS Computer name of the HMI device Description for the HMI device optional NOTICE Computer name must be unique Communication errors may occur in the local network if you assign a computer name more than once Enter a unique computer name in the Device name text box Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Enter the computer name for the HMI device in the Device name text box Enter the name without spaces 2 If necessary enter a description for the HMI device in the Device description text box 3
426. s 4 4 Mounting the transponder Procedure Connecting the charging station Proceed as follows 1 Connect the cable to the power supply 2 Plug the connector into the socket on the charging station 3 Secure the connector with the knurled nut 4 4 Mounting the transponder Requirements e 2xM4 ee head screws with nuts if required lected for the transponder see chapter Planning the installation ocation of transponders Page 71 Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Place the transponder onto the mounting surface 2 Mark the fastening holes with a marking off tool 3 Drill two through holes or two threaded holes M4 4 Attach the transponder 4 5 Setting the transponder ID and inserting the batteries Requirements e Torx screwdriver size T10 e Screwdriver size 0 e 31 5 V AA mignon batteries included in the transponder accessory kit Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 83 Installing and wiring devices 4 5 Setting the transponder ID and inserting the batteries Procedure opening the transponder Note Observe the notes about the EGB in chapter ESD guideline Page 357 Proceed as follows 1 Loosen the four marked screws Cover Screws 2 Lay the cover aside The screws are in the cover so that they cannot be lost The following image shows the location of the rotary coding switch and the battery c
427. s Remedy 190008 The threshold values configured for the tag have Observe the configured or current threshold values of been violated for example by the tag e A value entered e A system function e A script 190009 An attempt has been made to assign the tag a Observe the range of values for the data type of the value which is outside the permitted range of tags values for this data type For example a value of 260 was entered for a byte tag or a value of 3 for an unsigned word tag 190010 Too many values are written to the tag for The following remedies are available example in a loop triggered by a script e Increase the time interval between multiple write Values are lost because only up to 100 actions are actions saved to the buffer e Do not use an array tag longer than 6 words when you configure an acknowledgment on the HMI device using Acknowledgment HMI 190011 Possible cause 1 The value entered could not be written to the Make sure that the value entered lies within the range configured PLC tag because the high or low limit of values of the control tags was exceeded The system discards the entry and restores the original value Possible cause 2 The connection to the PLC was interrupted Check the connection to the PLC 190012 It is not possible to convert a value from a source Check the range of values or the data type of the tags format to a target format for example An attempt is being made to assign a value to a counte
428. s reported when it is received An alarm could trigger one of the following alarm events e Incoming e Outgoing e Acknowledge Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 301 Operating a project 11 16 Operate alarm view and alarm window Alarm classes Alarm groups Alarm buffer 302 The configuration engineer defines which alarms must be acknowledged by the user An alarm may contain the following information Date Time Alarm text Location of fault State Alarm class Alarm number Alarm group Diagnostics capability Alarms are assigned to various alarm classes Error Alarms in this class must always be acknowledged Error alarms normally indicate critical errors within the plant such as Motor temperature too high Operation Warning alarms usually indicate states of a plant such as Motor switched on System System alarms indicate states or events which occur on the HMI device SIMATIC diagnostic alarms SIMATIC diagnostic alarms show states and events of the SIMATIC S7 or SIMOTION PLCs User specific alarm classes The properties of this alarm class must be defined in the configuration More detailed information is available in your plant documentation The configuration engineer can group alarms into alarm groups When you acknowledge an individual alarm of an alarm group you acknowledge all alarms which belong to the same alarm
429. s s s ssisisiseindinnnan ikki naninira aa K aAa 6 7 13 Displaying memory distribution ee eee eee eeeeee eee eeee eee e sense ee seeeeeeeseeeeeeseceaeeeseeeaeeeseneaeeseenaeees 172 6 7 14 Setting the location of the project 2 ccccccceccecceeeeeeeneteeceneeseeeeeeeseeceeeeseeceeseteecenteseeeeeneeeeeeneess 6 7 15 Setting the delay time for the project cc eceeeeeeeeee cette ee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeeseneaeeeteeeaeeeeennaees 6 8 Enabling PROFINET 10 winnie nena ahhna A iene ae en Ged 6 9 S tting the PROF safe addroSS i cccisis ceive ccettssgeecssdeecsivaneecuseiedecdasaecceaziniecees es ecuvevedectavac 6 10 Programming the data channel cossires aa aaa A 6 11 Configuring network operation cccccccceeccecsecneeceeenecnaecseenecnsecaesnesesecseeesseestaseseeneenieesaene 179 GILT OVEVIEW ceraicricrrrerireierrini dinnar e TA 6 11 2 Specifying the computer name of the HMI device 6 11 3 Specifying the IP address and NAME server cece eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaees 6 11 4 Specifying the logon data eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseceeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeseenaees G15 Conigunng C MAll vs foc sche Fcet cigtan ak cosets eeuseics ca caueueed A peebenn peeeet aedee ele peed oo 6 12 Changing InternetiS tin Gs eas iacedcvescdeviesscioczeensaedeses iadeedavetied seasanteaaneecdend ceca sened eaten 187 6 12 1 Changing general SettingS 2 0 0 eee cence ee eeeeeeeeeeeee
430. s the HMI device is in the charging station Note Read the information provided in chapter Safety instructions Page 87 Observe the notes about the EGB in chapter ESD guideline Page 357 rs note that a battery is subject to a natural self discharge Self discharge will eventually lea omplete discharge if 3 ae is not used for a long time Read the chapter eee and care Page e The connection compartment is open e The battery compartment is open Note When charging a rechargeable battery the ambient temperature or battery temperature should not exceed 40 C The higher the temperature the longer it will take for the rechargeable battery to fully charge Select a location with a low ambient temperature for the charging station Let the rechargeable battery cool before charging it Proceed as follows 1 Place the main battery into the battery compartment Rasthaken Hauptakku Akkufachabdeckung Anschlussfachabdeckung 2 Close the battery compartment 3 Insert the HMI device into the charging station he battery is charged once the HMI device illuminates the BAT LED See chapter LED display Page 107 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device 4 7 5 4 Displaying the battery charge status The main rechargeable battery features an LED display The
431. s with logon authorization per effective range when using F_LFB_RNG_16 16 HMI devices Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 30 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview 1 11 Configuration and process control phases 1 11 Configuration and process control phases You must follow the phases below in order to use an HMI device in the system e Configuration phase e Process control phase Configuration phase The configuration phase consists of the following operations e Create project e Transferring a project Safety related project lt Configuring PC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN e Accept project determine checksum e Test project e Simulate project e Save project Process control phase The process control phase includes operation and monitoring of active production processes with the HMI device The HMI screens on the HMI device visualize the production process The following figure shows an example configuration of a plant control system which is operated with a Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 31 Overview 1 12 Ranges in a transponder system 1 12 WLAN IWLAN 32 I O Standard Host PLC ET 200S station PROFINET IO device PROFINET IO controller with IM 151 3 PN PROFINET SIMATIC S7 300F SCALANCE Access Point SIMATIC S7 416F 3
432. s wood or concrete Protective measures against discharge of static electricity CAUTION Grounding measures There is no equipotential bonding without grounding An electrostatic charge is not discharged and may damage the ESD When working with electrostatic sensitive devices make sure that the person and the workplace are properly grounded Note the following e Only touch the ESD if it is absolutely necessary e When you touch ESD modules avoid touching the pins or the PCB tracks This precaution reduces the risk of damaging an ESD e Discharge electrostatic electricity from your body if you are performing measurements on an ESD To do so touch a grounded metal object before you carry out the measurement e Always use grounded measuring instruments Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 358 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 1 Overview This section describes typical application cases for the HMI device The following states are graphically represented in the application cases e LED status e Operability of the EMERGENCY STOP button and enabling buttons The used icons have the following meaning e LED display Icon Meaning Status of the LEDs that are displayed on the HMI device during the described situation
433. sacsasensenaenas 380 A 3 Example of application for transponder system ccceceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseceeaeeeeeeeseteeaees 38 A 3 1 Configuration and Operation x ssiccees ccseects seseeceds oesesced uae cansaeeaes aeisasaadeederesaadecdaaneesee ee aahannedaetens 38 A 3 2 Configuring the controller and HMI device in STEP 7 ecececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneeeeetneeeeesneeeees 38 A 3 3 Safety program S7 Distributed Safety cceeeeee eens ee eeneeeeeeeeeeetaeeeeesaeeeeetiaeeeeesiaeeeeee A 4 Application example RFID tag SYStOM ecccceeeeneeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeseeaeeeseenaeeeeeeaas k A 4 1 COnTIQUIATION and operatorie iaaa eass i a AAE TE AEA ERAS i A 4 2 Configuring the controller and HMI device in STEP 7 ecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeee i A 4 3 Safety program S7 Distributed Safety ec eeceeeee eee e eerste ee ee eneee ee eaeeeeetaeeeeetaeeeeesaeeeene A 5 Safety related messages 404 A 5 1 Transponder SYSUSIMD esi veeesdectes eeedene ceesee be ueccees eiae EEEE EERE AEE A 5 2 REID tag SyS leM cciicee haves ce eeviee deesnadde chanes REEE AEE O E A 6 System ALANS neniarn i Eaa E EA S A 7 Error cases in the project Operation eececeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseenaeeeesenaeeeseeaas B ADDreViatlOns aici irese p Nueva dat tate hls eeepc ee teats GIOSS IY sass aie seana aaa ueabenscyec cectuuesenavaten sucusedencens vende e E abiechenueevexeeteees MAOK case
434. safe When there is a project for a safety program on the HMI device it is automatically integrated following the start of the project The SAFE LED lights up to indicate that integration is complete The EMERGENCY STOP button is enabled as soon as the HMI device is integrated Requirements WLAN e PROFIsafe safety related bus profile as of V2 0 The plant has been accepted e The loader is displayed on the HMI device Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Start the project PROFIsafe communication is established While the connection is being established the Establishing secure connection dialog is displayed with the following symbol 2X p The HMI device is integrated into the safety program of the F CPU The SAFE LED lights up The Test enabling switch dialog is displayed with the following symbol J 2 Fully press down both enabling buttons The project start screen appears See also erms for fail safe operation Page 40 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 256 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Fail safe operation 10 3 Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode Operating the transponder system in a fail safe mode Switch off behavior The shutdown reaction of the plant will vary according to cause and effect AXpaANcER Shutdown behavior The shutdown behavior described in the next sections is only triggered in the plant if the F CPU has bee
435. safe operation is possible throughout the entire WLAN range The components that are operated fail safe must be separated through a safety system for example a protective gate The override mode is used in the following cases e Components should undergo fail safe operation if they cannot be reached from the wireless range of one or multiple transponders e Acomponent should be operated fail safe for which there is already a safety system Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Overview Protection zone 7 13 Areas in a RFID tag system The protection zone is the area in the plant in which one or more machines are operated in fail safe mode The protection zone is not an object that can be configured The protection zone of the system must be demarcated by a safety system and organizational measures The following measures have to be taken for safe operation of the transponder system in Override mode e Safety system The safety system consists of one or more technical protection devices for the protection zone e g Mesh fence with access Light barrier Safety contact mat optional e Organizational safety measures The safety system must be supplemented with a system control program that controls access to the protection zone 1 13 Areas in a RFID tag system WLAN IWLAN The following areas are available in a plant for fail sa
436. safety related failures The basic principle of the safety concept in a fail safe system is the existence of a safe operating state for all process variables A safety system integrated in F I Os and F CPUs enabling them to be used in fail safe systems According to IEC 61508 a safety function is implemented by a safety mechanism to ensure that the plant is kept in a safe operating state or brought into a safe operating state in the event of a fault user safety function Safety Integrity Level Safety Integrity Level safety class according to IEC 61508 and prEN 50129 The higher the safety integrity level the greater the measures required for fail safe operation in order to avoid systematic errors and bring systematic errors and random equipment failure under control Safety related communication Screen Screen object STEP 7 Communication used for fail safe data communication See HMI screen A screen object is a configurable object used to display or operate the plant for example a rectangle I O field or alarm view STEP 7 is the programming software for SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC C7 and SIMATIC WinAC PLCs Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 455 Glossary System alarm Tab sequence Tag Transfer Transponder A system alarm is assigned to the System alarm class A system alarm refers to internal states on the HMI device and the
437. se FB1 FB1 For reasons of program modularity all other F FBs are called from this FB In FB 1 you have to call the F FBs in the following order 1 Network 1 F00256_WTPFailsafe_lO QBAD F00256_WTPFailsafe_lO ACK_REQ MP1_FB_S7_MP_RE MP1_F_DATA_PII MP1_F_RNG_PII F_DB_STATES MP_100_Status DB100 F_FB_MP EN QBAD ACK_REQ S7_MP_RES ACK_REI F00256_WTPFailsafe_IO ACK_REI S7_ACK_ERR MP_DATA_Q MP1_F_DATA_PIQ MP_DATA MP_RNG_Q MP1_F_RNG_PIQ MP_RNG DIAG Interface_DB MP1_FB_DIAG MP_STAT ENO Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 401 Appendix A 4 Application example RFID tag system Edge_ The controller uses this F FB to monitor the PROFIsafe communication of the HMI device The following diagnostics information is indicated at the DIAG output Status of the HMI device integrated or removed A communication error has occurred Communication error must be acknowledged Additional information is available in F_FB_MP Page 208 2 Network 2 DB101 Contact_Mats F_FB_RNG_4 Contact_ EN Mats 402 Interface_DB RNG_ID ono eee OVERRIDE ER123_RNG_BUSY MP1_F_DATA_PII MP1_DATA MP1_F_RNG_PII MP1_RNG MP1_F_KEY Interface_DB MP2_DATA E_STOP ER123_E_STOP MP2_RNG Interface_DB GLOB_RD ER123_GLOB_RD MP2_F_KEY Interface_DB MP3_DATA LOC_RD E
438. ser may only be assigned to one group 270000 System alarms Number 270000 Effect causes A tag is not indicated in the alarm because it attempts to access an invalid address in the PLC Remedy Check whether the data area for the tag exists in the PLC the configured address is correct and the value range for the tag is correct 270001 There is a device specific limit as to how many alarms may be queued for output see the operating instructions This limit has been exceeded The view no longer contains all the alarms However all alarms are written to the alarm buffer 270002 The view shows alarms of a log for which there is no data in the current project Wildcards are output for the alarms Delete older log data if necessary 270003 The service cannot be set up because too many devices want to use this service A maximum of four devices may execute this action Reduce the number of HMI devices which want to use the service Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 437 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 270004 Access to persistent buffer is not possible If the problems persist at the next startup contact Alarms cannot be restored or saved Customer Support delete Flash 270005 Persistent buffer damaged Alarms cannot be If the problems persist at
439. ser without user management rights you can only see your personal user account The authorizations of a user after logging on depends on the user group to which the user belongs More detailed information is available in your plant documentation A simple or extended user view can be configured in the project The two user views offer the same functions The presentation of information differs If you are not logged onto the HMI device the only entry contained in the simple user view is lt ENTER gt If you are logged onto the HMI device the simple user view only displays the user name and user group Group 9 PLC User Group 1 User 1 Group 1 lt New user gt Extended user view 286 The extended user view displays information about the users The extended user view contains the following columns e Users e Password e Group e Logoff time Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 7 3 Requirement Procedure Result 11 7 Project security User logon Use the logon dialog of the HMI device to log onto the security system Enter your user name and password in the logon dialog x User Password OK Cancel The logon dialog opens in the following cases You press an operator control with password protection You press an operator control that was configured for displaying the log
440. sh Restore CE Image A progress bar shows the status of the restore process When restore is completed the following message is displayed Restore succesfully finished Press ok remove your storage card and reboot your device 8 Remove the storage medium 9 Acknowledge this message The HMI device starts again Result The data from the storage medium is now on the HMI device Note After the restore check whether it is necessary to calibrate the touch screen Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 196 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety related configuration r4 7 1 General procedure Programs for fail safe operation Procedure For fail safe operation of the HMI device the following software is required e STEP 7 hardware configuration HW Config e S7 Distributed Safety optional package e WinCC flexible See also chapter Software requirements Page 26 The software is installed on the configuration computer and is called through the SIMATIC manager You can find additional information in the Start menu Program Task Start menu STEP 7 HW Config Creating a project for the SIMATIC gt automation system Documentation gt desired language S7 Distributed Safety Create a safety program SIMATIC gt Documentation gt desired language WinCC flexible Create a project for the HMI SIMATIC gt device WinCC flexible 2008 gt WinCC
441. sing the OP icon OP Properties OK x Battery Ki gt TF your Windows CE device is not responding 4 properly to your taps you may need to recalibrate your screen Display Device Firmware To start tap Recalibrate Recalibrate Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Press Recalibrate The following dialog appears Carefully press and briefly hold stylus on the center of the target Repeat as the target moves around the screen Calibration crosshairs Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 143 Configuring the HMI device 6 4 Control Panel 2 Briefly touch the center of the calibration crosshairs The calibration crosshairs are then displayed at four more positions Briefly touch the middle of the calibration crosshairs for each position Once you have touched all the positions of the calibration crosshairs the following dialog appears New calibration settings have been measured Tape the screen to register saved data Wait for 30 seconds to cancel saved data and keep the current setting Time limit 30 sec 3 Touch the touch screen The calibration is saved The Touch tab is displayed once again in the OP Properties dialog If you do not touch the touch screen within the time shown your original setting will be retained 4 Close the dialog The touch screen of th
442. standard Data transfer rate Output power IEEE 802 11a 54 Mbps 13 5 dBm no a 48 Mbps 15 dBm 5 18 GHe fo 5 7 GH 30 Mbps 1E 06m 6 Mbps to 24 Mbps 17 dBm IEEE 802 11a 54 Mbps 11 5 dBm aaa ee 48 Mbps 13 dBm 4 92 GHz to 5 16 GHz and 36 Mbps OEM 5 745 GHz to 5 825 GHz 6 Mbps to 24 Mbps 15 dBm IEEE 802 11g 54 Mbps 16 dBm frequency range 48 Mbps 17 dBm 2 412 GHz to 2 484 GHz 36 Mbps 17 dBm 6 Mbps to 24 Mbps 17 dBm IEEE 802 11b 11 Mbps 20 dBm 5 5 Mbps 20 dBm 2 Mbps 20 dBm 1 Mbps 20 dBm Main rechargeable battery Main rechargeable battery Type Lithium ion accumulator Operation time of the HMI device with rechargeable battery e During normal operation e Approx 4h e In powered down state not placed in charging station e Approx 15 days Charging cycles 500 Charging time Approx 4 h 1 1 The effective charging time depends on the ambient temperature The higher the ambient temperature the longer 13 2 4 Charging station Weight the charging time Weight without packing Approx 1 1 kg Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 345 Technical specifications 13 2 Specifications Power supply Nominal voltage Range permissible 24 VDC 19 2 V to 28 8 V 20 20 Transients maximum permissible 35 V 500 ms Time between two transients minimum 50 sec Current consump
443. store the following data from the internal flash memory of the HMI device to a PC Project and HMI device image Password list Recipe data License keys You have the following possibilities for backing up or restoring data With WinCC flexible e Alongside with ProSave e Through the control panel 224 An external storage medium is required for backup and restore via the Control Panel NOTICE Reset to factory settings required If a restore operation is interrupted due to power failure on the HMI device the operating system of the HMI device may be corrupted In this case you have to restore the factory settings on the HMI device See section Restoring factory settings Page 232 Note If a message appears on the HMI device warning you of a compatibility conflict during the restore operation the operating system must be updated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project 8 4 4 2 Backing up with WinCC flexible Requirements No project is open on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC The data channel is configured on the HMI device Proceed as follows On the configuration PC select the Transfer settings command from the Project gt Transfer menu in WinCC flexible The Transfe
444. str 2 90766 Furth ee an find more detailed information on the Internet at Spare parts and repairs is Ta Support automation siemens com WW view en 16611927 Accessories Page i Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 1 Dimension drawings 13 1 1 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Front view Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 All dimensions in mm 13 335 Technical specifications 13 1 Dimension drawings Side view All dimensions in mm You can find additional images in the Internet at Image database http www automation siemens com bilddb index aspx att14s 35 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 336 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 1 Dimension drawings 13 1 2 Charging station All dimensions in mm You can find additional images in the Internet at Image database http www automation siemens com bilddb index aspx att14s 35 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 337 Technical specifications 13 1 Dimensi
445. structions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Service and maintenance 1 2 12 1 Maintenance and care Introduction Read 13 oF Safety related operator controls Page 110 and Safety instructions Page 43 of the safety notes for information on service and maintenance Scope of maintenance The HMI device is designed for maintenance free operation Remember to include accessories and peripheral equipment in the maintenance The scope of maintenance includes e Function test Perform an annual function test for the enabling button and EMERGENCY STOP button To perform the function test the HMI device must be switched on but not integrated Proceed as follows Switch on the HMI device As soon as the Test enabling button dialog is displayed press both enabling buttons down to the mechanical stop See chapter Integrating the HMI device Page 361 Press the EMERGENCY STOP button Check whether the system can reach the safe operating state as specified in the system documentation Release the EMERGENCY STOP button Log off the HMI device Switch off the HMI device e Storing the main battery A lithium ion rechargeable battery loses more than 50 of its charging capacity within three years Store rechargeable batteries at 40 to 60 of their capacity to ensure optimal service life Manufacturers recommend storage at 15 C which is optimal for aging and self discharge Charge the battery every six
446. structions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 63 Planning the use 3 6 Equipping a plant with tags The following figure shows a plant with three effective ranges PROFIsafe System that will be operated from within the effective range Effective range 1 formed by a transponder Effective range 2 formed by two transponders OGCO The HMI device is in the middle of the effective range Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 64 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 6 Equipping a plant with tags Relationship between the effective range and transponder Transponders must be mounted in the perimeter around the machine in such a manner that the planned effective range is covered by the transmitting range of the transponders assigned to it Plant to be operated from effective range Transponder Effective range In this range fail safe operation is possible The area cannot be entered by the operator The area of maintenance and movement of the operator in the effective range The room limited by the local circumstances in which fail safe operation is possible Effective range limits 00 OBO The area of maintenance and movement of the operator The operator left the effective range An image of th anspo can be found in adiating characteristics of the HMI device and nde the chapter Radiation characteristics of the transponder system Page 350 Plannin
447. system functions eeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeneeesetnaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaas 5 5 4 6 Controlling and evaluating illuminated mushroom pushbuttons via system functions 5 6 Labeling the function Keys mescrei Geek ead dae eaten 5 7 Holding operating and setting down the HMI device 0 0 2 eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeenaees 5 8 Using the charging Station 2 0 i ssscccsscecceesacceesbetisecetecdcevenacanes sadecestencadees iE 5 8 1 Charging the main battery in the charging compartment 126 5 8 2 LED displays on the Charging station 0 ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseneaeeeseeeaeeeeeeanees 5 8 3 Locking the charging station 0 64 63 ceseeended es areata aeonseaae 6 Configuring the HMI deviCe cccceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeesaaeeeeesaaeeeeeeaaaeeesesaeeeeeenaaeeeeenaas 6 1 DeSKtOp and Loader asno a a a acd daaaraezanaeh a A aaa 6 2 Opertaing desktop and lOadel cccccececeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeeseceaeaeeeeeeesesecaeaeeeeeeesesensaeaeeeeeeeeeeeaees 132 6 3 Enabling and disabling SecureMode ce ceeceecceeeeeeneeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneaeeeseneaeeeseenaees 6 4 Control POMC 5 deccgevtecechit tars toectcre veacncts a a es taeck ante dactaes en aecaaes 6 4 1 OVEIVIOW Secissects chases teat tenet edeeee tunieees acess udece ete aietea tae beeen eee et eees eRaeete Renee ERO eaeer eet 6 4 2 Functions in the Control Pane leecsssse gehen cutee es ehnca aed eeee 6 4
448. t operate any text boxes until the button is actuated again and the refresh is stopped Write button Applies the new value in the Control value column The control value is written to the PLC Procedure changing the column sequence Proceed as follows 1 Touch the column header which you wish to exchange with a different column header 2 Keeping the touch screen pressed move the column heading to the column heading you wish to exchange it with The columns are displayed in the modified sequence Procedure for reading the status value Proceed as follows 1 Enter the address and the desired format of a value for each line Touch the respective columns to display the screen keyboard 2 Press _ All values are read cyclically by the PLC and entered in the Status value column 3 Touch hay button The cyclical reading from the PLC is completed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 298 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 15 Operating the Sm rtClient view Requirement controlling values e The Control value column must be available e The Write button must be available Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Enter the address of a value for each line 2 Touch the corresponding column The screen keyboard is displayed 3 Enter the desired value in the Control value column 4 Press E The values from the Control value co
449. t printer been set up 10002 Overflow of the graphics buffer for printing Up to Allow sufficient intervals between successive print jobs two graphics are buffered 10003 Graphics can now be buffered again 10004 Overflow of the buffer for printing lines in text mode Allow sufficient intervals between successive print jobs e g alarms Up to 1000 lines are buffered 10005 Text lines can now be buffered again 10006 The Windows printing system reports an error Repeat the action if necessary Refer to the output text and the error ID to determine the possible causes Nothing is printed or the print is faulty Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 414 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix 20000 Global script alarms A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 20010 An error has occurred in the specified script line Select the specified script line in the configuration Execution of the script was therefore aborted Note Ensure that the tags used are of the allowed types the system alarm that may have occurred prior to Check system functions for the correct number and this types of parameters 20011 An error has occurred in a script that was called by In the configuration select the script that has been the specified script called directly or indirectly by the specified script Execution of the script was therefore aborted in the Ensure that the
450. tag The protection zone limit is defined by a clear spatial demarcation If the HMI device is logged onto a machine in the protected area with a RFID tag it is possible to operate the machine in fail safe mode with an enabling button within the protected area Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 74 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 13 Coexistence of the frequency bands Requirements for the protection zone The protection zone must meet the following requirements e The protection zone must be completely demarcated and protected e Protection zones may not overlap e The protection zone must be fully visible to the operating personnel e A hazardous location must be visible from every point of the protection zone You can find a configuration example in the Appendix e The protection zone must be protected by a security system that prevents unauthorized or erroneous use of the HMI device The security system must have a safety category that is sufficient to meet the plant requirements The following security systems are suitable e Mesh fence with access If you use a mesh fence for the protection zone you can protect access through an additional security system for example a light barrier or a contact pressure mat This allows open access for an escape route during operation of the plant e Light barrier e Contact pressure mat The security system can be controlled by
451. tags used are of the allowed types called script Check system functions for the correct number and Note the system alarm that may have occurred types of parameters prior to this 20012 The configuration data is inconsistent The script Recompile the configuration could therefore not be generated 20013 The scripting component of WinCC flexible Reinstall WinCC flexible Runtime on your PC Runtime is not correctly installed Therefore no Rebuild your project with Project gt Compiler gt scripts can be executed Generate and transfer the project to the HMI device 20014 The system function returns a value that is not Select the specified script in the configuration written in any return tag Check whether the script name has been assigned a value 20015 Too many successive scripts have been triggered Find what is triggering the scripts Extend the times in short intervals When more than 20 scripts are queued for processing any subsequent scripts are rejected In this case the script indicated in the alarm is not executed e g the polling time of the tags which trigger the scripts 30000 Alarms for IFwSetValue SetValue Number Effect causes Remedy 30010 The tag could not accept the function result e g Check the tag type of the system function parameter when it has exceeded the value range 30011 A system function could not be executed because Check the parameter value and tag type of the invali
452. ted by the safety program of the F CPU The transponders are evaluated again for detection of the effective range If the HMI device is outside of the effective range at the end of the Override mode see 364 chapter Exiting the effective range without log off Page 364 Renewed enabling of the override mode is possible if you have turned off the override mode on the override switch O SAFE M PWR ECOM E RNG EBAT LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button m 368 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 5 Operating RFID tag system A 2 5 1 Logging onto a machine Requirement e You have the HMI device at a distance of no more than 5 cm in front of an RFID tag e The Effective range name RFID object is shown in white labeled Scan LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE MPWR MCom ORNG BBAT Procedure 1 Touch the Effective range name RFID object labeled Scan If the Effective range name RFID object is configured with password protection enter a valid user name and a valid password The HMI device searches for RFID tags the Effective range name RFID object is shown in yellow labeled Scanning Poa The Effective range logon dialog opens with the following symbol e 2
453. ted the configuration of the frequency range for the HMI device transponder communication Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 7 Requirement ip Procedure Result 6 7 General settings Activate memory management If memory management is activated the HMI device will automatically close the project if the memory needs reorganizing during the active project If the project is closed due to this setting then a message will be displayed on the HMI device You have to start the project again NOTICE Memory management If you do not activate memory management malfunctions can occur during the runtime of the project Select memory management in the OP Properties dialog You have opened the Memory Monitoring tab in the OP Properties dialog using the OP icon OP Properties Touch Battery Maximum used memory Current used memory Percent of maximum memory used since the last startup of the HMI device Percentage of memory currently used Check box for selecting memory management Proceed as follows 1 If you want to enable memory management then select the check box 2 Confirm your entries The dialog closes Memory management is activated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766
454. the HMI Update the project ID for each project change Configure the display of the project ID at a position in the project that can be displayed at any time in the active project A start screen or a service screen is suitable for this purpose Objects that were especially designed for fail safe operation of the HMI device For more detailed information about configuration refer to WinCC flexible Information System Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 216 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning a project 8 8 1 Using an existing project A WinCC flexible project can be reused for a Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V1 Take the following action to adapt this WinCC flexible project e Perform an HMI device replacement e Perform an import of the effective ranges The IDs of the transponders are converted to RFID tag IDs You can find additional information in the WinCC flexible online help or in the WinCCF flexible migration user manual 8 2 Operating modes The HMI device may be in the following operating modes e Offline e Online e Transfer Enable the offline and online modes as follows e On the configuration PC e On the HMI device when the corresponding operator control is configured Offline operating mode In this operating mode the HMI device and the PLC do not communicate via the connections configured in the WinCC flexible project You can operate the active proje
455. the configuration an incorrect axis to the trend or an incorrect trend 120001 The trend is not displayed because you configured Change the configuration an incorrect axis to the trend or an incorrect trend 120002 The trend is not displayed because the tag Check whether the data area for the tag exists in the assigned attempts to access an invalid PLC address PLC the configured address is correct and the value range for the tag is correct 130000 System information alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 130000 The action was not executed Close all other programs Delete files no longer required from the hard disk 130001 The action was not executed Delete files no longer required from the hard disk 130002 The action was not executed Close all other programs Delete files no longer required from the hard disk Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 423 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 130003 No data medium found The operation is canceled Check for example if e The correct data medium is being accessed e The data medium is inserted 130004 The data medium is write protected The operation Check whether access has been made to the correct is canceled data carrier Remove the write protection 130005 The file is read only The operation is canceled Che
456. the network authenticate itself A rejected server certificate could also causea Check the server address communication error in secure SSL e Check whether the WebServer is actually running connections on the destination station For details refer to the error text in the alarm Faulty authorization This text is always output in the language of e The configured user name and or password do your Windows installation as it is returned by not match those on the server Establish the Windows operating system consistency a ae i not aaa d byth When the server certificate is rejected E par Or NE a A W UGN ISTENE R Oy ME Certificate signed by an unknown CA Windows operating system may not be uA displayed for example An error has occurred Either ignore this item in your project or WININET DLL returns the following error e Install a certificate that has been signed with a Number 12055 Text HTTP lt no error text root certificate known to the client computer available gt The date of the certificate is invalid e Either ignore this item in your project or e Install a certificate with a valid date on the server Invalid CN Common Name or Computer Name e Either ignore this item in your project or e Install a certificate with a name that corresponds to that of the server address 230203 Although a connection can be made to the Error 503 Service unavailable server the HTTP server refuses to connect Check if WinCC flexi
457. the section Acceptance of the plant Page 243 e Inthe project The effective ranges and RFID tags are configured e Inthe system The transponders are installed in the system so that they form the effective ranges stored in the project Signal strength on the WLAN is sufficient Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Commissioning the plant Procedure 9 4 RFID tag system A project with configured effective ranges and RFID tags has been transferred to the HMI device The project starts immediately after transfer The following dialog is displayed RFID tag check A Ta i tag 4 CRC Calculate Store ID Cancel The dialog shows the configured effective ranges and RFID tags including the IDs assigned in the project Effective range Effective range 1 Tag t To recommission the RFID tags proceed as follows 1 Select an effective range from the Effective range list The Tag shows the RFID tags that are assigned to this effective range in the WinCC flexible project The Effective range field shows the configured ID of the selected effective range 2 Select the RFID tag to which you want to assign an ID from the Tag list The Tag field shows the configured ID of the selected RFID tag 3 Move the HMI device into the immediate range of the RFID tag which means into the effecti
458. ting Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 13 Operating the Trend View 11 13 Operating the Trend View Trends continuously display the current process data or process data from a log The layout and operation of the trend view depends on the configuration The following can be configured e Appearance of the trend view the axes value ranges and labels e Operating options of the trend view e Limits for the trend view e Display of a limit violation through a color change A trend view can display several trends a 100 Ruler iis KKI ad pe aq El amp E ES Buttons for trend operation Tag connection Value Date time Print process 25 50 sues ag Trend value in the value table You can read the respective trend values from the value table e Ifthe ruler is displayed The trend value of the position of the ruler displayed in the value table e Ifthe ruler is hidden The newest trend values are displayed in the value table Operating buttons The following elements of the trend view can be operated e Time interval enlarge or reduce e Display area scroll forward or back e Trend display stop or continue e Ruler move e Ruler display or hide The following table shows the trend view buttons Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 295 Operating a project 11 13 Operating the Trend View Key combina
459. ting and display elements that can be configured in WinCC flexible and their importance and meaning are explained Note Some operations with the project may require in depth knowledge about the specific plant on the part of the operator Proceed with caution for example when you use jog mode Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Requirements In order to switch on the HMI device and start the project the following requirements must be met e The main rechargeable battery is charged and inserted in the HMI device If a main battery is not available place the HMI device into the charging station e The project has been transferred to the HMI device e The radio signal from the WLAN is sufficiently strong e If effective ranges are configured in the project you will need to perform an acceptance test when the project is started for the first time See chapter Commissioning the plant 243 Page g Procedure Note If you want to use the HMI device in fail saf be fulfilled See chapter Fail safe operation mode the conditions for mail safe mode must Page 255 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 271 Operating a project 11 2 Operator input options Proceed as follows 1 Press the ON OFF button The HMI device performs the following tasks The HMI device starts The PWR LED lights u
460. ting conditions NOTICE Wireless control device A wireless control device may cause interference If a wireless control device is used the following must be ensured e That other systems at the site are not disturbed by the wireless control device e That other systems at the site do not disturb the wireless control device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 49 Safety instructions and standards 2 5 Risk analysis of the plant Use in industry The HMI device is designed for industrial use For this reason the following standards are met e Interference emission requirements paragraph 7 3 DIN EN 60947 1 Environment A e Interference immunity requirements DIN EN 61326 Residential use NOTICE Interference to radio and TV reception The HMI device is not suitable for use in residential areas Operation of HMI devices in residential areas can cause interference to radio and television reception If the HMI device is used in a residential area you must take measures to achieve Limit Class B conforming to EN 55016 for RF interference To achieve radio interference suppression class B for example install filters in power supply lines Individual acceptance is required 2 5 Risk analysis of the plant See also 50 The following rules apply to the risk analysis of the plant e ISO 12100 1 and ISO 12100 2 Genera
461. tion Function Stops or continues trend recording yz Enlarges the displayed time section Reduces the displayed time section Scrolls one display area backward to the left ae Scrolls one display area forward to the right Scrolls back to the beginning of the trend recording The 7 start values of the trend recording are displayed there ENTER Moves the ruler backward to the left CTR ALT Moves the ruler forward to the right CTRI ALT 7 a l O Q O I I po F po E E Sl E Shows or hides the ruler EERELE ELE X Moreover function keys or operating elements can be configured for the operation of the trend display Refer to your plant documentation for additional information Procedure touch operation Proceed as follows 1 Touch the required button in the trend view 2 Touch and drag the ruler The size of the ruler changes Procedure touch operation Proceed as follows 1 Open the desired button using the key 2 Press the key Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 296 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 14 Operating the status force 11 14 Operating the status force You read or write access values of the connected PLC directly with Status Force Status force allows you to monitor or change addresses of the PLC program etc You don t need to con
462. tion box for the recipe Selection box for the recipe data record Element name The element name designates a specific element in the recipe data record Display field This show the number of the selected recipe or the selected recipe data record Value of the element Buttons for editing a recipe data record a00 O 0O Status bar for display of the status messages Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 312 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Simple recipe view The simple recipe view consists of three areas e Recipe list e Data record list e Element list In the simple recipe view each area is shown separately on the HMI device Depending on the configuration the simple recipe view starts with the recipe list or data record list The following figure shows an example of the record list Juice Beverage Nectar iv lt Number of the recipe data record Recipe data records 000o Gers Buttons for changing the displayed list and calling the menu Display of values NOTICE Changing the recipe data record in the background Applies to the processing of a recipe data record If values of the corresponding recipe data record are changed by a PLC job the recipe view is not updated automatically To update the recipe view reselect the respective recipe data record Recipe screen A recipe screen allows the correlati
463. tion with Mobile Panel e Typical e Constant current maximum e Power on current surge It e Approx 1 5 A e Approx 1 8 A e Approx 1 7 A s Current consumption with Mobile Panel and main battery in the charging compartments e Typical e Constant current maximum e Power on current surge It e Approx 2 8 A e Approx 3 4 A e Approx 1 7 A s Fuse internal Electronic 13 2 5 Transponder Weight without batteries 0 3 kg Power supply 3 AA mignon batteries 1 5 V Operating life of batteries in normal operation 5 years Radio link to HMI device e Frequency range e 2400 MHz to 2483 MHz e Transmission angle e Approx 93 Type Passive 13 2 6 RFID tag Memory capacity 128 bytes Memory technology EEPROM Protocol ISO 15693 Data retention at 40 C 10 years MTBF at 40 C 2x 106 h Read cycles Unlimited Write cycles typical 200000 Write cycles minimal 100000 Multitag capable Yes Energy supply inductive Energy transfer without battery Degree of protection in accordance with EN 60529 IP68 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 346 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical specifications 13 3 WLAN radiation characteristics of the HMI device Mechanical design Material PC Color White petrol Dimensions L x W x H in mm 85 6 x 54 x 0 9 Ambient temperature
464. tionally required for PROFIsafe compliance are marked fa ic in the checklist e Access point Task Additional information Check Select the installation site and antenna Access point operating instructions characteristics of the access point in such a SINEMA E planning program manner that only the desired area is supplied with wireless capacity In this regard note that wireless waves spread out horizontally as well as vertically Install the access points at locations secured against attack for example in suspended ceilings This can prevent manipulation at the access point or at the Ethernet connection to the LAN Always use cable connections to configure access points Change the administrative password set SCALANCE W 700 Configuration http support automation siemens om WW view en 42784493 o 3 Z Hidden SSID SCALANCE W 700 Configuration Configure the access point so that the SSID of the radio cell remains hidden http support automation siemens com WWiview en 42784493 o 5 Z Change the SSID setting Assigning WLAN communication rs Page 151 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 78 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use e Communication network 3 14 Planning information security Mobile Panel 27
465. tions Once the project is transferred to the HMI device you can operate and monitor active processes during the process control phase You have the following operating options e Touch screen The operating elements shown in the project images are touch sensitive Touch objects are operated in the same way as mechanical keys You trigger an operator control by pressing it with your finger To double click them touch an operating element twice in succession Note Observe the notes about the operation in chapter Overview Page 105 e External input device The use of external input devices is recommended for the commissioning phase The following external input devices can be connected through the USB port Keyboard You can use an external keyboard to operate a project in exactly the same way as with the screen keyboard Note The function keys of the external keyboard are disabled Mouse You can use an external mouse to operate a project in exactly the same way as with the touch screen of the HMI device Feedback from an operator control The HMI device provides optical feedback as soon as it detects that an operating elements has been selected The operating element receives the focus and is selected This selection is independent of any communication with the PLC Therefore this selection does not indicate whether the relevant action is actually executed or not The selection of an operator control
466. tive rang Password 146 ns Password protection Protection zone Zone Shutdown Expired backup time 95 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Index Shutdown response Plant Side view Signal lamp Mounting location SIMATIC Logon SIMATIC S7 Simple alarm view 304 Simple recipe view 323 Menu items 324 Operator control 323 Simple user view 286 Slider control 293 Sm rtAccess 26 Sm rtClient view 299 Monitoring mode 299 Usage 299 Setting Software Fail safe operation 26 Software options Sort order Alarm view Spacer Main dimensions Special mode Risk evaluation Standard EMC testing T V Start HMI device Static electricity Protective measures Status Force Touch operation STEP 7 HW Config Stop Category 0 51 Category 1 51 Storage location Setting Storage medium Restoring from external 194 Saving to external Subnet Mask 183 Support Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Technical 5 Support Request Switch off HMI device 104 Switch setting Enabling button 114 Switches Switching on Application case HMI device Synchronizing Date and time Recipe tag 315 320 System alarm Configuring events Meaning 415 416 419 422 423 424 426 443 445 Parameters System al
467. tive range quality object is displayed in green e The transponders are not evaluated for detection of the effective range e You can operate the plant parts that are located in the override area e No other HMI device cannot logon to the effective range LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button O SAFE MPWR ECOM BRNG EBAT CD A 2 4 6 Terminating override mode The Override mode can be terminated by the operator or automatically by the safety program of the F CPU Requirement e Override mode is active Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 367 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios MSAFE M PWR ECOM WRNG EBAT LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button CD Procedure Result Scenario 1 Case 1 you press the override switch and leave the protection zone Case 2 you do not press the override switch and leave the protection zone Override mode is deactivated The transponders are evaluated again for detection of the effective range If the HMI device is outside of the effective range at the end of the Override mode see 364 MSAFE MPWR ECOM WRNG EBAT chapter Exiting the effective range without log off Page 3 LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button CE Result Scenario 2 Override mode is termina
468. to 95 in charging bay 2 Flashes red Overcurrent overvoltage or overtemperature at the main battery in charging bay 2 Note LED indication of overvoltage All three LEDs go dark to indicate overvoltage at the charging station Check the power supply to the charging station for overvoltage Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 127 Operator controls and displays 5 8 Using the charging station 5 8 3 Locking the charging station Introduction The lock prevents unauthorized removal of the HMI device from the charging station Lock barrel with key Lock Hook for hooking in the HMI device Procedure for locking the charging station Proceed as follows 1 Slide the lock down to the appropriate cut out in the charging station 2 Turn the key by 90 degrees 3 Remove the key The charging station is locked You cannot remove the HMI device The main battery in the HMI device is charged whenever the charging station is connected to the power supply unit Procedure for unlocking the charging station Proceed as follows 1 Insert the key into the lock barrel 2 Turn the key by 90 degrees 3 Slide the lock upwards You can remove the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 128 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 1 Desktop and Loader Once the HMI device is switched
469. to check the distance to the transponder during operation Aligning the HMI device to the transponder is required for this Effective ranges may not overlap A transponder can only be assigned to one effective range Transponders in different effective ranges must be far enough away from each other that their wireless ranges do not overlap Assignment of effective range to the machine that will be operated must be unique A transponder may not be assigned to two systems Ranges in a transponder system Page 3 6 1 2 Dividing plant into zones A system in a project can be divided into zones A zone is a divided area for local operation and monitoring A configured zone is independently recognized by the HMI device For example a change of the process image can be configured for entering or leaving a zone A certain production process is executed in a configured zone for example parts assembly Zone bound process images are displayed for this on the HMI device 66 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Planning the use 3 6 Equipping a plant with tags Planning zones in the project See also The following rules apply e 254 zones can be configured e A zone requires at least one transponder e Azone can be formed by a maximum of 255 transponders e Zones must not overlap A zone is defined by the maximum permitted distance of the HMI device from o
470. to home page EA Open Online Help a Open screen keyboard for data input xX Close Web Based Management e Buttons to di splay and hide the menu tree Icon Function Hiding the menu tree Displaying the menu tree When you start one of the wizards in the menu tree the menu tree will automatically be minimized Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device Requirements ae Procedure 6 6 WLAN communication You have opened the Authorization dialog using the WLAN Settings icon Ol ia a aa E Authorization User name admin v Password Log On Proceed as follows 1 Select the Admin entry from the User name selection list If you select the User entry you only have read access to the configuration data of the WLAN device Enter your password If no password is set the default passwords of the factory state will be in effect If you have selected Admin enter admin If you have selected User enter user 2 Press Log On Logon starts Note The password for the admin user is different for the U S version of the WLAN device You can obtain the required password from the Siemens support personnel Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instru
471. tored license keys before you restore the factory settings on the HMI device Activating the WLAN Functional errors cannot be excluded if you activate a WLAN that was reset to factory settings and the LAN cable is still connected Disconnect the LAN cable before you activate the WLAN Note The parameters of the data channels are reset when the factory setting is restored Reassign the data channel parameters before you start a transfer The reset includes the IP address and Profinet name of the panel 8 4 6 2 Restoring the factory settings using WinCC flexible Requirements e No project is open on the configuring PC in WinCC flexible e The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC over the standard Ethernet cable e Have the MAC address of the Ethernet interface on your HMI device to hand The MAC address is displayed briefly when the HMI device is turned on The MAC address is displayed in the PROFINET dialog in the Control Panel Procedure setting the PC interface 1 Select Start gt Control Panel gt Set PG PC interface on the configuration PC 2 Select S7ONLINE STEP7 gt TCP IP from the Application access point area 3 Select the interface which is connected to the HMI device from the Interface parameterization used area 4 Confirm your entries Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 232 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01
472. transfer is completed successfully the project can be found on the HMI device The transferred project is then started automatically 8 4 2 3 Starting backtransfer Requirement No project is open on the configuration PC in WinCC flexible The HMI device is connected to this configuration PC The data channel is configured on the HMI device The HMI device is in Transfer mode The memory card with the compressed project file is inserted in the HMI device Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 221 Commissioning a project 8 4 Preparing and backing up a project Procedure Proceed as follows 1 On the configuration PC select the Communication settings command in the Project gt Transfer menu in WinCC flexible The Communication Settings dialog is displayed 2 Select the type of HMI device 3 Select the type of connection between the HMI device and the configuration PC 4 Configure the connection 5 Close the dialog with OK 6 Select the Transfer gt Backtransfer command in the Project menu The Backtransfer dialog is displayed 7 Click OK to start the backtransfer process The configuration PC checks the connection to the HMI device The compressed project file is transferred back from the HMI device to the configuration PC If the connection is not available or is defective an error message is displayed on the configuration PC
473. ts of the EMC legislation within the European market The enhanced testing and limit value levels defined by CDV 61326 3 1 Ed 1 have been taken into account during the type test EMC compliant installation The EMC compliant installation of the charging station and transponders including the use of interference proof cables is the prerequisite for error free operation The following documents also mie to the installation of the ee station http Canon eis siemens com WWiview en 9975764 Pulse shaped disturbance The following table shows the electromagnetic compatibility of modules with regard to pulse shaped interference The table applies to the charging station with and without an attached HMI device Pulse shaped disturbance Tested with Degree of severity Electrostatic discharge Air discharge 8 kV 3 in accordance with IEC 61000 4 Contact discharge 6 kV 2 Burst pulses 2 kV supply line 3 high speed transient interference in accordance with IEC 61000 4 4 An external safety circuit is required for the Surge immunity test according to IEC 61000 4 5 The safety circuit is described in the Installation manual Automation System S7 300 Installation http support automation siemens com WW view en 15390415 section Lightning and overvoltage protection Pulse shaped disturbance Tested with Degree of severity Asymmetrical coupling 2 kV power cable 3 DC voltage with protective el
474. ttery not in the HMI device Rechargeable battery temperature too high e ifthe battery is not fully charged the BAT LED signals according to column e Ifthe main rechargeable battery is fully charged the BAT LED signals according to column Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operator controls and displays 5 3 Power management 5 3 Power management The HMI device is equipped with a power management function If you do not operate the HMI device within a configured time period power management will switch the HMI device to power saving mode This extends the operating period of the HMI device until the next time the main rechargeable battery is replaced or the next time it is charged Operating modes in power management Power management has two operating modes e Reduced brightness Reduces the brightness of the touch screen The EMERGENCY STOP button remains available As long as the HMI device is logged on the enabling button remains enabled Note When the HMI device is docked in the charging station reduced brightness mode will be enabled automatically after two minutes If you have specified a waiting period of less than two minutes for activation of the reduced brightness mode in the WinCC flexible project then the configure time frame will be effective e Screen off The touch screen is switched off T
475. ual SIMATIC S7 Distributed Safety Configuring and Programming section FB215 F_ESTOP1 Emergency STOP up to Stop Category 1 4 Networks 4 5 and 6 Global_Rampdown Interface_DB ER123_GLOB_RD Local_Rampdown Interface_DB ER123_LOC_RD Shutdown Interface_DB ER123_ SHUTDOWN In network 4 5 and 6 the signals for a global and a local rampdown and shutdown are processed further As the configuration of the monitored plant determines which responses have to occur following occurrence of a particular safety state these networks are not explained in detail in this example Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 403 Appendix A 5 Safety related messages 5 Network 7 A11 1 Interface_DB ER123_Enable If the operator simultaneously presses the Key1 key and the enabling button the robot is activated via the output Q11 1 6 Network 8 A11 2 Interface_DB ER123_RNG_BUSY If the RNG_BUSY signal is set in F_FB_RNG output Q11 2 is used to control the signal lamp that indicates whether or not the machine is in use A 5 Safety related messages A 5 1 Transponder system The following safety related messages are displayed in fail safe mode depending on the operating situation In contrast to system alarms no message window needs to be configured for safety related messages NOTICE Function keys inactive for th
476. ully if the configuration of the access points and wireless HMI device is consistent The MAC address of the HMI device is entered in the access point at the Information gt WLAN gt Client List menu command Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings 6 7 General settings 6 7 1 Setting the date and time You can use this function to set the date and time The HMI device has an internal buffered clock Requirement i 2 You have opened the Date Time Properties dialog using the Date Time Properties icon 2 patete ropertes CET Date Time TN OO Ei Februar 2010 D a MOM OF S S ieee mS Ms 4s67 cme O 1 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 GMT 01 00 Amsterdam Berlin Bern Rome w J 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Daylight savings time currently in effect 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 App G Date selection box Text box for the time Time zone selection box Check box used to activate daylight saving time Button for applying changes OOOO Procedure Proceed as follows 1 Select the applicable time zone for the HMI device from the Time Zone selection box 2 Press Apply The time of day shown in the Current Time box is adjusted correspondingly to the selected time zone 3 Set the date in the selection box 4 Set the current time of day in the Current Time text box 5 Press Apply
477. ust have sufficient signal strength Note You must connect the HMI device to the configuring PC in infrastructure mode An ad hoc network is not possible Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 98 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Configuration graphic The following figure illustrates the possible connections between the HMI device and the configuring PC 1 iu N My PROFINET PROFINET NOTICE Adhere to the USB connection sequence You will not be able to transfer a project to the HMI device if you do not adhere to the connection sequence Observe the following sequence when connecting by USB 1 HMI device 2 PC USB host to host cable You will not be able to transfer a project to the HMI device if you use the driver for the USB host to host cable Use only the driver for the USB host to host cable that is included in the WinCC flexible package Note Point to point connection Use across cable for a point to point connection The HMI device and the PC can also be subscribers in a local area network Connection via WLAN In its factory state the WLAN interface of the HMI device is disabled Before you access the HMI device from the configuration PC via WiFi you need to appropriately configure the access point and HMI device in infrastructure mode An ad hoc wireless
478. utton is not triggered in this case NOTICE Reducing backlighting The brightness of the backlighting decreases incrementally during its operational life You can activate backlighting reduction to not shorten the service life of the backlighting unnecessarily Activating the screen saver The display contents that do not change for long periods can remain dimly visible in the background This effect is reversible however Activate the screen saver When the screen saver is active the backlighting is also reduced Requirements Es You have opened the Screensaver dialog using the ScreenSaver icon SSS Screensaver oki x Dim Backlight becomes active after J Se O m Screensaver becomes active after Jo i aiee Standard Blank Screen Enter a 0 to disable the Function The minimum time is S and the maximum is 71582 minutes Time interval in minutes until backlighting is reduced Period of time in minutes before the screen saver is activated Option buttons for the screensaver Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 170 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device Procedure Result 6 7 General settings Proceed as follows 1 Enter the interval in minutes after which the backlighting is to be reduced The minimum to maximum time is 5 minutes to 71582 minutes Note A time setting in the Control Panel for activ
479. value monitorin Functional BA Loader Buttons Local rampdown Log Functional scope Log off at the effective range Application case Logging on at the effective range Application case Logoff Application case Effective o id HMI devig 40 Users 288 Logoff time 285 Logon Application case Effective ran HMI device ci Users 287 287 Logon data 184 M MAC address Main battery Changing Insert 96 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Index LED display 97 Main dimensions Charging station 337 Fixing pocket 3 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Spacer 339 Transponder 338 Main rechargeable battery Charging in the charging compartment Charging status Temperature Maintenance 333 Manual Production sequence Scope Transfer Measures Organizational 2 Mechanical ambient conditions oO Memory Technical specifications Memory card Inserting Unplug Memory le i Displaying 1 Memory ee ae Mobile Panel Applications Interfaces LED display Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Main dimensions 335 Mobile277Failsafe_IO Mobile277fiwlan 2 ee IO 200 erie 34 73 261 Module diagnostics z moisture protection 62 Monitoring mode Sm rtClient view 299 Monitoring time 200 Mounting Intended Mounting location Charging ss Selecting Signal lamp 73 Mounting position Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile
480. ve range of the RFID tag to which you want to assign the ID shown in the Tag field NOTICE Do not remove the HMI device prematurely from the RFID tag If you remove the HMI device from the RFID tag before the write operation has been completed the RFID tag will not be assigned a tag ID Therefore keep the HMI device in the range of the RFID tag until the write operation has completed and a check mark was set in the Tag list Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 249 Commissioning the plant 9 4 RFID tag system 4 Confirm your entries with Store ID The ID is transmitted to the RFID tag An exclamation mark will be displayed in the Tag list until this operation is complete The check mark will be set as soon as the configured tag ID was saved to the RFID tag NOTICE Recording the ID of the RFID tag If you replace the RFID tag at a later date due to a defect for example you will always need the ID of the RFID tag Therefore record the ID of the RFID tag so that it is at hand at all times For example write it on the front of the RFID tag using a permanent marker Repeat steps 2 to 4 for all RDIF tags of this effective range Once you have assigned an ID to all RFID tags of an effective range a check mark is set for the selected effective range in the Effective range list Repeat steps 1 to 5 for al
481. ved to the memory card of the HMI device e Logs e Recipes e Operating system e Applications e Additional specifications The memory card can be inserted and removed during operation Do not remove the memory card while data is being accessed by an application for example during backup or recipe transfer Note The micro memory card of the SIMATIC S7 PLC cannot be used Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 91 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Requirements e The battery compartment of the HMI device is open e The main rechargeable battery has been removed e The connection bay on the HMI device is open Slot Memory card Procedure for inserting a memory card Note Read the information provided in chapter Opening and closing the battery and terminal Page 88 Observe the notes about the EGB in chapter ESD guideline Page 357 Proceed as follows 1 Insert the memory card into the slot Observe the memory card symbol on the slot when inserting the card An arrow on the memory card indicates the front side and the direction of insertion Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 92 Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Installing and wiring devices 4 7 Connecting the HMI device Procedure using a memory card for the first time Note The first time
482. view 7 10 Supported WinCC flexible objects Device specific functions Object Specification HMI device Main battery Displaying the battery charge status Yes WLAN quality Displaying WLAN quality Yes Effective range RFID name Display effective range name Yes 1 Effective range name 2 Display effective range name Yes Effective range quality 2 Displaying the effective range quality Yes Zone name 2 Displaying zone names Yes Zone quality 2 Displaying zone quality Yes 1 Applies for Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag 2 Applies for Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN Functions for transponder system Configuration Number of transponders available for all effective ranges in the project 127 Number of effective ranges in the project maximum 127 Number of transponders in the effective range maximum 127 Number of HMI devices with logon authorization per effective range 4 HMI devices when using FLFB_RNG_4 maximum Number of HMI devices with logon authorization per effective range when using F_FB_RNG_16 maximum 16 HMI devices Functions for RFID tag system range when using F_LFB_RNG_4 Configuration Number of RFID tags in the project maximum 127 Number of effective ranges in the project maximum 127 Number of RFID tags per effective range maximum 127 Maximum number of HMI devices with logon authorization per effective 4 HMI devices Maximum number of HMI device
483. ving resumes the recording of all values 80014 The same action was triggered twice in quick succession Since the process is already in operation the action is only carried out once 80015 This system alarm is used to report DOS or database errors to the user 80016 The logs are separated by the system function Reconnect the logs CloseAllLogs and the incoming entries exceed the defined buffer size All entries in the buffer are deleted Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 419 Appendix A 6 System alarms Number Effect causes Remedy 80017 The number of incoming events cause a buffer Stop the copy action overflow This can be caused for example by several copying actions being activated at the same time All copy jobs in the buffer are deleted 80019 The connection between WinCC flexible and all logs were closed for example after executing the system function CloseAllLogs Entries are written to the buffer and are then written to the logs when a connection is re established There is no connection to the storage location and the storage medium may be replaced for example 80020 The maximum number of simultaneously copy Wait until the current copying actions have been operations has been exceeded Copying is not completed then restart the last copy action executed
484. with the PLC via tags In the current project the values which are also stored in the recipes in the HMI device can be changed directly in the plant This is the case for example if a valve was opened further directly at the plant than is stored in the recipe The values of the tags on the HMI device possibly no longer match the values in the PLC To synchronize the recipe values read the values from the PLC and display them in the recipe view e A screen with a simple recipe view is displayed Proceed as follows 1 Select the recipe which contains the desired recipe data record 2 Select the element list of the recipe data record to which you want to apply the values from the PLC 3 Open the menu 4 Select the menu item From PLC The values are read from the PLC 5 If you want to save the displayed values in the HMI device select the menu item Save The values were read from the PLC displayed on the HMI device and saved to the selected recipe data record Transferring a recipe data record to the PLC In order for an edited recipe data record to take effect in the process you must transfer the values to the PLC The display values in the recipe view are always transferred to the PLC e A screen with a simple recipe view is displayed Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 327 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Procedure P
485. with the following symbol e 2 Enter the ID of the effective range 3 Enter the effective range ID 4 Confirm by clicking OK The dialog box closes Result e The HMI device is logged on in the effective range e The Effective range name object is displayed in green LED display O SAFE BPWR ECOM WRNG EBAT EMERGENCY STOP button Enabling button CD Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 363 Appendix A 2 Typical operating procedures and potential fault scenarios A 2 4 3 Exiting the effective range without log off Requirement e The HMI device is at the border of an effective range LED display EMERGENCY Enabling button STOP button MSAFE PWR ECOM WRNG EBAT GF Procedure 1 You leave the WLAN area with the HMI device Lay After 5 seconds the following occurs The enabling buttons are deactivated The Effective range exited without logoff dialog box opens 3S o Depending on the setting of the HMI device the vibration alarm is triggered The operator has 25 seconds to return to the effective range or log off from the effective range using the Effective range exited without logoff dialog 2 Case 1 You reenter the effective range within 25 s 3 Case 2 You do not reenter the effective range within 25 s Results of case 1 punctual retur
486. ws the logon of an HMI device to a machine within a protection zone PROFIsafe Q O Wes Protection zone Machine HMI device RFID tag 1 Access monitoring OOOO Requirements e The HMI device is connected through WLAN e RFID tags are accepted e The HMI device is integrated Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 265 Fail safe operation 10 4 RFID tag system run in a fail safe manner Procedure 266 Proceed as follows 1 Switch to the screen that contains the Effective range name RFID button labeled Scan Scan Bring the HMI device into the effective range of the RFID tag to which you want to log on for example RFID Tag 1 The table below shows when a logon on the effective range of the RFID tag is successful Alignment XA ya Logon Possible Not supported Not supported Press the button labeled Scan During the scan operation the button is yellow and displays the text Scanning The HMI device reads the ID of the effective range from the RFID tag After the data transfer the name of the effective range will be briefly displayed on the Effective range name RFID operator control for example Robot 1 ren The Effective range logon dialog is then displayed with the following symbol e TO Note As soon as the Effective range logon dialog is displayed you can
487. x 1963 92209 Amberg Germany Underwriters Laboratories Inc in accordance with e UL 60950 1 Information Technology Equipment Safety Part 1 General Requirements Edition 2 Issue Date 2007 03 27 e CSA C22 2 No 60950 1 2nd Edition Information Technology Equipment Safety Part 1 General Requirements Edition 2 Issue Date 2007 03 27 The approval is only valid in the case of battery operation or when stationary in the charging station Marking for Australia O n7 The HMI device charging station power supply and transponder meet all requirements set forth in AS NZS 16 Class A Approval according to FCC This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation IEEE802 11b or g operation of this product in the USA is firmware limited to channels 1 through 11 Notice Changes or modifications made to this equipment not expressly approved by SIEMENS may void the FCC authorization to operate this equipment Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 45 Safety instructions and standards 2 2 Approvals This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part
488. xtended recipe view More detailed information is available in your plant documentation Recipe Values in the HMI Device and the PLC You can change the values of a recipe on the HMI device The production process can be controlled by this Depending on the configuration the recipe values are displayed edited and saved in different ways e Ifyou are editing recipes with a recipe view in your project the values are saved in recipe data records e If you are editing recipes in a recipe screen in your project the values are saved in recipe tags Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Operating a project 11 17 Operating recipes Differences may occur between the display values in the recipe view and the values saved in the associated tags in an ongoing project when you edit recipes with a recipe view and in a recipe screen To prevent this the recipe data record values must be synchronized with the values of the recipe tags You have however the option to perform synchronization operations at any time Synchronization only takes place if the configuration engineer has activated the respective settings for a recipe Note Recipe tags can only be synchronized in the extended recipe view Synchronizing recipe tags Synchronization of the recipe tags depends on the configuration e Automatic synchronization The values of the recipe view are synchron
489. y has to be ensured in a different manner than in automatic mode During special mode personnel enter danger zones of the plant in which controlled movements must be possible Motions must be executed with reduced speed for operation in special mode depending on the risk assessment of the system Movement of the plant parts should only be possible when the enabling mechanism is activated Operators must have been trained accordingly and have detailed knowledge of the intended use Safety instructions 52 The safety related parts of the controller for speed reduction and those for the enabling mechanism are designed in such a way that they satisfy the requirements for the safety category as determined by the risk assessment The operating principles of enabling devices are described in EN 60204 Through the findings from accident investigations and the existence of technical solutions the 3 stage enabling button became state of the art Positions 1 and 3 of the enabling button are Off functions Only the middle position allows the enabling function EN 60204 1 is identical to IEC 60204 1 whereby the 3 stage enabling button is gaining international importance Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Safety instructions and standards See also 2 7 Safety functions of the enabling mechanism The Stop category of the enabling device must be selected on the basis of
490. y in the following publications e System manual Fundamentals Industrial Wireless LAN section Information security of wireless communication in accordance with IEEE 802 11 e Brochure Wireless Communication Systems and their Security Aspects published by the German Federal Agency for Security in Information Technology Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 80 Installing and wiring devices 4 4 1 Check the scope of delivery Check the scope of delivery for completeness and visible signs of transport damage NOTICE Do not use damaged parts If you use defective parts from the scope of delivery you may experience malfunctions If you find defective parts in the scope of delivery contact your Siemens partner Only install undamaged parts 4 2 Mounting the charging station Requirement Procedure 4 x M6 fillister head screws with nuts if required When mounting on a conductive surface 4 spacer sleeves from the package delivered with the charging station An ideal mounting loca ion with an adequate amount of free Na I Page 70 charging station see Mounting location and clearance of aero station Page Follow these steps 1 Place the charging station onto the mounting surface 2 Mark the fastening holes with a marking off tool 3 4 If you are mounting the charging station on a conductive surface e g on she
491. y the general system information relating to the operating system processor and memory You have opened the General tab in the System Properties dialog box using the System icon System Properties OK E General Memory Device Name Microsoft Windows CE C Processor Type fintel ARM920T PXA2 Version 5 00 Build 1400 2004 Microsoft Corp All rights Memory 87912 KB RAM reserved This computer program is protected by U S and international Q copyright laws Information on the version and copyright of Microsoft Windows CE Details on processor and size of internal Flash memory The displayed data relates to the specific device The information may therefore deviate from this HMI device Displaying memory distribution You can use this function to display the allocation and thereby the size of the individual memory areas on the HMI device You have opened the Memory tab in the System Properties dialog using the System icon System Properties Move slider to the left for more memory to run programs Move slider to the riaht for more storage room Only unused RAM can be adjusted Storage z tifiomrvnsvenenee Program Cache memory available and used RAM available and used Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag Operating Instructions 10 2010 A5E02766325 01 Configuring the HMI device 6 7 General settings NOTICE Malfunction possible
492. ystem A 4 2 Configuring the controller and HMI device in STEP 7 This section describes the most important parameters you need to set in HW Config for the F CPU and HMI device WARNING Safety category Any changes to parameters may result in the loss of the safety category Set the parameters as described The parameters will contribute to meeting safety category 4 PL e SIL 3 Requirements The software for fail safe operation has been installed see section Required software Procedure Configuring CPU 317F 2 PN DP Proceed as follows 1 Create a STEP 7 project in SIMATIC Manager 2 Open the HW Config hardware configuration and insert the F CPU and a PROFINET connection as shown in the following figure uw Config SIMATIC 300 1 Configuration Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN fly Station Edit Insert PLC View Options Window Help la x Dera Rahe an Meal ADEA Eind ii F Profle Stana O 9 CPU 315 9 CPU 315 2 DP H E CPU 315 2 PN DP H E CPU 315F 2 DP H E CPU 315F 2 PN DP H CPU 316 H E CPU 316 2 DP a CPU 317 2 H E CPU 317 2 PN DP H CPU 317F 2 CPU 317F 2 PN DP I 6ES7 317 2FJ10 0480 E 6ES7 317 2FK13 0480 3 BES 217 2FK14 0480 Ethernet 1 PROFINET IO System 100 le val i H CPs 3 EER bal ga CPU 319 3 PN DP zi xe ae Tet pao 6ES7 317 2FK14 0AB0

Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2, Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents